1
 
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 13, 1997
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-21217
================================================================================
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ------------------
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
 
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ------------------
 
                            SLM HOLDING CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                                    DELAWARE
                        (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
                         INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
 
                                      6199
                          (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL
                          CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)
 
                                   52-2013874
                                (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                              IDENTIFICATION NO.)
 
                       1050 THOMAS JEFFERSON STREET, N.W.
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20007
                                 (202) 298-3152
    (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                  OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                               TIMOTHY G. GREENE
                                GENERAL COUNSEL
                            SLM HOLDING CORPORATION
                       1050 THOMAS JEFFERSON STREET, N.W.
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20007
                                 (202) 298-3150
   
                                   Copies to:
    
 
   
                                STEPHEN HAMILTON
    
   
                    SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
    
   
                           1440 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.
    
   
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005
    
   
                               RONALD O. MUELLER
    
   
                          GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP
    
   
                         1050 CONNECTICUT AVENUE, N.W.
    
   
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036
    
 
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC: UPON CONSUMMATION OF THE REORGANIZATION DESCRIBED HEREIN.
 
     If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
 
   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501 (B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
   
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS - -------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Item 1 Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus..... Cover of Registration Statement; Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Cross Reference Sheet Item 2 Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus................................. Available Information; Table of Contents Item 3 Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Other Information.............. Summary; Risk Factors Item 4 Terms of the Transaction..................... Summary; The Reorganization Proposal; Terms of the Reorganization Agreement; Comparison of Stockholder Rights; Appendix A: Agreement and Plan of Reorganization; Appendix B: Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 Item 5 Pro Forma Financial Information.............. Summary; Capitalization Item 6 Material Contacts With the Company Being Acquired................................... Summary; The Reorganization Proposal; Terms of the Reorganization Agreement; Appendix A: Agreement and Plan of Reorganization Item 7 Additional Information required for Reoffering by Persons and Parties Deemed to be Underwriters............................ * Item 8 Interests of Named Experts and Counsel....... Legal Matters; Experts Item 9 Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities................................ * Item 10 Information With Respect to S-3 Registrants................................ * Item 11 Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference.................................. * Item 12 Information With Respect to S-2 or S-3 Registrants................................ * Item 13 Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference.................................. * Item 14 Information With Respect to Registrants Other Than S-2 or S-3 Registrants................ Summary; The Reorganization Proposal; Terms of the Reorganization Agreement; Business; Regulation; Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors; Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV Item 15 Information With Respect to S-3 Companies.... * Item 16 Information With Respect to S-2 or S-3 Companies.................................. *
3
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS - -------- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Item 17 Information With Respect to Companies Other Than S-3 or S-2 Companies.................. Summary; The Reorganization Proposal; Terms of the Reorganization Agreement; Selected Financial Data; Financial Statements; Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation; Business; Regulation; Management; Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors; Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV Item 18 Information if Proxies, Consents or Authorizations are to be Solicited......... Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Summary; Information Regarding the Special Meeting; The Reorganization Proposal; -- Reasons for the Reorganization; Recommendation of Sallie Mae and the CRV Item 19 Information if Proxies, Consents or Authorizations are not to be Solicited or in an Exchange Offer....................... *
- --------------- * Omitted because inapplicable or answer is negative. 4 (LOGO) STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION 1050 Thomas Jefferson Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20007-3871 (202) 298-2500 WILLIAM ARCENEAUX Chairman of the Board , 1997 Dear Sallie Mae Shareholder: The Board of Directors of the Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae") invites you to attend a Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") to be held on Thursday, , 1997, at 11:00 a.m., local time, at the [ ], Washington, DC [ ]. The Special Meeting is being called pursuant to an agreement (the "Letter Agreement") between Sallie Mae and The Committee to Restore Value at Sallie Mae (the "CRV"), which is a shareholder group that includes eight current Sallie Mae directors. At the Special Meeting, Sallie Mae shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon the following matters: (1) The approval and adoption of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "Reorganization Agreement") providing for the reorganization (the "Reorganization") of Sallie Mae into a subsidiary of a new holding company named SLM Holding Corporation (the "Holding Company" and such proposal, the "Reorganization Proposal"); and (2) If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, the selection of a slate of up to 15 nominees that will be appointed as the initial Holding Company Board of Directors in connection with the Reorganization (such proposal, the "Board Slate Proposal"). In the Board Slate Proposal, shareholders may vote either for a 10-person slate nominated by a majority of the current Sallie Mae directors (the "Majority Directors" and such slate, the "Majority Director Slate") or for a 15-person slate nominated by the CRV (the "CRV Slate"). If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, each outstanding share of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of Sallie Mae shall be converted into one share of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of the Holding Company. The Reorganization is described in the attached Proxy Statement/Prospectus, including the reasons why the Sallie Mae Board unanimously voted to approve the Reorganization. If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, then as soon as possible after such shareholder approval Sallie Mae shall appoint as directors of the Holding Company the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting. The Proxy Statement Supplements of the Majority Directors and the CRV contain additional information regarding this process. Because the Board Slate Proposal does not constitute an actual election, shareholders may not withhold votes as to individual nominees. Shareholders must use the Majority Directors' BLUE proxy card to vote for the Majority Director Slate or use the CRV's GREEN proxy card to vote for the CRV Slate. Federal legislation described herein authorized the Sallie Mae Board to develop a plan for reorganizing Sallie Mae as a subsidiary of a new holding company. The Reorganization Agreement is the plan unanimously approved and recommended by the Sallie Mae Board. The Reorganization would effectively "privatize" Sallie Mae by phasing out its federal sponsorship. This is a unique and important opportunity for Sallie Mae and its shareholders. THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS AND THE CRV ARE EACH PROVIDING SHAREHOLDERS A PROXY STATEMENT SUPPLEMENT THAT COMPRISES AN INTEGRAL PART OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND SETS FORTH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR RESPECTIVE SLATES OF HOLDING COMPANY DIRECTOR NOMINEES TOGETHER WITH A PROXY CARD FOR VOTING ON THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL AND THEIR SLATE. NO MATTER HOW MANY SHARES YOU HOLD, YOU ARE URGED TO COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN AT YOUR EARLIEST CONVENIENCE EITHER THE BLUE PROXY CARD, THAT IS BEING MAILED TO YOU BY THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS, TOGETHER WITH THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS' PROXY STATEMENT SUPPLEMENT, OR THE GREEN PROXY CARD, THAT IS BEING MAILED TO YOU BY THE CRV TOGETHER WITH THE CRV'S PROXY STATEMENT SUPPLEMENT. Returning either the BLUE proxy card or the GREEN proxy card will help to establish a quorum and avoid the cost of further solicitation. We hope that you will be able to attend the meeting and encourage you to read the enclosed materials describing the meeting agenda, the Reorganization and Sallie Mae in detail. We look forward to seeing you on , 1997. Sincerely, William Arceneaux Chairman of the Board 5 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION ------------------------ NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON , 1997 ------------------------ Consistent with the By-Laws of the Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae"), notice is hereby given on behalf of the Board of Directors that a Special Meeting of Shareholders of Sallie Mae (the "Special Meeting") will be held on Thursday, , 1997, at 11:00 a.m., local time at the [ ], Washington, DC [ ]. The Special Meeting is being called pursuant to an agreement (the "Letter Agreement") between Sallie Mae and The Committee to Restore Value at Sallie Mae (the "CRV"), which is a shareholder group that includes eight current Sallie Mae directors. The purpose of the meeting is to consider and vote upon the following matters: (1) The approval and adoption of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "Reorganization Agreement") providing for the reorganization (the "Reorganization") of Sallie Mae into a subsidiary of a new holding company named SLM Holding Corporation (the "Holding Company" and such proposal, the "Reorganization Proposal"); and (2) If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, the selection of a slate of up to 15 nominees that will be appointed as the initial Holding Company Board of Directors in connection with the Reorganization (such proposal, the "Board Slate Proposal"). In the Board Slate Proposal, shareholders may vote either for a -person slate nominated by a majority of the current Sallie Mae directors (the "Majority Directors" and such slate, the "Majority Director Slate") or for a -person slate nominated by the CRV (the "CRV Slate"). If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, each outstanding share of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of Sallie Mae shall be converted into one share of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of the Holding Company and Sallie Mae shall appoint as directors of the Holding Company the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting. The Proxy Statement Supplements of the Majority Directors and the CRV contain additional information regarding this process. Holders of record of Sallie Mae Common Stock at the close of business on June 6, 1997 will be entitled to vote at the Special Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof. Accompanying this Notice of Special Meeting is the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and a separate Supplemental Proxy Statement describing in detail the business to come before the Special Meeting. THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS AND THE CRV ARE EACH PROVIDING SHAREHOLDERS A PROXY STATEMENT SUPPLEMENT THAT COMPRISES AN INTEGRAL PART OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND SETS FORTH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR RESPECTIVE SLATES OF HOLDING COMPANY DIRECTOR NOMINEES TOGETHER WITH A PROXY CARD FOR VOTING ON THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL AND THEIR SLATE OF NOMINEES. YOU ARE ASKED TO COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN EITHER THE BLUE OR THE GREEN PROXY CARD AT YOUR EARLIEST CONVENIENCE IN ORDER TO BE SURE YOUR VOTE IS RECEIVED AND COUNTED. RETURNING EITHER THE BLUE OR THE GREEN PROXY CARD WILL HELP AVOID THE COSTS OF FURTHER SOLICITATION. YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF SHARES YOU HOLD. By Order of the Board of Directors Ann Marie Plubell Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Secretary , 1997 Washington, D.C. YOU ARE URGED TO MARK, SIGN AND DATE EITHER THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS' BLUE PROXY CARD OR THE CRV'S GREEN PROXY CARD AND RETURN SUCH PROXY AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. ANY SUCH PROXY IS REVOCABLE AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO ITS USE. THE AFFIRMATIVE VOTE OF HOLDERS OF AT LEAST A MAJORITY OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF SALLIE MAE IS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION. 6 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 13, 1997 PROXY STATEMENT OF STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION AND THE COMMITTEE TO RESTORE VALUE AT SALLIE MAE ------------------------ PROSPECTUS OF SLM HOLDING CORPORATION ------------------------ This Proxy Statement/Prospectus is being furnished to holders of record on June 6, 1997 (the "Record Date") of the common stock, par value $.20 per share (the "Sallie Mae Common Stock"), of the Student Loan Marketing Association, a federally-chartered government-sponsored enterprise ("Sallie Mae"), in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the majority of the current Sallie Mae Board of Directors (the "Majority Directors") and by the Committee to Restore Value at Sallie Mae, a shareholder group that includes eight of the 21 current Sallie Mae directors (the "CRV"), for use at the Special Meeting of Sallie Mae shareholders (the "Special Meeting") to be held on Thursday, , 1997 at 11:00 a.m. at the [ ], Washington, DC [ ] and at any adjournments or postponements thereof. The Special Meeting is being called pursuant to an agreement (the "Letter Agreement") between Sallie Mae and the CRV. At the Special Meeting, Sallie Mae shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon the following matters: (1) The approval and adoption of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "Reorganization Agreement") providing for the reorganization (the "Reorganization") of Sallie Mae into a wholly-owned subsidiary of a new holding company named SLM Holding Corporation (the "Holding Company" and such proposal, the "Reorganization Proposal"); and (2) If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, the selection of a slate of up to 15 nominees that will be appointed as the initial Holding Company Board of Directors in connection with the Reorganization (the "Board Slate Proposal"). In the Board Slate Proposal, shareholders may vote either for a 10-person slate nominated by the Majority Directors (the "Majority Director Slate") or for a 15-person slate nominated by the CRV (the "CRV Slate"). If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, each outstanding share of Sallie Mae Common Stock shall be converted into one share of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of the Holding Company ("Holding Company Common Stock") and Sallie Mae shall appoint as directors of the Holding Company the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting. The Proxy Statement Supplements of the Majority Directors and the CRV contain additional information regarding this process. SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN MATTERS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY SHAREHOLDERS OF SALLIE MAE PRIOR TO VOTING. The Sallie Mae Board has unanimously approved the Reorganization Agreement and the Sallie Mae Board and the CRV each recommend that holders of outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock vote to approve the Reorganization Proposal. This Proxy Statement/Prospectus also serves as a supplement to the prospectus included as part of a Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended, that has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") covering the 54,600,000 shares of Holding Company Common Stock issuable in the Reorganization. This Proxy Statement/Prospectus is first being mailed to the holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock together with Proxy Statement Supplements and related proxy cards on or about June , 1997. The following legend is required by the Privatization Act (as defined herein) in connection with the offering of securities by the Holding Company, including the Holding Company Common Stock: OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDING COMPANY AND ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE HOLDING COMPANY ARE NOT GUARANTEED BY THE FULL FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE UNITED STATES AND NEITHER THE HOLDING COMPANY NOR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE HOLDING COMPANY IS A GOVERNMENT-SPONSORED ENTERPRISE (OTHER THAN SALLIE MAE) OR AN INSTRUMENTALITY OF THE UNITED STATES. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/ PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. ------------------------ THE DATE OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS JUNE , 1997. 7 AVAILABLE INFORMATION A Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), with respect to the shares of Holding Company Common Stock issuable in exchange for Sallie Mae Common Stock in the Reorganization as described herein (the "Registration Statement"). For further information pertaining to the Holding Company Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to such Registration Statement and to the exhibits thereto, which may be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Sallie Mae is exempt from the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). The Holding Company was formed to effectuate the transactions described under "THE REORGANIZATION." The Holding Company has not previously been subject to the requirements of the Exchange Act, and there currently is no public market for its stock. However, if the Reorganization described herein is approved and consummated, the Holding Company will become subject to the information, reporting and proxy statement requirements of the Exchange Act, and such information may be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by addressing written requests for such copies to the public reference facilities of the SEC at the above-stated address and should be available at the SEC's regional offices located at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048. The SEC also maintains a site on the World Wide Web at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Sallie Mae Common Stock is presently listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "SLM" and Sallie Mae files quarterly Information Statements and annual reports to shareholders with the NYSE. In addition, Sallie Mae and the Holding Company have applied to have the Holding Company Common Stock listed on the NYSE as of the effective date of the Reorganization described herein. If the Reorganization is approved, Exchange Act reports, proxy statements and other information concerning the Holding Company will be available for inspection and copying at the offices of the NYSE at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus in connection with the solicitation made hereby, and if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Sallie Mae or the Holding Company. This Proxy Statement/Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to purchase, any securities, or solicitation of a proxy, to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus nor any distribution of the securities to which this Proxy Statement/Prospectus relates shall, under any circumstances, create any inference that there has been no change in the affairs of either Sallie Mae or the Holding Company since the date of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Statements contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. ii 8 FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION This Proxy Statement/Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements and information relating to Sallie Mae and the Holding Company that are based on the beliefs of Sallie Mae management as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to Sallie Mae and Holding Company. When used in this document, the words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate" and "expect" and similar expressions, as they relate to Sallie Mae management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect the current views of Sallie Mae management with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, described in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated or expected. Sallie Mae and the Holding Company do not intend to update these forward-looking statements. iii 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- SUMMARY............................................................................... 1 Sallie Mae and the Holding Company............................................... 1 The Special Meeting.............................................................. 1 The Reorganization Proposal...................................................... 2 The Privatization Act............................................................ 5 Other Provisions of the Reorganization........................................... 7 Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.......................................... 7 Regulation....................................................................... 7 Comparison of Stockholder Rights................................................. 8 Holding Company Board of Directors............................................... 8 Risk Factors..................................................................... 8 Summary Selected Financial Data.................................................. 9 Market Data...................................................................... 10 RISK FACTORS.......................................................................... 11 No Historical Operations......................................................... 11 New Board of Directors........................................................... 11 Political Risks.................................................................. 11 INFORMATION REGARDING THE SPECIAL MEETING............................................. 12 Purpose.......................................................................... 12 Place, Time and Date of Meeting.................................................. 13 Record Date; Shares Entitled to Vote............................................. 13 Quorum; Votes Required........................................................... 13 Common Stock Information......................................................... 13 Voting and Revocation of Proxies................................................. 13 Solicitation of Proxies.......................................................... 14 No Dissenters' Appraisal Rights.................................................. 14 THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL........................................................... 15 Background....................................................................... 15 Reasons for the Reorganization; Recommendation of Sallie Mae and the CRV......... 19 Corporate Structure Before and After the Reorganization.......................... 20 Diagrams of Current and Proposed Corporate Structures............................ 22 Exchange of Stock Certificates................................................... 23 Treatment of Preferred Stock..................................................... 23 Effect on Stock Options and Employee Benefits.................................... 23 Dividend Policy.................................................................. 23 Stock Exchange Listing........................................................... 24 Certain Consequences of Shareholder Vote......................................... 24 TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT................................................. 25 THE PRIVATIZATION ACT................................................................. 26 Reorganization................................................................... 26 Oversight Authority.............................................................. 27 Restrictions on Intercompany Relations........................................... 27 Limitations on Holding Company Activities........................................ 27 GSE Dissolution After Reorganization............................................. 28 Charter Sunset If Reorganization Does Not Occur.................................. 29 CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES............................................... 30 Reporting Requirement............................................................ 31 THE BOARD SLATE PROPOSAL.............................................................. 32
iv 10
PAGE ---- BUSINESS.............................................................................. 33 General.......................................................................... 33 Industry Overview................................................................ 34 Products and Services............................................................ 34 Loan Purchases.............................................................. 34 Borrower Benefits and Program Technology Support............................ 35 Joint Venture with The Chase Manhattan Bank................................. 36 Servicing........................................................................ 36 Specialized Financial Services................................................... 36 Warehousing Advances........................................................ 36 Academic Facilities Financings and Student Loan Revenue Bonds............... 37 Letters of Credit........................................................... 37 Private Student Loan Insurance.............................................. 37 Financing/Securitization......................................................... 37 Economic Impact of the Privatization Act on the Company's Business............... 38 Funding Costs and Leverage.................................................. 38 Preferred Stock Redemption.................................................. 38 State Taxes................................................................. 38 Impact on Other Activities.................................................. 38 Consideration............................................................... 38 Operations Following the Reorganization.......................................... 39 Competition...................................................................... 39 College Construction Loan Insurance Association.................................. 40 Properties....................................................................... 40 Employees........................................................................ 41 Legal Proceedings................................................................ 41 REGULATION............................................................................ 42 Current Regulation............................................................... 42 GSE Regulation.............................................................. 42 Other Regulation............................................................ 43 Regulation Following Reorganization.............................................. 43 Non-Discrimination and Limitations on Affiliation with Depository Institutions... 43 CAPITALIZATION........................................................................ 44 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA............................................................... 45 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.......................................................................... 46 Overview......................................................................... 46 Three Months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996....................................... 47 Selected Financial Data..................................................... 47 Results of Operations....................................................... 47 Student Loan Spread Analysis................................................ 49 Net Interest Income......................................................... 51 Average Balance Sheets...................................................... 52 Funding Costs............................................................... 53 Rate/Volume Analysis........................................................ 53 Operating Expenses.......................................................... 53 Privatization............................................................... 54 Federal and State Taxes..................................................... 55 Liquidity and Capital Resources............................................. 55 Preferred Stock............................................................. 58
v 11
PAGE ---- Other Related Events and Information........................................ 58 Years ended December 31, 1994-1996............................................... 61 Selected Financial Data..................................................... 61 Results of Operations....................................................... 61 Student Loan Spread Analysis................................................ 63 Net Interest Income......................................................... 65 Average Balance Sheets...................................................... 66 Funding Costs............................................................... 67 Rate/Volume Analysis........................................................ 67 Operating Expenses.......................................................... 68 Federal and State Taxes..................................................... 69 Liquidity and Capital Resources............................................. 69 Preferred Stock............................................................. 73 Other Related Events and Information........................................ 73 DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK.......................................... 78 General.......................................................................... 78 Common Stock..................................................................... 78 Preferred Stock.................................................................. 78 Warrants......................................................................... 79 COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS...................................................... 80 MANAGEMENT............................................................................ 81 Holding Company Board of Directors............................................... 81 Sallie Mae Board of Directors.................................................... 81 Statutory Requirements...................................................... 81 Meetings of the Board............................................................ 86 Audit Committee............................................................. 86 Compensation and Personnel Committee........................................ 86 Nominations and Board Affairs Committee..................................... 87 Transactions with Affiliated Institutions........................................ 87 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION................................................................. 88 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY..................................................... 89 Names and Titles................................................................. 89 Previous Experience.............................................................. 89 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION................................................................ 89 Report of the Compensation and Personnel Committee............................... 90 Policy...................................................................... 90 Compensation Related to Achievement of Annual and Long-Term Goals........... 90 Base Salary................................................................. 90 Annual Bonus................................................................ 91 Incentive Performance Plan.................................................. 91 Stock Option Plan........................................................... 91 Compensation Tables.............................................................. 93 Description of Benefit Plans..................................................... 95 Thrift and Savings Plans.................................................... 95 Stock Purchase Plan......................................................... 96 Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees................................ 96 Stock Option Plan........................................................... 96 Stock Compensation Plan..................................................... 96 Performance Graph........................................................... 97
vi 12
PAGE ---- OWNERSHIP OF SALLIE MAE STOCK......................................................... 98 Board and Management Ownership of the Company.................................... 98 Principal Holders................................................................ 99 LEGAL MATTERS......................................................................... 99 EXPERTS............................................................................... 99 SALLIE MAE ANNUAL MEETING SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS....................................... 100 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.................................................................. F-1 APPENDIX A -- AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.................................... A-1 APPENDIX B -- STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION REORGANIZATION ACT OF 1996........... B-1 APPENDIX C -- THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM............................... C-1 APPENDIX D -- INTENTIONALLY OMITTED................................................... D-1 APPENDIX E -- DISSENT TO THE REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE....... E-1 APPENDIX F -- PROXY STATEMENT SUPPLEMENT OF THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS.................... * APPENDIX G -- PROXY STATEMENT SUPPLEMENT OF THE CRV................................... **
- --------------- * Not attached hereto; to be provided separately by the Majority Directors. ** Not attached hereto; to be provided separately by the CRV. vii 13 SUMMARY The following is a summary of certain important aspects of the Reorganization (as defined below) and related information discussed elsewhere in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. This Summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, including the Proxy Statement Supplements of the majority of the current Sallie Mae Board of Directors (the "Majority Directors") and of the Committee to Restore Value at Sallie Mae, a shareholder group that includes eight of the 21 current Sallie Mae directors (the "CRV"). Shareholders of the Student Loan Marketing Association are urged to carefully read this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, including the Proxy Statement Supplements of the Majority Directors and of the CRV, in its entirety. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Summary have the meanings ascribed to them elsewhere in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. SALLIE MAE AND THE HOLDING COMPANY The Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae" or the "GSE") was established in 1972 as a for-profit, stockholder-owned, government-sponsored enterprise to support the education credit needs of students by, among other things, promoting liquidity in the student loan marketplace through secondary market purchases. Sallie Mae is the largest source of financing and servicing for education loans in the United States. The student loan industry in the United States developed primarily to support federal student loan programs and, accordingly, is highly regulated. The principal government program, the Federal Family Education Loan Program (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan Program) (the "FFELP"), was created to ensure low cost access by both needy and middle class families to post-secondary education. Sallie Mae's products and services include student loan purchases, commitments to purchase student loans and secured advances to originators of student loans. Sallie Mae also offers operational support to originators of student loans and to post-secondary education institutions. In addition, Sallie Mae provides other education-related financial services. See "BUSINESS." The Privatization Act (as defined below) authorized the restructuring of the common stock ownership of Sallie Mae so that all of its outstanding common stock would be owned directly by a holding company. If the Reorganization is approved, SLM Holding Corporation, a recently formed Delaware corporation (the "Holding Company"), will become the holding company of Sallie Mae. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL" and "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT." AS USED HEREIN, THE "COMPANY" REFERS TO SALLIE MAE PRIOR TO THE REORGANIZATION AND TO THE HOLDING COMPANY AS A CONSOLIDATED ENTITY FROM AND AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME (AS DEFINED BELOW) OF THE REORGANIZATION. On May 27, 1997, Sallie Mae and the CRV entered into a letter agreement (the "Letter Agreement"), pursuant to which they agreed, among other things, (i) to cooperate in the preparation and filing of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus (provided that Sallie Mae and the CRV were to provide the contents of the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors and the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV, respectively, such Proxy Statement Supplements containing such information as Sallie Mae and the CRV, respectively, in their sole discretion, deemed appropriate), (ii) to hold a special meeting of stockholders of Sallie Mae at which the stockholders will vote on (x) the Reorganization Proposal and (y) the Board Slate Proposal, including separate slates of directors to be nominated by Sallie Mae and the CRV, (iii) to cancel all special meetings of stockholders of Sallie Mae called prior to May 27, 1997 in respect of the privatization and to void all proxies solicited prior to such date and (iv) to terminate the existing litigation between Sallie Mae and the CRV and to release each other from any claim or counterclaim that could have been brought against each other relating to such litigation. THE SPECIAL MEETING The Special Meeting of Sallie Mae shareholders (the "Special Meeting") will be held on Thursday, , 1997 at 11:00 a.m., at the [ ], Washington, DC [ ]. The Special Meeting 1 14 is being called pursuant to the Letter Agreement between Sallie Mae and the CRV. At the Special Meeting, Sallie Mae shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon the following matters: (1) The approval and adoption of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "Reorganization Agreement") providing for the reorganization (the "Reorganization") of Sallie Mae into a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company pursuant to the merger (the "Merger") of a newly-formed subsidiary of the Holding Company ("MergerCo") with and into Sallie Mae, with Sallie Mae as the surviving corporation (such proposal, the "Reorganization Proposal"); and (2) If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, the selection of a slate of up to 15 nominees that will be appointed as the initial Holding Company Board of Directors in connection with the Reorganization (such proposal, the "Board Slate Proposal"). In the Board Slate Proposal, shareholders may vote either for a 10-person slate nominated by the Majority Directors (the "Majority Director Slate") or for a 15-person slate nominated by the CRV (the "CRV Slate"). If the Reorganization is approved by shareholders, each outstanding share of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of Sallie Mae ("Sallie Mae Common Stock") shall be converted into one share of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of the Holding Company ("Holding Company Common Stock"). See "INFORMATION REGARDING THE SPECIAL MEETING." Under the Privatization Act and Delaware law, the Reorganization requires approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock. Only holders of record of Sallie Mae Common Stock as of the close of business on June 6, 1997 will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof. Sallie Mae and the CRV have agreed not to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date except by mutual agreement. Under the Board Slate Proposal, if the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders then as soon as possible after such shareholder approval Sallie Mae shall appoint as directors of the Holding Company the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting. The Proxy Statement Supplements of the Majority Directors and the CRV contain additional information regarding this process. As of the Record Date, 52,663,133 shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock were outstanding and eligible to be voted, held by approximately 23,000 shareholders. As of the Record Date, Sallie Mae's directors and named executive officers (excluding Robert D. Friedhoff who resigned from his positions with Sallie Mae, effective March 26, 1997, for personal reasons) beneficially owned 295,334 shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock (excluding 374,620 shares underlying stock options), or less than 1 percent of the shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock outstanding as of such date. The vote on the Reorganization is being held at a Special Meeting rather than an Annual Meeting because of the importance of the Reorganization to the Company's future and the determination that shareholders should have an opportunity to consider the Reorganization at a meeting dedicated to that purpose. If the Reorganization is consummated, the elected members of the Sallie Mae Board would be appointed by the Holding Company. If the Reorganization is not approved by shareholders, an Annual Meeting of Sallie Mae shareholders will be held as soon as practicable to, among other things, elect Sallie Mae directors. THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL BACKGROUND For the last several years, Sallie Mae has advocated the "privatization" of its business through a corporate restructuring that would permit a transition from government-sponsored enterprise status to a fully private, state-chartered corporation. Sallie Mae's federal charter restricts its business activities to specified education finance related activities and imposes special obligations on it as a government-sponsored enterprise. On September 30, 1996, Congress enacted the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 2 15 (the "Privatization Act"), which authorized the creation of a holding company through which the Company could pursue new business opportunities beyond the limited scope of Sallie Mae's restrictive federal charter and effect an orderly wind-down of Sallie Mae following the transfer of ongoing business activities to such a holding company. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL." REASONS FOR THE REORGANIZATION; RECOMMENDATIONS OF SALLIE MAE AND THE CRV The Board of Directors of Sallie Mae and the CRV each have unanimously recommended that the holders of outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock vote for approval of the Reorganization Agreement under the Reorganization Proposal. The Reorganization Agreement is the plan approved by the Sallie Mae Board pursuant to the Privatization Act. For a discussion of the reasons for their recommendation, see "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Reasons for the Reorganization; Recommendation of Sallie Mae and the CRV." With respect to the Board Slate Proposal, (i) the Majority Directors unanimously recommend that holders of outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock cast their votes in favor of the Majority Director Slate, and (ii) the CRV unanimously recommends that holders of outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock cast their votes in favor of the CRV Slate. The Majority Directors have set forth their reasons for their recommendation of the Majority Director Slate, including information on the nominees who comprise the slate and the corporate governance provisions and business plan for the Holding Company that the Majority Director Slate intends to implement and pursue, in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors of the Sallie Mae Board that comprises an integral part, and is being mailed to shareholders together with a copy, of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The CRV has set forth its reasons for its recommendation of the CRV Slate, including information on the nominees who comprise the slate and the corporate governance provisions and business plan for the Holding Company that the CRV Slate intends to implement and pursue, in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV that comprises an integral part, and is being mailed to shareholders together with a copy, of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. CORPORATE STRUCTURE BEFORE AND AFTER THE REORGANIZATION Sallie Mae currently operates as a government-sponsored enterprise, subject to the restrictions of its federal charter. Following the Reorganization, the GSE would be one of several subsidiaries of the Holding Company. The Privatization Act will impose certain restrictions on intercompany relations between the GSE and its affiliates during the period prior to the GSE's dissolution to ensure their separate operation. In particular, the GSE must not extend credit to, nor guarantee any debt obligations of, the Holding Company or the Holding Company's non-GSE subsidiaries. Although the GSE may not finance the activities of its non-GSE affiliates, it may, subject to its minimum capital requirements, dividend retained earnings and surplus capital to the Holding Company, which in turn may use such amounts to support its non-GSE subsidiaries. The Sallie Mae Charter (as defined below) effectively requires that it maintain a minimum capital ratio. The Privatization Act further directs that under no circumstances shall the assets of the GSE be available or used to pay claims or debts of or incurred by the Holding Company. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Corporate Structure Before and After the Reorganization." EFFECT OF THE REORGANIZATION ON OUTSTANDING SECURITIES OF SALLIE MAE Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, MergerCo, a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, will be merged with and into the GSE with the GSE surviving, each outstanding share of Sallie Mae Common Stock will be converted into one share of Holding Company Common Stock and the outstanding shares of the common stock of MergerCo will be converted into all of the issued and outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock, all of which will then be owned by the Holding Company. If the Reorganization is approved, the Reorganization will become effective at the time the certificate of merger is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "Effective Time"), which is expected to occur as soon as practicable following the Special Meeting. As a result of the Reorganization, Sallie Mae will become a subsidiary of the Holding Company and all of the Holding Company Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Reorganization will be owned by the holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Reorganization. 3 16 The Reorganization will not result in any change to Sallie Mae's outstanding class of preferred stock or to its outstanding debt obligations and all of the outstanding securities of Sallie Mae (other than the Sallie Mae Common Stock and common stock equivalents) will remain outstanding immediately after the Reorganization. The Privatization Act requires that the GSE's preferred stock be repurchased or redeemed upon the GSE's dissolution, no later than September 30, 2008. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Treatment of Preferred Stock." The Privatization Act provides that the Reorganization will not modify the attributes accorded to the debt obligations of Sallie Mae by the Sallie Mae Charter. It will not be necessary for holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock to immediately exchange their existing stock certificates for stock certificates of the Holding Company in connection with the Reorganization. Following the Reorganization, new certificates bearing the name of SLM Holding Corporation will be issued by Chase Mellon Shareholder Services as outstanding certificates are presented for transfer. In addition, new certificates of the Holding Company will be issued in exchange for old certificates of the GSE upon the request of any shareholder. Certificates presented for transfer to a name other than that in which the surrendered certificate is registered must be properly endorsed, with the signature guaranteed, and accompanied by evidence of payment of any applicable stock transfer taxes. See "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT." HOLDING COMPANY BOARD OF DIRECTORS Assuming shareholder approval of the Reorganization Proposal, as soon as possible after such approval and before the Reorganization is effected Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) shall appoint as directors of the Holding Company the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting; provided that, if minority positions exist on the Holding Company Board because the slate of nominees that receives the greater number of votes consists of less than 15 persons, and if any of the nominees of the other slate have consented to serve in such circumstances as minority directors, then that other slate can select from among its consenting nominees, if any, the persons who will be named to fill the minority positions on the Holding Company Board. If the number of nominees who have consented to fill any minority positions on the Holding Company Board is not sufficient to constitute a 15 member Holding Company Board of Directors, then the vacancies shall be either filled by the Holding Company Board of Directors or left vacant until the next election of directors, in either case pursuant to the process set forth in the Holding Company Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. See "THE BOARD SLATE PROPOSAL." HOLDING COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS The terms of the corporate governance provisions set forth in the Holding Company Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws following the effective date of the Reorganization depend upon whether the Majority Director Slate or the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in person or by proxy in respect of the Board Slate Proposal. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, then after Sallie Mae appoints the Majority Director Slate to the Holding Company Board of Directors and before the effectiveness of the Reorganization, the Holding Company Board of Directors and Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) will take or cause to be taken any and all actions they deem necessary or appropriate to amend the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws so as to implement the provisions as described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, then after Sallie Mae appoints the CRV Slate to the Holding Company Board of Directors and before the effectiveness of the Reorganization, the Holding Company Board of Directors and Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) will take or cause to be taken any and all actions they deem necessary or appropriate to amend the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws so as to implement the provisions as described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV. See "COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS." 4 17 BUSINESS ACTIVITIES AFTER THE REORGANIZATION The manner in which the Company operates its business after the Reorganization depends upon whether the Majority Director Slate or the CRV Slate receive the highest plurality of votes cast in person or by proxy in respect of the Board Slate Proposal. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the Holding Company directors who were nominated as members of the Majority Director Slate intend to pursue the business strategy described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the Holding Company directors who were nominated as members of the CRV Slate intend to pursue the business strategy described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV. THE PRIVATIZATION ACT The Privatization Act provides the framework for Sallie Mae's reorganization into a wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company and imposes certain restrictions on the operations of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries after the reorganization is consummated. See "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT" and "REGULATION." The Reorganization Agreement is the plan of reorganization approved by a majority of the Sallie Mae Board. The Privatization Act requires the Company to pay $5 million to the District of Columbia Financial Responsibility and Management Assistance Authority (the "D.C. Financial Control Board") for the restricted use of the "Sallie Mae" name and to issue to the D.C. Financial Control Board warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock, exercisable at any time prior to September 30, 2008 at $72.43 per share. SUBSIDIARY STOCK AND ASSET TRANSFERS The Privatization Act requires that at the Effective Time, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the GSE shall transfer to the Holding Company or one or more of its non-GSE subsidiaries, certain assets, including all of the capital stock of which the GSE is the beneficial owner in certain subsidiaries (the "Transferred Subsidiaries"). It is anticipated that net asset transfers (including the transfer of the Transferred Subsidiaries) occurring in the first year after the Reorganization will aggregate approximately $100 million and that certain fixed assets will be transferred within approximately three years of the Reorganization. Based on preliminary discussions with commercial banking sources, the Company believes it will be able to secure financing at a reasonable cost through the Holding Company for such asset transfers. Although the foregoing asset transfers will likely result in some incremental financing costs and state taxes, such expenses are not expected to have any material impact on the Company's financial results. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Years ended December 31, 1994-1996 -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." EMPLOYEE AND BENEFIT TRANSFERS As required by the Privatization Act, all GSE employees will be transferred from the GSE at the Effective Time. In connection with the Reorganization, employee benefit obligations and benefit plans of the GSE will be transferred to the Holding Company or one of its non-GSE subsidiaries. After the Reorganization, Sallie Mae stock-based employee benefit plans will be amended to provide for the delivery of Holding Company Common Stock instead of Sallie Mae Common Stock. WIND-DOWN PERIOD Following the Reorganization, the GSE entity will be liquidated and dissolved on or before September 30, 2008. During this wind-down period, it is expected that the GSE's operations will be managed by its non-GSE affiliates. Also, during this period, the Holding Company will remain a passive entity which supports the operations of the GSE and its other subsidiaries, and all business activities will be conducted through the GSE and by the other subsidiaries. The use of the "Sallie Mae" name by the Holding Company and its subsidiaries is restricted by the Privatization Act, as described herein. During the wind-down period, the GSE's new business activities are limited. The GSE generally may continue to purchase student loans only through September 30, 2007. The GSE's other lines of business, such 5 18 as warehousing advances, letters of credit and standby bond purchase commitments, will be limited to takedowns on contractual financing and guarantee commitments in place as of the Effective Time. In addition, the business activities of the Holding Company and its non-GSE subsidiaries are also subject to certain limitations, including a limitation against purchases of FFELP loans for so long as the GSE continues this type of activity. Subject to the foregoing, the Holding Company could elect at any time to commence FFELP student loan purchases through its non-GSE subsidiaries. In addition, it is expected that during the wind-down period the GSE would provide financing and letter of credit support under existing contractual commitments which aggregate approximately $2.3 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, as of March 31, 1997. The GSE would also maintain an investment portfolio during the wind-down. After the Reorganization, Sallie Mae will be able to continue to issue debt in the government agency market to finance student loans and other permissible asset acquisitions, although the maturity date of such issuances generally may not extend beyond September 30, 2008, Sallie Mae's final dissolution date. If at anytime during the wind-down period the GSE's capital ratio falls below certain required levels (2 percent of assets until January 1, 2000 and 2.25 percent of assets thereafter), the Holding Company is required to supplement the GSE's capital to achieve the required level. Upon dissolution of the GSE, any remaining GSE obligations will be transferred into a defeasance trust for the benefit of the holders of such obligations. If the GSE has insufficient assets to fully fund such defeasance trust, the Holding Company must transfer sufficient assets to such trust to account for this shortfall. A law enacted at the same time as the Privatization Act contains amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act that prohibit depository institutions from being affiliates of government-sponsored enterprises. This restriction effectively limits the ability of the Company and its affiliates to originate insured student loans through an affiliated depository institution as long as the GSE remains in existence. CHARTER SUNSET IF REORGANIZATION DOES NOT OCCUR If a reorganization pursuant to the Privatization Act does not occur on or prior to March 31, 1998, the Privatization Act requires that it submit an alternative wind-down plan to Congress and the Treasury Department by 2007. As required by the Privatization Act, this plan would call for the dissolution of Sallie Mae by 2013. During this alternative wind-down period, Sallie Mae could not engage in new business activities beyond those contemplated by the Sallie Mae Charter but could transfer assets, except for the "Sallie Mae" name, at any time its statutory capital requirements were satisfied. As with the Reorganization, any remaining obligations, and assets sufficient to pay such obligations, would be transferred to a fully collateralized trust at the time of dissolution. All other assets would be distributed to Sallie Mae shareholders. Under this alternative, Sallie Mae generally would have to cease its business activities after 2009 and could not issue debt obligations that mature after 2013. The Secretary of the Treasury, who would monitor the wind-down, could require Sallie Mae to amend its plan of dissolution if deemed necessary to ensure full payment of its obligations. The Sallie Mae Board of Directors, which unanimously approved the Reorganization Agreement, believes that the Reorganization is in the best interests of the Company. For the reasons the Sallie Mae Board voted to approve the Reorganization, see "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Reasons for the Reorganization; Recommendation of Sallie Mae and the CRV." As a result of the belief of the Sallie Mae Board that the Reorganization Agreement is in the best interests of shareholders and the recommendation that shareholders approve the Reorganization Agreement, the Sallie Mae Board has not determined what action, if any, it may take with respect to privatization in the event the Reorganization Agreement is not approved. If the Reorganization Agreement is not approved by shareholders, an Annual Meeting of Sallie Mae shareholders will be held as soon as practicable to, among other things, elect Sallie Mae directors. Under the Privatization Act, the effective date of a reorganization providing for the restructuring of common stock ownership of Sallie Mae so that all of its outstanding common stock would be owned directly by a holding company must occur on or prior to March 31, 1998. If the effective date has not occurred prior to such date, the charter sunset provisions would apply. If the Reorganization Agreement is not approved, it appears that there would be sufficient time for the Sallie Mae Board to adopt an alternate plan of reorganization and to seek shareholder approval for such a plan. However, there can be no assurance that the Sallie Mae Board will adopt an alternate plan of reorganization, and, if the Sallie Mae Board adopted an alternate plan, there can be no 6 19 assurance as to the terms of such a plan or as to whether it would be approved by holders of the requisite number of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock in a timely manner. OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE REORGANIZATION NO DISSENTERS' APPRAISAL RIGHTS Sallie Mae shareholders have no statutory appraisal rights. See "COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS." DIVIDEND POLICY It is anticipated that the Holding Company will initially pay dividends on Holding Company Common Stock at the rate most recently paid, and on approximately the same schedule, as dividends have been paid on Sallie Mae Common Stock. No assurance, however, can be given as to the amount of future dividends, which will necessarily be dependent on future earnings and the financial requirements of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, including the GSE, after the Reorganization. The Holding Company's principal source of funds is expected to be funds from dividends on the stock of its subsidiaries and proceeds from any issuances of the Holding Company's equity or debt securities. The ability of the GSE to pay dividends is generally subject to the capital requirements included in Sallie Mae's federal charter set forth in Section 439, Part B, Title VI of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, codified at 20 U.S.C. sec.1087-2, (the "Sallie Mae Charter"), and to the priority of dividends on the preferred stock. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Dividend Policy." STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING Sallie Mae has filed an application to list the shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Reorganization on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), subject to approval of the Reorganization Agreement by the Sallie Mae shareholders and official notice of issuance. The shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock are traded, and the shares of Holding Company Common Stock are expected to be traded, on the NYSE under the symbol "SLM." If the Reorganization is consummated, shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock will be delisted at the same time the Holding Company shares are listed. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Stock Exchange Listing." CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES The obligation of Sallie Mae to consummate the Reorganization is conditioned upon the receipt by Sallie Mae of an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sallie Mae, dated as of the Effective Time, substantially to the effect that, on the basis of facts, representations and assumptions set forth in such opinion and set forth in certificates of officers of the Holding Company, Sallie Mae and others, as well as representation letters of certain holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock, all of which are consistent with the state of facts existing at the Effective Time, the Merger will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a nonrecognition transfer of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock by the holders thereof to the Holding Company for shares of Holding Company Common Stock. See "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT" and "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES." REGULATION The GSE will continue to be subject to the requirements of the Sallie Mae Charter and to certain regulations irrespective of whether the Reorganization is approved. The Privatization Act amends the Sallie Mae Charter to provide for increased oversight of GSE operations by, and the reimbursement of certain oversight costs to, the Secretary of the Treasury as well as the increase of Sallie Mae's required shareholders' equity ratio from the current level of 2 percent of assets to 2.25 percent of assets beginning after January 1, 2000. Following the Reorganization, the Company will be an eligible lender under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, for purposes only of purchasing and holding student loans made by other lenders. Like other participants in the insured student loan programs, the Company will be subject, from time to time, to review of its student lending operations by the U.S. Department of Education, certain guarantee agencies and 7 20 the General Accounting Office. In addition, Sallie Mae Servicing Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sallie Mae, as a servicer of student loans, is subject to certain U.S. Department of Education regulations regarding financial responsibility and administrative capability that govern all third party servicers of insured student loans. See "REGULATION." COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS There are certain differences between the present rights of holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock and the rights of holders of Holding Company Common Stock after the Reorganization. These differences depend upon whether the Majority Director Slate or the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy in respect of the Board Slate Proposal. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the nominees included in the Majority Director Slate, once elected to the Holding Company Board, will implement the Holding Company Charter and By-Law provisions described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the nominees included in the CRV Slate, once elected to the Holding Company Board, will implement the Holding Company Charter and By-Law provisions described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV. For a comprehensive comparison of the relative rights of holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock and holders of Holding Company Common Stock under the provisions to be implemented under the Majority Director Slate, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors which is being mailed by the Majority Directors to shareholders together with a copy of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. For a comprehensive comparison of the relative rights of holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock and holders of Holding Company Common Stock under the provisions to be implemented under the CRV Slate, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV which is being mailed by the CRV to shareholders together with a copy of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. HOLDING COMPANY BOARD OF DIRECTORS Sallie Mae, as the sole stockholder of the Holding Company prior to the Reorganization, will appoint the members of the Holding Company Board to serve until their successors are duly elected. After the Effective Time, the Company stockholders will elect all of the members of the Holding Company Board at each annual meeting beginning with the 1998 Annual Meeting of the Company, which meeting is expected to take place in April of 1998. If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, then as soon as possible after such approval Sallie Mae shall appoint as directors of the Holding Company the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting in respect of the Board Slate Proposal; provided that, if the Majority Director Slate receives the greater number of votes, and if any of the nominees of the CRV Slate have consented to serve in such circumstances as minority directors, then the CRV Slate can select from among its consenting nominees, if any, the persons who will be named to fill the minority positions on the Holding Company Board. If the number of nominees who have consented to fill any minority positions on the Holding Company Board is not sufficient to constitute a 15 member Holding Company Board of Directors, then the vacancies shall be either filled by the Holding Company Board of Directors or left vacant until the next election of directors, in either case pursuant to the process set forth in the Holding Company Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. See "THE BOARD SLATE PROPOSAL." For a discussion of the Majority Director Slate, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors that comprises an integral part, and is being mailed to shareholders together with a copy, of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. For a discussion of the CRV Slate, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV that comprises an integral part, and is being mailed to shareholders together with a copy, of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. RISK FACTORS In considering whether to approve the Reorganization Agreement, shareholders of Sallie Mae should consider the lack of history of the Holding Company's operations, that the Holding Company will have a new board of directors, that Sallie Mae currently has a divided board of directors and the political risks associated with the Company's business. See "RISK FACTORS." 8 21 SUMMARY SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following table sets forth selected financial and other operating information of Sallie Mae. The selected financial data in the table are derived from the consolidated financial statements of Sallie Mae. The data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" included elsewhere herein.
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------ ------------------------------------------------------- 1997 1996 1996 1995(1) 1994(1) 1993(1) 1992(1) ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) OPERATING DATA: Net interest income............... $ 199 $ 233 $ 866 $ 901 $ 982 $ 1,169 $ 987 Net income........................ 119 103 419 366 420 443 402 Earnings per common share......... 2.17 1.74 7.32 5.27 5.13 4.98 4.30 Dividends per common share........ .44 .40 1.64 1.51 1.42 1.25 1.05 Return on common stockholders' equity.......................... 57.64% 47.84% 50.13%(3) 29.17%(3) 27.85%(3) 37.68% 37.26% Net interest margin............... 1.75 1.99 1.90 1.84 2.14 2.74 2.32 Return on assets.................. 1.00 .85 .88 .71 .87 .99 .89 Dividend payout ratio............. 20.32 22.94 22.40 28.64 27.66 25.10 24.41 Average equity/average assets..... 2.05 2.10 2.09 2.68 3.39 2.97 2.73 BALANCE SHEET DATA: Student loans purchased........... $31,043 $33,881 $32,308 $34,336 $30,571 $26,978 $24,326 Student loan participations....... 1,805 - 1,446 - - - - Warehousing advances.............. 2,533 3,338 2,789 3,865 7,032 7,034 8,085 Academic facilities financings.... 1,405 1,371 1,473 1,312 1,548 1,359 1,189 Total assets...................... 46,330 48,174 47,630 50,002 53,161 46,682 46,775 Long-term notes................... 20,102 27,731 22,606 30,083 34,319 30,925 30,724 Total borrowings.................. 43,105 45,723 44,763 47,530 50,335 44,544 44,440 Stockholders' equity.............. 1,010 1,025 1,048(3) 1,081(3) 1,601(3) 1,393 1,321 Book value per common share....... 15.08 14.34 15.53 15.03 18.87 14.03 12.39 OTHER DATA: Securitized student loans outstanding..................... $ 7,968 $ 2,397 $ 6,263 $ 954 $ - $ - $ - Core earnings(2).................. 115 93 391 361 356 398 402 Premiums on debt extinguished..... - 7 7 8 14 211 141
- --------------- (1) Previously reported results for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992 have been restated to retroactively reflect the recognition of student loan income as earned (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). This restatement resulted in the elimination of the previously reported 1995 cumulative effect of the change in accounting method of $130 million ($1.93 per common share) and an increase to previously reported net income of $17 million ($.22 per common share), $13 million ($.15 per common share) and $8 million ($.09 per common share) for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively. (2) Core earnings is defined as Sallie Mae's net income less the after-tax effect of floor revenues and other one-time charges. Management believes that these measures, which are not measures under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), are important because they depict Sallie Mae's earnings before the effects of one time events such as floor revenues which are largely outside of Sallie Mae's control. Management believes that core earnings as defined, while not necessarily comparable to other companies use of similar terminology, provide for meaningful period to period comparisons as a basis for analyzing trends in Sallie Mae's student loan operations. (3) At March 31, 1997 and 1996 and at December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, stockholders' equity reflects the addition to stockholders' equity of $331 million, $343 million, $349 million, $371 million and $300 million, respectively, net of tax, of unrealized gains on certain investments recognized pursuant to FAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." 9 22 MARKET DATA Because the Holding Company is a newly-formed corporation and there is currently no established trading market for its securities, no information can be provided as to historical market prices for the Holding Company Common Stock. Historical market prices for Sallie Mae Common Stock, however, may provide relevant historical market information for determining the market value of the Holding Company. Sallie Mae and the Holding Company will take all actions necessary or advisable to ensure that the Holding Company Common Stock will be approved for listing on the NYSE upon consummation of the Reorganization. The Sallie Mae Common Stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol "SLM." The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of Sallie Mae Common Stock as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape, and the quarterly cash dividends per share declared with respect thereto.
HIGH LOW DIVIDEND ---- --- -------- 1994 First Quarter.................................. $ 49 7/8 $42 7/8 $.35 Second Quarter................................. 44 1/8 35 3/4 .35 Third Quarter.................................. 39 1/8 32 .35 Fourth Quarter................................. 35 31 1/4 .37 1995 First Quarter.................................. 39 32 7/8 .37 Second Quarter................................. 48 3/8 34 1/2 .37 Third Quarter.................................. 55 3/4 47 .37 Fourth Quarter................................. 70 7/8 54 .40 1996 First Quarter.................................. 86 1/8 63 1/4 .40 Second Quarter................................. 83 1/2 66 .40 Third Quarter.................................. 77 69 1/4 .40 Fourth Quarter................................. 98 1/4 77 1/4 .44 1997 First Quarter.................................. 114 1/4 89 .44 Second Quarter (through June 12, 1997)......... 135 94 5/8 .44
On January 23, 1997, the last trading day before the announcement that the Sallie Mae Board had approved the Reorganization, the last sales price of Sallie Mae Common Stock was $108.00 per share, as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape. On , 1997, the last trading day prior to the printing of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the last sales price of Sallie Mae Common Stock was $ per share, as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape. At June 6, 1997, the Record Date, 52,663,133 shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock were outstanding and eligible to be voted, held by approximately 23,000 shareholders. 10 23 RISK FACTORS In considering whether to approve the Reorganization Agreement, shareholders of Sallie Mae should consider the following matters. NO HISTORICAL OPERATIONS. The Holding Company, which was created in accordance with the terms of the Privatization Act, does not have an operating history, although it will own Sallie Mae and the Transferred Subsidiaries. The operations of the Company following the Reorganization may not reflect Sallie Mae's historical operations. In addition, as a general purpose corporation, the Holding Company will have authority to engage in new lines of business (through non-GSE subsidiaries) which are not authorized under the limited purpose Sallie Mae Charter. There can be no assurance that any new lines of business in which the Company may engage following the Reorganization would be successful. See "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT -- Limitations on Holding Company Activities" and "BUSINESS." NEW BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Under either the Majority Director Slate or the CRV Slate, the Holding Company Board will include certain individuals who are not current members of the 21 member Sallie Mae Board. Depending on the composition of the nominees to the Holding Company Board contained in each of the Majority Director Slate and the CRV Slate and the outcome of the Board Slate Proposal, it is possible that the Holding Company Board will be composed of a number of members associated with a majority of the Sallie Mae Board and a number of members associated with the CRV, potentially resulting in continued dissent among directors of the Company. In addition, the nature of the business plan the Holding Company Board will implement for the Company following the Reorganization depends on whether a majority of the nominees from the Majority Director Slate or the CRV Slate receive the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy in respect of the Board Slate Proposal and institutes its respective business plan. For a further discussion of the nominees comprising the Majority Director Slate and their respective business plans and corporate governance provisions, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors which is being mailed by the Majority Directors to shareholders together with a copy of this Proxy Statement/ Prospectus. For a further discussion of the nominees comprising the CRV Slate and their respective business plans and corporate governance provisions, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV, which is being mailed by the CRV to shareholders together with a copy of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The Majority Directors and the eight current Sallie Mae directors who are members of the CRV advocate different business strategies and different corporate governance provisions for the Company and in the past have disagreed as to the means of implementing privatization. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Background." The efforts of the Majority Directors and the CRV to date have, and in the future may, result in debates among shareholders, the Company and its directors. POLITICAL RISKS. Although the Holding Company would be a state-chartered corporation, after the Reorganization Sallie Mae will continue to be subject to the political risks attendant to its status as a government-sponsored enterprise. In addition, the student loan business is dependent to a significant degree upon government programs and is highly regulated, and therefore remains subject to political risks. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Background," "BUSINESS" and "REGULATION." 11 24 INFORMATION REGARDING THE SPECIAL MEETING PURPOSE The Special Meeting is being called pursuant to an agreement (the "Letter Agreement") between Sallie Mae and The Committee to Restore Value at Sallie Mae (the "CRV"), which is a shareholder group that includes eight current Sallie Mae directors. At the Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") of the Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae" or the "GSE"), the shareholders of Sallie Mae will be asked to consider and vote upon the following matters: (1) The approval and adoption of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "Reorganization Agreement") among Sallie Mae, SLM Holding Corporation, a newly-formed Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Sallie Mae (the "Holding Company"), and Sallie Mae Merger Company, a newly-formed Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company ("MergerCo" and such proposal, the "Reorganization Proposal"); and (2) If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, the selection of a slate of up to 15 nominees that will be appointed as the initial Holding Company Board of Directors in connection with the Reorganization (such proposal, the "Board Slate Proposal"). In the Board Slate Proposal, shareholders may vote either for a 10-person slate nominated by a majority of the current Sallie Mae directors (the "Majority Director Slate") or for a 15-person slate nominated by the CRV (the "CRV Slate"). The Reorganization Agreement provides for the reorganization (the "Reorganization") of Sallie Mae into a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company pursuant to the merger (the "Merger") of MergerCo with and into Sallie Mae, with Sallie Mae as the surviving corporation. If the Reorganization Agreement is approved and the Merger is consummated, (i) each outstanding share of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of Sallie Mae ("Sallie Mae Common Stock") would be converted into one share of common stock, par value $.20 per share of the Holding Company ("Holding Company Common Stock") and (ii) all of the outstanding shares of MergerCo would be converted into all of the issued and outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock, all of which will then be owned by the Holding Company. The Letter Agreement provides that, if shareholders approve the Reorganization Proposal, as soon as possible after such approval and before the Reorganization is effected Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) shall appoint as directors of the Holding Company the 15 nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting; provided that, if minority positions will exist on the Holding Company Board because the slate of nominees that receives the greater number of votes consists of less than 15 persons, and if any of the nominees of the other slate have consented to serve in such circumstances as minority directors, then that other slate can select from among its consenting nominees, if any, the persons who will be named to fill the minority positions on the Holding Company Board. If the number of nominees who have consented to fill any minority positions on the Holding Company Board is not sufficient to constitute a 15 member Holding Company Board of Directors, then the vacancies shall be either filled by the Holding Company Board of Directors or left vacant until the next election of directors, in each case pursuant to the process set forth in the Holding Company Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. See "THE BOARD SLATE PROPOSAL." This Proxy Statement/Prospectus is also furnished to Sallie Mae shareholders to supplement the prospectus of the Holding Company relating to the shares of Holding Company Common Stock issuable in connection with the Reorganization. The vote on the Reorganization is being held at a Special Meeting rather than an Annual Meeting because of the importance of the Reorganization to the Company's future and the determination that shareholders should have an opportunity to consider the Reorganization at a meeting dedicated to that purpose. If the Reorganization is consummated, the Sallie Mae Board would be appointed by the Holding Company. If the Reorganization is not approved by shareholders, an Annual Meeting of Sallie Mae shareholders will be held as soon as practicable prior to August 30, 1997 to, among other things, elect Sallie Mae directors. 12 25 PLACE, TIME AND DATE OF MEETING The Special Meeting will be held on Thursday, , 1997 at the [ ], Washington, DC [ ], beginning at 11:00 a.m., local time, and at any adjournments or postponements thereof. The Letter Agreement provides that the Special Meeting shall not be adjourned to a later date except by mutual agreement of Sallie Mae and the CRV. RECORD DATE; SHARES ENTITLED TO VOTE Only holders of record (each, a "Record Holder") of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock at the close of business on June 6, 1997, the record date for the Special Meeting (the "Record Date"), are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof. QUORUM; VOTES REQUIRED The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting will be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If such a quorum is not present, a majority of shares so represented may adjourn the Special Meeting to a future date. Abstentions and broker non-votes are counted when determining the presence of a quorum for the transaction of business. Approval of the Reorganization requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock. Abstentions and broker non-votes on the Reorganization Proposal have the same effect as a vote against the Reorganization. Under the Board Slate Proposal, the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting shall be appointed as directors of the Holding Company Board. Abstentions and broker non-votes on the Board Slate Proposal will not be counted as votes cast for either slate of nominees. COMMON STOCK INFORMATION As of the Record Date, 52,663,133 shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock were outstanding and eligible to be voted, held by approximately 23,000 shareholders. As of the Record Date, Sallie Mae's directors, named executive officers (excluding Robert D. Friedhoff who resigned from his positions with Sallie Mae effective March 26, 1997, for personal reasons) beneficially owned 295,334 shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock (excluding 374,620 shares underlying stock options), or less than 1 percent of the shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock outstanding as of such date. The Sallie Mae Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol "SLM." VOTING AND REVOCATION OF PROXIES Shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock that are entitled to vote and are represented at the Special Meeting by properly executed proxies received and not properly revoked will be voted at the Special Meeting in the manner directed on such proxies. Shares may be voted in person or by proxy. Any proxy given by a Record Holder may be revoked by the person giving such proxy at any time before the closing of the polls by executing a new proxy or voting in person his or her shares at the Special Meeting. Only those proxies received and not properly revoked or votes cast prior to the closing of the polls shall be valid. Sallie Mae and the CRV have agreed not to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date, except by mutual agreement. Any proxy given pursuant to this solicitation may be revoked by the person giving it at any time before the shares represented by such proxy are voted at the Special Meeting by (i) filing with the Secretary of Sallie Mae a written notice of such revocation bearing a later date than the proxy, (ii) duly executing a proxy relating to the same shares bearing a later date and delivering it to the party soliciting such later dated proxy before the taking of the vote at the Special Meeting, or (iii) voting in person at the Special Meeting. Attendance at the Special Meeting will not in and of itself constitute a revocation of a proxy. All written notices of revocation of proxies should be addressed as follows: Student Loan Marketing Association, 13 26 1050 Thomas Jefferson Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20007, Attention: Ann Marie Plubell, Secretary, and must be received before the taking of the vote at the Special Meeting. If the Reorganization is not approved, Sallie Mae will hold the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Student Loan Marketing Association as soon as practicable after the Special Meeting votes are tabulated. Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, the Sallie Mae Board amended the Sallie Mae By-laws to provide that the Annual Meeting shall be held not later than August 30, 1997. SOLICITATION OF PROXIES Sallie Mae will bear all expenses of these solicitations, including the cost of preparing and mailing this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the cost of preparing and mailing the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors, which is being mailed together with an accompanying BLUE proxy card and a copy of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus by Sallie Mae to shareholders, and the cost of preparing and mailing the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV which is being mailed together with an accompanying GREEN proxy card and a copy of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus by the CRV to shareholders. In addition to solicitation by mail, directors, officers, regular employees or other agents of Sallie Mae, who will not be specifically compensated for such services but may be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with such solicitation, may solicit proxies from Sallie Mae shareholders personally or by telephone, telecopy, telegram or other means of communication. Sallie Mae will also arrange with custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for the forwarding of proxy solicitation materials to the beneficial owners of shares held of record by such persons. Sallie Mae may reimburse such custodians, nominees and fiduciaries reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith. Sallie Mae has retained D.F. King & Co., Inc. to solicit proxies on its behalf in connection with the Special Meeting. D.F. King will be paid a fee, estimated not to exceed $250,000 and will be reimbursed its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with such Special Meeting solicitation services. The CRV has retained MacKenzie Partners, Inc. to solicit proxies on its behalf in connection with the Special Meeting. MacKenzie Partners, Inc. will be paid a fee, estimated not to exceed $250,000 and will be reimbursed its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with such Special Meeting solicitation services. NO DISSENTERS' APPRAISAL RIGHTS Sallie Mae shareholders have no statutory appraisal rights in connection with the matters to be considered at the Special Meeting. See "COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS." SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD NOT SEND ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES WITH ANY PROXY CARD RETURNED IN RESPECT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING. 14 27 THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL BACKGROUND The Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 (the "Privatization Act") was the result of a multi-year effort on the part of Sallie Mae to win executive branch and Congressional support for privatization. As a government-sponsored enterprise Sallie Mae has access to the "government agency" debt market, exemptions from state taxes and certain securities laws, and lower capital requirements. However, Sallie Mae's business activities are subject to restrictions and burdens contained in Sallie Mae's federal charter, which is set forth at Section 439, Part B, Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, codified at 20 U.S.C. sec. 1087-2 (the "Sallie Mae Charter"). The Sallie Mae Charter may be changed by Congress, subject only to constitutional limitations, without approval from Sallie Mae directors or shareholders. Sallie Mae sought privatization to protect the value of its franchise from the political risks of its government-sponsored enterprise status and the new Federal Direct Student Loan Program (the "FDSLP"). As a government-sponsored enterprise, Sallie Mae is exposed to the ongoing risk of targeted legislation. Over recent years, a number of legislative actions have adversely and uniquely impacted Sallie Mae including: (i) the imposition of a 30 basis point per annum offset fee applicable solely to Sallie Mae, (ii) charter restrictions on the scope of its business and (iii) unfunded mandates requiring certain actions by Sallie Mae (e.g., acting as lender of last resort for the postsecondary education credit program). Moreover, the 1993 expansion of the FDSLP, which originally was intended to ultimately replace the FFELP, demonstrated Sallie Mae's vulnerability to shifts in federal policy. Privatization will reduce the risk of targeted legislation and shifts in federal policy and will allow the Company to invest in new products and services designed to improve its competitive position vis a vis FFELP participants and the FDSLP. In addition, Sallie Mae recognized that changes in the student loan market, including the advent of student loan securitization, had reduced the comparative advantages of government-sponsored enterprise funding and capital levels. After passage of the 1993 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ("OBRA"), which imposed the 30 basis point offset fee referenced above and expanded the FDSLP, Sallie Mae worked with the executive branch to study the "future of Sallie Mae" and put forward a specific legislative framework to effect privatization through a transitional holding company arrangement. During 1995 and 1996, Sallie Mae negotiated with Congress and the executive branch to arrive at legislation intended to provide a fair outcome for the government, Sallie Mae noteholders and Sallie Mae shareholders. The Privatization Act, which was enacted on September 30, 1996, will allow Sallie Mae to transition from a limited purpose government-sponsored enterprise to a general purpose corporation that will independently determine which new business opportunities to pursue. The Privatization Act authorized the Sallie Mae Board of Directors (the "Sallie Mae Board") to adopt a plan of reorganization pursuant to which Sallie Mae would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company. The Reorganization Agreement is the plan approved by the Sallie Mae Board pursuant to the Privatization Act. Set forth below is a summary of the deliberations of the Sallie Mae Board and committees thereof. At a Sallie Mae Board meeting held on November 22, 1996, the Sallie Mae Board charged (i) the Nominations and Board Affairs Committee with consideration of the corporate governance structure for the Holding Company, the composition and selection of the Holding Company Board of Directors and the structure of the proposal for presentation to shareholders and (ii) the Finance Committee with consideration of various financial and operational aspects of the plan of reorganization and related asset transfers. Each of these Committees was instructed to formulate recommendations for action by the full Sallie Mae Board at the regular meeting held January 24, 1997. Consistent with its charge, the Nominations and Board Affairs Committee met on December 17, 1996, January 16, 1997, January 23, 1997 and January 24, 1997. At its meeting on December 17, 1996, the Committee considered the relative merits of a broad range of corporate governance provisions and determined to solicit the further views of the members of the Committee concerning a variety of governance issues. In addition, the Committee determined to solicit the members of 15 28 the Sallie Mae Board and the President and Chief Executive Officer for the names and qualifications of potential nominees to the Holding Company Board of Directors. At the meetings of December 17, 1996 and January 16 and 23, 1997, the Committee also discussed guidelines for the qualifications of Holding Company Directors, as individuals and as members of a cohesive body. The Nominations and Board Affairs Committee unanimously approved guidelines aimed at bringing to the Holding Company Board persons of the highest individual character with diverse resources and background. The guidelines adopted by the Committee provide generally that the Holding Company Board must (i) be able to engage in effective, cohesive conduct that is respectful of divergent views, (ii) be composed of leaders of sufficient professional stature to attract other well-qualified candidates, (iii) be able to attract the support of, and retain the highest quality, managers on behalf of the shareholders and (iv) reflect diverse points of view together with a balance of freshness of views and continuity. According to such guidelines, individuals to be elected to the Holding Company Board should be recognized for having added value within their organizations, be qualified to timely deal with complex business and policy issues and have significant experience of current application to the Company's present business and new, potentially beneficial initiatives. In addition, such guidelines provide that such persons must be able to commit the time required to provide the energy and focus necessary to perform productively as a member of the Holding Company Board, be able to function within the context of a governing body and understand their duties to all shareholders, be capable of independence in their deliberations and decision making and be committed to quality products and services, ethical behavior and excellence. At the meetings of January 16 and January 23, 1997, Mr. Brandon, moved that the 14 members of the Sallie Mae Board who were elected by shareholders in 1996 be nominated as a body to constitute the entire Holding Company Board. The motion was defeated, with Messrs. Jacobsen, Durmer, Spiegel and Thayer voting against because the action would have given effective control of the Holding Company to a minority of the present Sallie Mae Board who were initially elected in 1995 representing the CRV. The materials used to solicit proxies for their election in 1995 stated that such directors were not seeking control of the Sallie Mae Board and that their election would not result in their obtaining control of the Sallie Mae Board. In addition, the majority believed such a slate would not provide the breadth and depth desired for the Holding Company Board. Specifically, unlike Sallie Mae, there is no requirement that directors of the Holding Company be affiliated with financial or educational institutions. The majority of the Nominations Committee believed that the Holding Company Board should have representation from persons with a broader range of experience, particularly since the seven directors appointed by the President could not serve on the Holding Company Board. In addition, Mr. Brandon's proposal would not have resulted in a diversity of background, providing for only one minority member and no women on the Holding Company Board. At the meeting of January 16, 1997, Mr. Brandon moved that the Company separate the vote on the initial election of the Holding Company Board members from the vote on the plan of reorganization. The motion was defeated, with Messrs. Jacobsen, Durmer, Spiegel and Thayer voting against. The majority of the Committee believed that the identity of the members of the Board of Directors was an essential component of the plan of reorganization, since such individuals would have critical leadership responsibility going forward. At its January 23, 1997 meeting, the Committee determined, by a vote of 4-1 (with Mr. Brandon voting against and Mr. Lambert absent) to recommend that the full Sallie Mae Board adopt the charter and by-laws substantially in the form proposed at such meeting. The charter and by-laws recommended, as revised at the March Board Meeting (as defined below), are as described in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. At the January 23, 1997 meeting, Mr. Jacobsen also noted that on January 21, 1997 the names and qualifications of 26 individuals were provided to the Committee members for their comment and review. He then moved that Messrs. Arceneaux, Daberko, Hough, Jacobsen, Ricciardi, Rohr, Sant, Sarni, Shaw, Simms, Spiegel, Ueberroth and Vitale and Mmes. Cross, Gaunt and Reese, as well as Messrs. Lord and Hunt be recommended for election to the initial Holding Company Board of Directors. After discussion, the Committee voted 4-1 (with Mr. Brandon voting against and Mr. Lambert absent) to recommend to the full 16 29 Sallie Mae Board that these individuals be nominated for election by Sallie Mae as the members of the Holding Company Board. The Finance Committee met on December 19, 1996 and considered a number of financial and operational issues related to the plan of reorganization. These included the structure of the transaction to effect the new entity, the structure of the new entity after reorganization, the transfer of employees and assets and the capital structure of the new entity. On January 23, 1997, the Operations and Finance Committees held a joint meeting to review the strategic considerations relating to privatization, to summarize the economic and business rationale for privatization and to review the mechanics of the Reorganization. For a further discussion of such considerations, see "-- Reasons for the Reorganization; Recommendation of Sallie Mae and the CRV." The Company's outside legal and financial advisors were available to answer questions at both the January 23, 1997 Committee meeting and the January 24, 1997 Board meeting discussed below. Members of management made presentations concerning terms and financial aspects of the proposal at each of the Committee's meetings. On January 24, 1997, the Sallie Mae Board met to consider, among other business, the proposed plan of reorganization. Mr. Jacobsen, Chairman of the Nominations and Board Affairs Committee, reviewed the activity of the Committee in detail, including a description of the recommended corporate governance provisions and the proposed slate of the Holding Company Directors and moved adoption of the recommendations. As part of the Board's discussion, Mr. Hunt indicated that, while he favored privatization, he opposed the plan of reorganization because he does not view the plan as friendly to shareholders in its governance structure and believes it should provide for a separate vote on the Holding Company Board of Directors. Mr. Lord indicated that he had similar objections. A majority of the Sallie Mae Board expressed the view that having nominees on the Holding Company Board who were actively opposed to the plan of reorganization would be confusing and not be in the best interests of shareholders. As a result of this concern the Sallie Mae Board voted to provide that Messrs. Hunt and Lord would have until close of business on January 31, 1997 to confirm that they had no objection to the plan of reorganization other than as summarized in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, and that neither Mr. Hunt nor Mr. Lord would organize or participate in opposition to the plan of reorganization and the slate of nominees contained therein. The motion was approved with Messrs. Arceneaux, Berger, Daberko, Durmer, Jacobsen, Moore, Rohr, Spiegel, Thayer, Vitale and Mmes. Gilleland, Montoya and Natividad voting for and Messrs. Brandon, Daley, Hunt, Lambert, Lord, Porter, Shapiro and Waterfield voting against such motion. The Sallie Mae Board then voted to approve the recommendations of the Nominations and Board Affairs Committee as set out above. The recommendations were approved with Messrs. Arceneaux, Berger, Daberko, Durmer, Jacobsen, Moore, Rohr, Spiegel, Thayer, Vitale and Mmes. Gilleland, Montoya and Natividad voting for and Messrs. Brandon, Daley, Hunt, Lambert, Lord, Porter, Shapiro and Waterfield voting against such recommendations. Mr. Vitale, Chairman of the Finance Committee, reviewed the activity of the Finance Committee in detail, including a description of the finance provisions relating to the plan of reorganization and moved that the Sallie Mae Board approve the provisions as described. The Sallie Mae Board voted unanimously to approve the finance provisions relating to the proposed plan of reorganization. The Sallie Mae Board, however, voted 13-8 to approve the recommendations of the Nominations and Board Affairs Committee, including the corporate governance provisions, and 13-8 to approve the proposed plan of reorganization, as a whole. No plan of reorganization or business plan other than the plan of reorganization contained in these documents was presented for consideration. On January 31, 1997, Mr. Hunt advised the Chairman of the Sallie Mae Board that, after evaluating his fiduciary duties, he was unable at that date to provide the Sallie Mae Board with the confirmation it sought. On the same date, Mr. Lord advised the Sallie Mae Board that his position on the plan of reorganization and the opposition to the persons named to serve on the Holding Company Board had not changed. Prior to any action in this regard by the Sallie Mae Board, by letters dated March 3, 1997 and March 4, 1997, respectively, 17 30 Messrs. Lord and Hunt withdrew their consent to serve as members of the Holding Company Board. On February 5, 1997, a written statement was delivered to the Company on behalf of the Sallie Mae directors who are members of the CRV stating their reasons for their votes, including certain of the reasons noted above. Such directors include eight of the 14 members of the Sallie Mae Board elected by shareholders and none of the seven members appointed by the President of the United States. On March 10, 1997, Sallie Mae received a copy of a solicitation statement (the "CRV Solicitation Statement") soliciting agent designations from Sallie Mae shareholders to appoint certain individuals as shareholders' agents in order to call and convene a special meeting of the shareholders of Sallie Mae on behalf of the CRV, a group including the Dissenting Directors. Under the Sallie Mae By-Laws, a special meeting must be called by the Chairman upon the written request of holders of at least one-third of the shares of Sallie Mae having voting power. According to the CRV Solicitation Statement, the purposes of the CRV's proposed special meeting were to consider and vote upon (i) a reorganization plan proposed by the CRV, (ii) the individuals who would be named by Sallie Mae to the Holding Company Board under the CRV reorganization plan and (iii) a proposal to amend the Sallie Mae By-Laws to provide for the reimbursement of reasonable expenses incurred by Sallie Mae shareholders in calling a special meeting of shareholders. Although the CRV Solicitation Materials indicated that a vote at such a special meeting could be binding, Sallie Mae believes that any vote held at such a meeting would be precatory. On March 18, 1997, Sallie Mae mailed certain materials (the "Revocation Materials") to Sallie Mae shareholders in opposition to the CRV's solicitation and soliciting agent revocations. The Revocation Materials asked shareholders not to give agent designations to the CRV and provided instructions to revoke any agent designations that shareholders may have given already to the CRV. At the regular meeting of the Sallie Mae Board held on March 21, 1997 (the "March Board Meeting"), at the recommendation of management, the Sallie Mae Board approved certain modifications to the corporate governance structure of the Reorganization. The modifications included elimination of a classified board and a related requirement for a supermajority vote of stockholders to amend certain provisions of the Holding Company Charter. On April 3, 1997, representatives of the CRV delivered a letter to Sallie Mae stating that holders of the requisite number of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock had returned agent designations to authorize the CRV to request the calling of an additional special meeting of the shareholders and requesting that such meeting be called for May 9, 1997. Under the Sallie Mae By-Laws, the Chairman must call a special meeting of shareholders upon the request of holders of at least one-third of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock.. On April 9, 1997, the Company mailed its original proxy statement/prospectus soliciting votes for a special shareholders meeting to be held on May 15, 1997 at 10:00 a.m. On April 14, 1997, the Company's Chairman called the additional special meeting requested by the CRV for May 15, 1997 at 2:00 p.m. On April 15, 1997, the CRV distributed proxy materials relating to such additional special meeting, indicating that the additional special meeting would be held at 11:00 a.m. on May 9, 1997 and the CRV's belief that a favorable vote by the shareholders on the CRV's proposals considered at such additional special meeting would be binding on the Company for purposes of the Privatization Act. On April 18, 1997, in the matter entitled Student Loan Marketing Association v. Albert L. Lord, et al., 1:97CV00784 (HHG) (D.D.C.), the Company filed an action against two current directors and three other individuals who are members of the CRV in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia (the "Action"), seeking both declaratory and injunctive relief. Specifically, the Company sought a temporary restraining order (the "TRO") enjoining the CRV's solicitation of shareholder proxies on the grounds that such activities violated the federal securities laws. The Action also sought preliminary and declaratory relief asserting that the additional special meeting would be precatory only. On April 22, 1997, United States District Judge Harold H. Greene, heard argument on the Company's motion for the TRO. The Court denied the Company's motion for the TRO. Accordingly, the Court allowed 18 31 the additional special meeting to proceed, but declined to consider the merits of the Company's claims, including the claim that any vote at the additional special meeting would be precatory only, until a time after May 9, 1997. On May 9, 1997, the CRV convened the meeting scheduled for such date by the CRV. After opening the polls to votes on the CRV proposals, the CRV then moved to adjourn the meeting until May 29, 1997, with the polls remaining open during such time. On May 15, 1997, Sallie Mae convened the 10:00 a.m. special meeting scheduled for such date and time by the Chairman to consider and vote upon the Reorganization. After opening the polls to vote on the Reorganization, the Chairman then adjourned the meeting until June 5, 1997, with the polls remaining open during such time. On May 27, 1997, Sallie Mae and the CRV entered into a letter agreement (the "Letter Agreement"), pursuant to which they agreed, among other things, (i) to cooperate in the preparation and filing of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus (provided that Sallie Mae and the CRV were to provide the contents of their respective Proxy Statement Supplements, containing such information as Sallie Mae and the CRV, respectively, in their sole discretion, deemed appropriate), (ii) to hold a special meeting of stockholders of Sallie Mae at which the stockholders will vote on (x) the Reorganization Proposal and (y) the Board Slate Proposal, including separate slates of directors to be nominated by Sallie Mae and the CRV, (iii) to cancel all special meetings of stockholders of Sallie Mae called prior to May 27, 1997 in respect of the privatization and to void all proxies solicited prior to such date, and (iv) that Sallie Mae would dismiss with prejudice the pending litigation that it had brought against the CRV and that Sallie Mae and the CRV would release each other from any claim or counterclaim that could have been brought against each other relating to such litigation. Following execution of the Letter Agreement, Sallie Mae issued the following press release: WASHINGTON, D.C., May 27, 1997 -- Sallie Mae (NYSE: SLM) and the Committee to Restore Value (CRV) at Sallie Mae Tuesday announced that they have agreed to jointly hold a new special meeting at which shareholders will vote on a single plan of privatization and reorganization. At the special meeting, shareholders also will vote to elect a 15-member holding company board of directors from separate slates nominated by Sallie Mae and the CRV. Sallie Mae and the CRV believe that this approach will ensure approval of privatization for Sallie Mae. Sallie Mae and the CRV will jointly file an amended S-4 registration statement with the Securities & Exchange Commission, and will hold the new special meeting approximately 20 days following completion of SEC review and mailing of revised materials to shareholders. The Sallie Mae board has established June 6, 1997 as the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote at the special meeting. As a result of the agreement, the adjourned May 9 and May 15 special shareholder meetings will not be reconvened and the polls for those meetings are closed. In addition, Sallie Mae will reimburse the CRV for all reasonable proxy related expenses and drop outstanding litigation. Sallie Mae, a stockholder-owned corporation, is the nation's leading provider of financial services for postsecondary education needs. The corporation is the nation's largest source of funding and servicing support for education loans for students and their parents. The Committee to Restore Value at Sallie Mae is a shareholder group that includes eight current Sallie Mae directors. REASONS FOR THE REORGANIZATION; RECOMMENDATION OF SALLIE MAE AND THE CRV The Sallie Mae Board has unanimously determined that the Reorganization, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Privatization Act and the Reorganization Agreement, is in the best interests of the shareholders of Sallie Mae and the Sallie Mae Board and the CRV recommend that shareholders approve the Reorganization Agreement. The Reorganization Agreement is the plan approved by the Sallie Mae Board pursuant to the Privatization Act. 19 32 In reaching their determination to adopt the Reorganization Agreement and recommend that the Sallie Mae shareholders approve the Reorganization, the Sallie Mae Board considered a number of factors, including the following material factors: a. The expectation that, based upon their own evaluation of the post-Reorganization business strategies that they advocate the Company pursue, the Reorganization will enhance Sallie Mae's core business by enabling the Holding Company to more effectively respond to intensified competition in the student loan marketplace among the Federal Family Education Loan Program ("FFELP") participants, and with the Federal Direct Student Loan Program ("FDSLP") by extending Sallie Mae's schoolbased strategy. b. The expectation that, based upon their own evaluation of the post-Reorganization business strategies that they advocate the Company pursue, the Reorganization will provide a mechanism for expansion of the Company's business. c. The belief, based on its experience through 1996 with five successful securitization transactions, that, with the advent of student loan securitizations, Sallie Mae's government-sponsored enterprise status is no longer necessary to ensure its ability to obtain large volume, long term funding on advantageous terms. d. The fact that the current structure for the Special Meeting will permit shareholders to vote separately on the Reorganization Proposal and the Board Slate Proposal so that shareholders can determine which nominees to the Holding Company Board, related Holding Company Charter and By-Law provisions and related business plan will be selected for the Holding Company. e. The expectation that the Reorganization will reduce the level of political risk to which Sallie Mae is subject because of its status as a government-sponsored enterprise. f. The belief that the terms, conditions, costs and assessments imposed under the Privatization Act are generally favorable to Sallie Mae compared to those that at various times had been proposed or advocated by some in government. In particular, management presented its view that under the terms of the Privatization Act the value of Sallie Mae is greater as a going concern, with the opportunity to pursue future revenue streams, as compared to the terminal value of a business to be liquidated pursuant to "charter sunset" provisions of the Privatization Act. Given the length of time before liquidation would occur under the "charter sunset" provisions and other uncertainties related to any eventual liquidation, management did not present numerical values. See "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT" and "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT." g. The fact that the Reorganization will provide shareholders the ability to amend the Company's certificate of incorporation and to elect all members of the Board of Directors. h. The expectation that the Merger will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a nonrecognition transfer of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock by the holders thereof to the Holding Company for shares of Holding Company Common Stock. See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES." In view of the wide variety of factors considered in connection with its evaluation of the terms of the Reorganization, the Sallie Mae Board did not find it practicable to, and did not, quantify or otherwise attempt to assign relative weights to the specific factors considered in reaching their determinations. In addition, individual members of the Sallie Mae Board may have given different weights to different factors. EACH OF SALLIE MAE AND THE CRV RECOMMEND THAT THE HOLDERS OF OUTSTANDING SHARES OF SALLIE MAE COMMON STOCK VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL. CORPORATE STRUCTURE BEFORE AND AFTER THE REORGANIZATION Sallie Mae was created in 1972 as a federally-chartered, government-sponsored enterprise. The Sallie Mae Charter defines and limits its corporate authority to education finance related activities, while imposing 20 33 certain fees and obligations on Sallie Mae. The Privatization Act authorizes the reorganization of Sallie Mae into a subsidiary of a state-chartered corporation and provides that Sallie Mae will be gradually liquidated and dissolved on or before September 30, 2008. Under the Privatization Act, consummation of the Reorganization is conditioned on approval by the requisite vote of Sallie Mae shareholders on or prior to March 31, 1998. If shareholder approval is not obtained within this time frame, the Privatization Act's "charter sunset" provisions would require Sallie Mae to restrict operations in the future and to ultimately dissolve by July 1, 2013. See "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT -- Charter Sunset If Reorganization Does Not Occur." To carry out the Reorganization, Sallie Mae has formed the Holding Company as a new Delaware corporation. All of the outstanding stock of the Holding Company is owned by Sallie Mae. Two other new Delaware corporations, Sallie Mae Merger Company ("MergerCo") and Sallie Mae, Inc. (the "Management Company") have been organized. Prior to the Reorganization, none of the Holding Company, MergerCo or the Management Company has any business, properties or liabilities of its own except that all of the outstanding stock of MergerCo is owned by the Holding Company. The Reorganization would be effected pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement by merging MergerCo with and into Sallie Mae, with Sallie Mae as the surviving corporation, resulting in Sallie Mae becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. In addition, as soon as practicable after consummation of the Reorganization, the stock of certain of the GSE's subsidiaries, including Sallie Mae Servicing Corporation (collectively, the "Transferred Subsidiaries") would be transferred to the Holding Company or one of its non-GSE subsidiaries. See "BUSINESS -- Operation Following the Reorganization." Sallie Mae's outstanding class of preferred stock and debt securities will remain outstanding as securities of Sallie Mae immediately after the Reorganization. See "-- Treatment of Preferred Stock." Pursuant to the Privatization Act, the Holding Company will issue to the District of Columbia Financial Responsibility and Management Assistance Authority (the "D.C. Financial Control Board") warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock, exercisable at any time prior to September 30, 2008, at $72.43 per share. These provisions of the Privatization Act were part of the terms negotiated with the Administration and Congress as consideration for the GSE's privatization. 21 34 DIAGRAMS OF CURRENT AND PROPOSED CORPORATE STRUCTURES The following diagrams show the current corporate structure of the Company and the proposed structure of the Company following the Reorganization. [CURRENT CORPORATE STRUCTURE DIAGRAM] [PROPOSED STRUCTURE DIAGRAM] 22 35 EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES Because the Reorganization Agreement provides that, at the Effective Time (as defined below), each outstanding share of Sallie Mae Common Stock shall be converted automatically into one share of Holding Company Common Stock, it will not be necessary for holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock to exchange their existing stock certificates for certificates of Holding Company Common Stock. Following the Reorganization, as outstanding certificates for Sallie Mae Common Stock are presented to Chase Mellon Shareholder Services for transfer, new certificates bearing the name of the Holding Company will be issued in their place. In addition, upon the request of any shareholder, new certificates for Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in exchange for old certificates of Sallie Mae Common Stock. Certificates presented for transfer to a name other than that in which the surrendered certificate is registered must be properly endorsed, with the signature guaranteed, and accompanied by evidence of payment of any applicable stock transfer taxes. SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD NOT SEND ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES WITH ANY PROXY CARD RETURNED IN RESPECT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING. TREATMENT OF PREFERRED STOCK The proposed Reorganization will not result in any change in Sallie Mae's outstanding class of preferred stock. The Privatization Act requires that upon the dissolution date of September 30, 2008, Sallie Mae shall repurchase or redeem, or make proper provisions for repurchase or redemption of any outstanding shares of Sallie Mae preferred stock. Management does not believe that such redemption will have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the Holding Company. Sallie Mae has the option of effecting an earlier dissolution if certain conditions are met. Sallie Mae's preferred stock will continue to rank senior to Sallie Mae Common Stock (all of which, after the Reorganization, will be held by the Holding Company) as to dividends and as to the distribution of assets of Sallie Mae in the event of the liquidation of Sallie Mae. The preferred stock is carried at its liquidation value of $50 per share for a total of $214 million and pays a variable dividend that has been at its minimum rate of 5 percent per annum for the last several years. See "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Footnote 13." EFFECT ON STOCK OPTIONS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS After the Reorganization, all stock-based Sallie Mae director, officer and employee benefit plans, including the Sallie Mae Employees' Stock Purchase Plan, Employee's Thrift and Savings Plan, Supplemental Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan, Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees, key employee stock option plans, Stock Compensation Plan, Incentive Performance Plan, Board of Director's Stock Option Plan, Board of Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan and Board of Directors' Restricted Stock Plan (collectively, the "Plans") will be amended to provide for the delivery of Holding Company Common Stock instead of Sallie Mae Common Stock thereunder. Each right to acquire shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock, including, without limitation, rights (including stock options) to acquire Sallie Mae Common Stock pursuant to any of the Plans, granted and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, by virtue of the Reorganization and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into and become a right to acquire the same number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price per share, and upon the same terms and subject to the same conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the Reorganization under the relevant right. DIVIDEND POLICY It is anticipated that the Holding Company will initially pay dividends on Holding Company Common Stock at the rate most recently paid, and on approximately the same schedule, as dividends have been paid on Sallie Mae Common Stock. No assurance, however, can be given as to the amount of future dividends, which will necessarily be dependent on future earnings and financial requirements of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, including Sallie Mae after the Reorganization. 23 36 The Holding Company's principal sources of funds are expected to be dividends on the stock of its subsidiaries and proceeds from any issuances of the Holding Company's equity or debt securities. The ability of Sallie Mae to pay dividends on its capital stock is generally subject to the capital requirements set forth in the Sallie Mae Charter, see "REGULATION -- Current Regulation," and to the priority of dividends on outstanding Sallie Mae preferred stock. See "-- Treatment of Preferred Stock." Holders of Holding Company Common Stock will be entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company out of funds legally available therefor. The timing and amount of future dividends will be within the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and will depend on the consolidated earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, applicable governmental regulations and policies, and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. Subject to the earnings and financial condition of the GSE after the Reorganization, dividends on the GSE's preferred stock will continue to be paid at the prescribed times and rates. See "-- Treatment of Preferred Stock." If the Holding Company issues preferred stock subsequent to the Reorganization, the payment of dividends on Holding Company Common Stock may be restricted to the extent that dividends on such preferred stock of the Holding Company have not been paid in accordance with the terms of such stock established by the Board of Directors upon its issuance. STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING Sallie Mae has filed an application to list the shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Reorganization on the NYSE, subject to approval of the Reorganization Agreement by the Sallie Mae shareholders and official notice of issuance. The shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock are traded, and the shares of Holding Company Common Stock are expected to be traded, on the NYSE under the symbol "SLM." If the Reorganization is consummated, shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock will be delisted in conjunction with the listing of the shares of Holding Company Common Stock. CERTAIN CONSEQUENCES OF SHAREHOLDER VOTE Under the Privatization Act, the effective date of a reorganization providing for the restructuring of common stock ownership of Sallie Mae so that all of its outstanding common stock would be owned directly by a holding company must occur on or prior to March 31, 1998. If the effective date has not occurred prior to such date, the charter sunset provisions would apply. The Sallie Mae Board believes that Sallie Mae shareholders will support their judgment and expect them to approve the Reorganization Agreement. As a result, the Sallie Mae Board has not determined what action, if any, it may take with respect to privatization in the event the Reorganization is not approved. If the Reorganization is not approved by shareholders, an Annual Meeting of Sallie Mae shareholders will be held as soon as practicable to, among other things, elect Sallie Mae directors. If the Reorganization Agreement is not approved, the Privatization Act would permit Sallie Mae to privatize pursuant to another plan of reorganization. However, to be effective under the Privatization Act, such a plan would have to be adopted by the Sallie Mae Board and approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock. If the Reorganization Agreement is not approved, it appears that there would be sufficient time to propose an alternate plan and to seek shareholder approval for such a plan. However, there can be no assurance that the Sallie Mae Board would adopt an alternate plan of reorganization, and if the Sallie Mae Board adopted an alternate plan, there can be no assurance as to the terms of such a plan or as to whether it would be approved by holders of the requisite number of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock in a timely manner. See "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT -- Charter Sunset If Reorganization Does Not Occur." 24 37 TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT The following discussion of the terms and conditions of the Reorganization Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Reorganization Agreement, which are attached to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendix A and incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, MergerCo will be merged with and into Sallie Mae, each outstanding share of Sallie Mae Common Stock will be converted into one share of Holding Company Common Stock, and the outstanding shares of the common stock of MergerCo will be converted into all of the issued and outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock, all of which will then be owned by the Holding Company. If the Reorganization is approved, it will become effective at the time the certificate of merger is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "Effective Time"), which is expected to occur as soon as practicable following the Special Meeting. As a result of the Reorganization, Sallie Mae will become a subsidiary of the Holding Company and all of the Holding Company Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Reorganization will be owned by the holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Reorganization. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock held by Sallie Mae and the Sallie Mae Common Stock held in treasury will be canceled and retired. Shares of the outstanding class of preferred stock of Sallie Mae will not be affected by the Reorganization, and will remain outstanding, with the same voting powers, designations, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions. See "The REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Treatment of Preferred Stock." Consummation of the Reorganization is subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions: (i) the approval of the Reorganization Agreement by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock, (ii) receipt of an opinion of counsel with respect to the federal income tax consequences of the Merger and (iii) approval by the NYSE of Holding Company Common Stock for listing upon official notice of issuance. See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES." 25 38 THE PRIVATIZATION ACT The Privatization Act establishes the basic framework for Sallie Mae's reorganization into a wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company and imposes certain restrictions on the operations of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries after the reorganization is consummated and prior to the ultimate dissolution of Sallie Mae. The Reorganization Agreement is the plan of reorganization approved by a majority of the Sallie Mae Board. The Privatization Act amends the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, to permit Sallie Mae, which is now a federally-chartered, government-sponsored enterprise, to be reorganized as a wholly-owned subsidiary of a state-chartered holding company owning all of Sallie Mae's outstanding common stock. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL." The Privatization Act also amends the Sallie Mae Charter (i) to require certain enhanced regulatory oversight of Sallie Mae to ensure its financial safety and soundness, see "REGULATION -- Current Regulation," and (ii) to provide for the dissolution of Sallie Mae by July 1, 2013 if Sallie Mae does not reorganize pursuant to the Privatization Act on or before March 31, 1998, see "Charter Sunset If Reorganization Does Not Occur." REORGANIZATION The Privatization Act requires the Sallie Mae Board to propose to shareholders a restructuring plan under which their share ownership in the GSE will be automatically converted to an equivalent share ownership in a state-chartered holding company that will own all of the common stock of the GSE. Following the Reorganization, the remaining GSE entity will be liquidated on or before September 30, 2008, and its federal charter will be rescinded. During this wind-down period, the Holding Company will remain a passive entity that supports the operations of the GSE and its other non-GSE subsidiaries, and any new business activities would be conducted through such subsidiaries. See "REGULATION." The legislation provides a maximum eighteen month period for the Sallie Mae Board to obtain shareholder approval for privatization on the terms contained in the Privatization Act. The Privatization Act requires all personnel and certain assets to be transferred in connection with the Reorganization, including the transfer of the GSE's interest in the Transferred Subsidiaries. The GSE's student loans and related contracts, warehousing advances and other program-related or financial assets (such as portfolio investments, letters of credit, swap agreements and forward purchase commitments) and any non-material assets that the Sallie Mae Board determines to be necessary for or appropriate to continued GSE operations, may be retained by the GSE. It is anticipated that net asset transfers occurring in the first year after the Reorganization will aggregate approximately $100 million and that certain fixed assets will be transferred within approximately three years of the Reorganization. It is anticipated that employees of the GSE will be transferred to the Management Company at the Effective Time. Employees of non-GSE subsidiaries of the GSE will continue to be employed by such subsidiaries. During the wind-down period, following the Reorganization and prior to the GSE's dissolution, the GSE will be restricted in the new business activities it may undertake. The GSE may continue to purchase student loans only through September 30, 2007, and warehousing advance, letter of credit and standby bond purchase activity by the GSE will be limited to takedowns on contractual financing and guarantee commitments in place at the Effective Time. In addition, the GSE must discontinue its FFELP loan purchase activity once the Holding Company, or its non-GSE subsidiaries, commence such activity. The GSE will continue to serve as a lender of last resort and will provide secondary market support for the FFELP upon the request of the Secretary of Education. If and to the extent the GSE performs such functions, however, it will not be required to pay the offset fee on such loans. The GSE will be able to transfer assets and to declare dividends, from time to time, provided it maintains the minimum capital ratio of at least 2 percent until the year 2000. After that time, charter amendments effected by the Privatization Act require that the GSE maintain a minimum capital ratio of at least 2.25 percent. In the event that the GSE does not maintain the required minimum capital ratio, the Holding Company is required to recapitalize the GSE in an amount necessary to achieve such minimum capital ratio. The GSE's debt obligations that are outstanding at the time of Reorganization will continue to be outstanding obligations of the GSE immediately after the Reorganization and will not be transferred to any 26 39 other entity (except in connection with the defeasance trust described below). See "-- GSE Dissolution After Reorganization." The Privatization Act provides that the Reorganization will not modify the attributes accorded to the debt obligations of Sallie Mae by the Sallie Mae Charter. After the Reorganization, the GSE will be able to continue to issue debt in the government agency market to finance student loans and other permissible asset acquisitions. The maturity date of such issuances, however, may not extend beyond September 30, 2008, the GSE's final dissolution date. This restriction will not apply to debt issued to finance any lender of last resort or secondary market purchase activity requested by the Secretary of Education. The Privatization Act makes it clear that the Reorganization (and the subsequent transfer of any remaining GSE debt to the defeasance trust described below) will not modify the legal status of any GSE debt obligations, whether such obligations exist at the time of Reorganization or are subsequently issued. OVERSIGHT AUTHORITY During the wind-down period, the Secretary of the Treasury is granted extended oversight authority to monitor the activities of the Holding Company and its non-GSE subsidiaries, to the extent that the activities of such entities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial condition of the GSE. During this period, the Secretary of the Treasury may require that Sallie Mae submit periodic reports regarding any potentially material financial risk of its associated persons and its procedures for monitoring and controlling such risk. The Holding Company is expressly prohibited from transferring ownership of Sallie Mae or causing Sallie Mae to file bankruptcy without the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Education. Each of the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Treasury has express authority to request that the Attorney General bring an action, or may bring an action under the direction and control of the Attorney General, in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, for the enforcement of any provision of Sallie Mae's safety and soundness requirements or the requirements of the Privatization Act in general. RESTRICTIONS ON INTERCOMPANY RELATIONS During the wind-down period, Sallie Mae operations will be managed by its affiliates or independent third parties. The Privatization Act also provides certain restrictions on intercompany relations between Sallie Mae and its affiliates during the wind-down period. Specified corporate formalities must be followed to ensure that the separate corporate identities of Sallie Mae and its affiliates are maintained. Specifically, the Privatization Act provides that Sallie Mae must not extend credit to, nor guarantee any debt obligations of, the Holding Company or its subsidiaries. In addition, the Privatization Act also provides that (i) the funds and assets of Sallie Mae must at all times be maintained separately from the funds and assets of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) Sallie Mae must maintain books and records that clearly reflect the assets and liabilities of Sallie Mae, separate from the assets and liabilities of the Holding Company or its subsidiaries, (iii) Sallie Mae must maintain a corporate office that is physically separate from any office of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, (iv) no director of Sallie Mae who is appointed by the President may serve as a director of the Holding Company and (v) at least one officer of Sallie Mae must be an officer solely of Sallie Mae. Furthermore, the Privatization Act mandates that transactions between Sallie Mae and the Holding Company, including any loan servicing arrangements, shall be on terms no less favorable to Sallie Mae than Sallie Mae could obtain from an unrelated third party, and any amounts collected on behalf of Sallie Mae by the Holding Company pursuant to a servicing contract or other arrangement between Sallie Mae and the Holding Company shall be immediately deposited by the Holding Company to an account under the sole control of Sallie Mae. LIMITATIONS ON HOLDING COMPANY ACTIVITIES The Holding Company must remain a passive entity that holds the stock of its subsidiaries and provides funding and management support to such subsidiaries. It is prohibited from directly engaging in any business activities until the GSE is dissolved. After the Effective Time and prior to the dissolution of the GSE, all business activities of the Holding Company must be conducted through its subsidiaries. The Privatization Act 27 40 extends to the Holding Company and its subsidiaries the GSE's "eligible lender" status for loan consolidation and secondary market purchases. See "BUSINESS." The Holding Company generally may begin to purchase FFELP student loans only after the GSE discontinues such activity. Subject to the foregoing, the Holding Company could elect, at any time, to transfer new student loan purchase activity from the GSE to one of its non-GSE subsidiaries. Under OBRA, loans acquired after August 10, 1993 and held by the GSE are subject to a 30 basis point per annum "offset fee." The GSE has challenged the offset fee's constitutionality and the Secretary of Education's statutory authority to apply the fee on loans securitized by the GSE. See "BUSINESS -- Legal Proceedings." The offset fee does not apply to loans held or securitized by the Holding Company or non-GSE subsidiaries of the Holding Company. Although the GSE may not finance the activities of the non-GSE subsidiaries, it may, subject to its minimum capital requirements, dividend retained earnings and surplus capital to the Holding Company, which in turn may use such amounts to support its non-GSE subsidiaries. The Sallie Mae Charter requires that the GSE maintain a minimum capital ratio of at least 2 percent until 2000, and charter amendments effected by the Privatization Act require that the GSE maintain a minimum capital ratio of at least 2.25 percent thereafter (whether or not the Reorganization occurs). In the event that the GSE's capital falls below the applicable required level, the Holding Company is required to supplement the GSE's capital to achieve such required level. The Privatization Act further directs that under no circumstances shall the assets of the GSE be available or used to pay claims or debts of or incurred by the Holding Company. In exchange for the payment of $5 million to the D.C. Financial Control Board, the Holding Company and its other subsidiaries may continue to use the "Sallie Mae" name, but not the name "Student Loan Marketing Association," as part of their legal names or as a trademark or service mark. Interim disclosure requirements in connection with securities offerings and promotional materials are required to avoid marketplace confusion regarding the separateness of the GSE from its affiliated entities. During the GSE wind-down and until one year following repayment of all outstanding GSE debt, the "Sallie Mae" name may not be used by any Holding Company unit that issues debt obligations or other securities to any person or entity other than the Holding Company or its subsidiaries. In addition, the Holding Company must issue to the D.C. Financial Control Board warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock. These warrants, which are transferable, are exercisable at any time prior to September 30, 2008 at $72.43 per share. These provisions of the Privatization Act were part of the terms negotiated with the Administration and Congress as consideration for the GSE's privatization. GSE DISSOLUTION AFTER REORGANIZATION If shareholders of Sallie Mae approve the Reorganization, the Privatization Act provides that the wind-down period will terminate and Sallie Mae will liquidate and dissolve on September 30, 2008, unless an earlier dissolution is requested by Sallie Mae and the Secretary of Education makes no finding that Sallie Mae continues to be needed as a lender of last resort under the Sallie Mae Charter or to purchase loans under certain agreements with the Secretary of Education. In connection with such dissolution, the GSE must transfer any remaining GSE obligations into a defeasance trust for the benefit of the holders of such obligations with cash or full faith and credit obligations of the United States, or an agency thereof, in amounts sufficient, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, to pay the principal and interest on the deposited obligations. At March 31, 1997, Sallie Mae had $376 million in current carrying value of debt obligations outstanding with maturities after September 30, 2008. If the GSE has insufficient assets to fully fund such GSE debt obligations outstanding at the time of dissolution, the Holding Company must transfer sufficient assets to the trust to account for this shortfall. The Privatization Act also requires that on the dissolution date, the GSE shall repurchase or redeem, or make proper provisions for the repurchase or redemption of any outstanding shares of Sallie Mae preferred stock. The preferred stock is carried at its liquidation value of $50 per share for a total of $214 million and pays a variable dividend that has been at its minimum rate of 5 percent per annum for the last several years. See "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Footnote 13." Upon dissolution, the Sallie Mae Charter will terminate, and any assets that Sallie Mae continues to hold after establishment of the trust or which remain in the trust after full payment of the remaining obligations of Sallie 28 41 Mae assumed by the trust, will be transferred to the Holding Company or its affiliates, as determined by the Holding Company Board of Directors. CHARTER SUNSET IF REORGANIZATION DOES NOT OCCUR If a reorganization pursuant to the Privatization Act does not occur on or prior to March 31, 1998, certain "charter sunset" provisions will apply. These provisions will result in the dissolution of Sallie Mae by July 1, 2013, after the discharge of all outstanding debt obligations and liquidations (the "Sunset Dissolution Date"). Notwithstanding these charter sunset provisions, Sallie Mae may dissolve prior to the Sunset Dissolution Date unless the Secretary of Education finds that Sallie Mae continues to be needed as a lender of last resort under the Sallie Mae Charter or to purchase loans under certain agreements with the Secretary of Education. Prior to July 1, 2007, Sallie Mae would be required to submit a detailed plan for the orderly winding -up of its business activities to the Secretary of the Treasury and to the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Economic and Educational Opportunities of the House of Representatives. Upon implementation, this dissolution plan would (i) ensure that Sallie Mae will have adequate assets to transfer to the trust to ensure full payment of its remaining obligations; (ii) provide that all assets not used to pay liabilities will be distributed to shareholders; and (iii) ensure that the operations of Sallie Mae remain separate and distinct from those of any entity to which such assets are transferred. While the Privatization Act would allow Sallie Mae to amend the dissolution plan to reflect changed circumstances, no amendments could extend the date for full implementation of the plan beyond the Sunset Dissolution Date. The Privatization Act also allows the Secretary of the Treasury to require that Sallie Mae amend the dissolution plan, if the Secretary of the Treasury deems such amendments necessary to ensure full payment of all obligations of Sallie Mae. If the charter sunset provisions apply, the GSE could not engage in new business activities beyond its GSE charter, but could generally transfer assets at any time that its statutory capital requirements were satisfied. In addition, the GSE would have to cease its business activities other than certain specified permitted activities at the request of the Secretary of Education and with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury. In addition, except in connection with such permitted activities, the GSE will be prohibited from issuing debt obligations that mature later than July 1, 2013. The charter sunset provisions also prohibit the GSE from transferring or permitting the use of the names "Student Loan Marketing Association," "Sallie Mae," or any variations thereof, to or by any entity other than a subsidiary of the GSE. If the Reorganization does not occur, the final liquidation of Sallie Mae would occur on the Sunset Dissolution Date. At that time, Sallie Mae would be required to take actions similar to those required at the time of a dissolution after reorganization. See "-- GSE Dissolution After Reorganization." Remaining obligations would be transferred to a defeasance trust and proper provision would need to be made for the repurchase or redemption of any preferred stock of Sallie Mae then outstanding. Finally, any assets remaining after establishment of the trust or any assets remaining in the trust after full pay-off of Sallie Mae debt would be transferred to holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock. 29 42 CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES The following summary, which is based upon current law, is a discussion of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the Merger to Holding Company, Sallie Mae, MergerCo and holders of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock. The summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and current administrative rulings, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of this summary. The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax consequences applicable to a particular taxpayer. In particular, the summary does not address any aspect of state, local or foreign taxation or the tax treatment to holders subject to special tax rules, such as insurance companies, foreign persons, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities, banks and other financial institutions, holders who acquired their shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan. In addition, the summary only applies to holders who hold shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock as capital assets. No rulings have been or will be requested from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") with respect to any of the matters discussed herein. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, court decisions or administrative pronouncements or rulings would not alter the tax consequences set forth below. Opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS. HOLDERS OF SALLIE MAE COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE MERGER, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS. The obligation of Sallie Mae to consummate the Reorganization is conditioned upon the receipt by Sallie Mae of an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sallie Mae, dated as of the Effective Time, substantially to the effect that, on the basis of facts, representations and assumptions set forth in such opinion and set forth in certificates of officers of the Holding Company, Sallie Mae and others, as well as representation letters of certain holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock, all of which must be consistent with the state of facts existing at the Effective Time, the Merger will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a nonrecognition transfer of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock by the holders thereof to the Holding Company for shares of Holding Company Common Stock. Assuming that the representations and certificates referred to in the preceding paragraph are obtained, which are in form and substance satisfactory to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, the Merger is consummated in accordance with the Reorganization Agreement, and applicable law does not change, in the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP the Merger will be treated as a nonrecognition transfer of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock by the holders thereof to the Holding Company for shares of Holding Company Common Stock. Accordingly, (i) no gain or loss will be recognized by Holding Company, Sallie Mae or MergerCo as a result of the Merger and (ii) a holder of Sallie Mae Common Stock whose shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock are converted in the Merger into Holding Company Common Stock will not recognize gain or loss upon such conversion. The aggregate tax basis of the Holding Company Common Stock received by such holder will be equal to the aggregate tax basis of the Sallie Mae Common Stock so converted, and the holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock will include the holding period of the Sallie Mae Common Stock so converted. House Ways and Means Committee Chairman Bill Archer, Senate Finance Committee Chairman William V. Roth, Jr., and ranking Senate Finance Committee minority member Daniel Patrick Moynihan proposed legislation which was included in Chairman Bill Archer's June 9, 1997, Mark of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1997 for consideration by the House Ways and Means Committee (the "Proposed Legislation") and which would prevent Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code from applying, except as provided in Treasury Department regulations, to any distribution of stock made by one member of an affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated return to another member. Subject to various transition rules, the Proposed Legislation is proposed to be effective for intragroup distributions occurring after April 16, 1997. It is not possible to determine at this time whether and in what form the Proposed Legislation may be enacted into law, nor is it possible to determine the ultimate effective dates of any such legislation. If the Proposed Legislation were enacted in its current form with applicable effective dates, however, any ability that the 30 43 Holding Company might have to effect a tax-free distribution of the stock of any subsidiaries transferred to the Holding Company as part of the privatization could be eliminated. The Holding Company has no current plans to make any such distributions. REPORTING REQUIREMENT Each holder of Sallie Mae Common Stock that receives Holding Company Stock in the Merger will be required to retain records and file with such holder's federal income tax return a statement setting forth certain facts relating to the Merger. THE DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES SET FORTH ABOVE IS BASED ON EXISTING LAW AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. SHAREHOLDERS OF SALLIE MAE ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE MERGER (INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS). 31 44 THE BOARD SLATE PROPOSAL Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Sallie Mae has agreed that, as soon as possible after shareholder approval of the Reorganization Proposal and before the Reorganization is effected, Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) shall appoint as directors of the Holding Company the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting; provided that, if minority positions will exist on the Holding Company Board because the slate of nominees that receives the greater number of votes consists of less than 15 persons, and if any of the nominees of the other slate have consented to serve in such circumstances as minority directors, then that other slate can select from among its consenting nominees, if any, the persons who will be named to fill the minority positions on the Holding Company Board. If the number of nominees who have consented to fill any minority positions on the Holding Company Board is not sufficient to constitute a 15 member Holding Company Board of Directors, then the vacancies shall be either filled by the Holding Company Board of Directors or left vacant until the next election of directors, in either case pursuant to the process set forth in the Holding Company Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. The Board Slate Proposal provides the means for shareholders to vote to determine who Sallie Mae names to constitute the Holding Company Board before the Reorganization is consummated. Shareholders may vote either for the slate of nominees nominated by the majority of Sallie Mae's directors as the Majority Director Slate or for the slate of nominees nominated by the CRV as the CRV Slate. Because the Board Slate Proposal does not constitute an actual election, shareholders may not withhold votes as to individual nominees. Shareholders must use the Majority Directors' BLUE proxy card to vote for or abstain on the Majority Director Slate or use the CRV's GREEN proxy card to vote for or abstain on the CRV Slate. For information on the nominees who comprise the Majority Director Slate, including the corporate governance provisions and business plan for the Holding Company that the Majority Director Slate intends to implement and pursue, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors that comprises an integral part, and is being mailed to shareholders together with a copy, of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. For information on the nominees who comprise the CRV Slate, including the corporate governance provisions and business plan for the Holding Company that the CRV Slate intends to implement and pursue, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV that comprises an integral part, and is being mailed to shareholders together with a copy, of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. WITH RESPECT TO THE BOARD SLATE PROPOSAL, THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS RECOMMEND THAT HOLDERS OF OUTSTANDING SHARES OF SALLIE MAE COMMON STOCK CAST THEIR VOTES IN FAVOR OF THE MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE AND THE CRV RECOMMENDS THAT HOLDERS OF OUTSTANDING SHARES OF SALLIE MAE COMMON STOCK CAST THEIR VOTES IN FAVOR OF THE CRV SLATE. 32 45 BUSINESS As used herein, the "Company" refers to Sallie Mae prior to the Reorganization and to the Holding Company, on a consolidated basis, from and after the Effective Time of the Reorganization. Industry data on the FFELP and the FDSLP contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus is based on sources that the Company believes to be reliable and to represent the best available information for these purposes, including published and unpublished Department of Education data and industry publications. The manner in which the Company operates its business after the Reorganization depends upon whether the Majority Director Slate or the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in person or by proxy in respect of the Board Slate Proposal. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the Holding Company directors who were nominated as members of the Majority Director Slate intend to pursue the business strategy described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the Holding Company directors who were nominated as members of the CRV Slate intend to pursue the business strategy described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV. GENERAL The Company provides a wide range of financial services, processing capabilities and information technology to meet the needs of educational institutions, lenders and students. Founded in 1972 as a government sponsored enterprise, Sallie Mae's stated mission was to enhance access to post-secondary education by providing a national secondary market and financing for guaranteed student loans. As of March 31, 1997, the Company's managed portfolio of student loans totaled approximately $41 billion (including loans owned, loans securitized and loan participations). The Company also had commitments to purchase an additional $20.1 billion of student loans or participations therein. While the Company continues to be the leading purchaser of student loans, its business has expanded over its first quarter of a century, reflecting changes in both the education sector and the financial markets. Primarily a wholesale provider of credit and a servicer of student loans, the Company has as clients over 900 financial and education institutions and state agencies. Through its six regional loan servicing centers, the Company processes student loans for more than 4 million borrowers and is recognized as the nation's pre-eminent servicer of student loans. The Company is also a provider and arranger of infrastructure finance for colleges and universities. See "-- Specialized Financial Services -- Academic Facilities Financings and Student Loan Revenue Bonds." The Company has successfully fulfilled its original government-sponsored-enterprise mandate by fostering a thriving, competitive market in student loans and has maintained its leadership position in the education finance industry due to its focus on customer relationships, value-added products and services, superior loan servicing capabilities and sound financial management strategy. In recognition of the increasingly important role that college and university administrators play in the loan process, the Company adopted a school-based focus. The Company's core marketing strategy is to provide schools and their students with simple, flexible and cost-effective products and services so that schools will elect to work with the Company. This strategy, combined with superior servicing and technology capabilities, has also enabled the Company to build valuable partnerships with lenders, guarantee agencies and others. In 1993, the Company launched a three year effort to obtain Congressional approval to recharter as a fully private, state-chartered corporation. Legislation to privatize the Company was approved by Congress and signed by President Clinton in September 1996. Immediately following the Reorganization, the principal business of the Company will continue to be the acquisition, financing and servicing of student loans, as presently conducted by the GSE. 33 46 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW The student loan industry provides affordable financing to students and their families to fund post-secondary education. Banks and other eligible lenders are able to make student loans at below market rates due to subsidies and guarantees provided under programs sponsored principally by the federal government. The largest student loan program, originally called the Guaranteed Student Loan Program and now known as the FFELP, was created in 1965 to ensure low cost access by families to a full range of post-secondary education institutions. In 1972, to encourage further bank participation in the program, Congress established the Company as a for-profit, stockholder-owned national secondary market for student loans. The FFELP industry currently includes a network of approximately 5,300 originators and 6,300 educational institutions. Also, 39 state-sponsored or non-profit guarantee agencies collectively guarantee and administer the FFELP under contract with the Department of Education. In addition to the Company, a number of non-profit entities, banks and other financial intermediaries operate as secondary markets. The Company believes that lender participation in the program is relatively concentrated, with an estimated 90 percent of outstanding loans held by the top 100 participants, including approximately one-third owned by the Company as of September 30, 1994. The FFELP is reauthorized by the Congress about every five years. The next reauthorization is required in 1998. The provisions of the FFELP are also subject to revision from time to time by the Congress. For an overview of the FFELP and other federally sponsored student loan programs, see Appendix C "The Federal Family Education Loan Program." The demand for student loans has risen substantially over the last several years. Higher education tuition cost and fee increases continue to exceed the inflation rate. Over half of all full-time college students today depend on some form of borrowing, compared to just over 35 percent in 1985. Federal legislation enacted in late 1992 expanded loan limits and borrower eligibility that, in part, resulted in an increase of over 50 percent in annual loan volume of federally-guaranteed student loans ($21 billion in 1994 from $13.3 billion in 1992). Estimated future increases in tuition costs and college enrollments are expected to prompt further growth in the student loan market. In 1993, Congress expanded a previously established pilot program into the FDSLP administered by the U.S. Department of Education. Established as an alternative to the private sector-based FFELP, the FDSLP accounted for approximately one-third of all new federally-sponsored student loans issued in academic year 1995-6. The federal government contracts out loan administration and collections services while financing its lending activity through U.S. Treasury borrowing. The FDSLP had a legislated market share goal of up to 50 percent for academic year 1996-7, but, based on current Department of Education projections, management expects direct loan volume to reach between 35-40 percent of total student loan volume for such academic year. See "-- Competition". PRODUCTS AND SERVICES LOAN PURCHASES. The Company's purchases of student loans primarily involve two federally sponsored programs. The Company principally purchases Stafford loans, PLUS loans, and SLS loans originated under the FFELP, all of which are insured by state-related or non-profit guarantee agencies and are reinsured by the U.S. Department of Education. The FFELP is more fully described in Appendix C. The Company also purchases student loans originated under the Health Education Assistance Loan Program ("HEAL"), which are insured directly by the United States Department of Health and Human Services. HEAL loans are made to health professions graduate students under the Public Health Services Act. As of March 31, 1997, the Company's managed portfolio of student loans totaled $41 billion, including $37.0 billion (including loans owned, loans securitized and loan participations) of FFELP loans and $2.7 billion of HEAL loans. In order to further meet the educational credit needs of students, the Company in 1996 sponsored the creation of the private Signature Education Loan(sm) program, with numerous lenders participating nationwide. Under this program, the Company performs certain origination services on behalf of the participating lenders. Upon sale of the loans to the Company, the Company intends to insure the loans through its HEMAR Insurance Corporation of America ("HICA") subsidiary (if not already insured by HICA prior to sale). Most of the HICA insured loans acquired by the Company are part of "bundled" loan programs that include 34 47 FFELP loans. The Company also purchases loans originated under various other HICA-insured loan programs. As of March 31, 1997, the Company owned approximately $1.1 billion of such private education loans, including HICA insured Signature Education Loans(sm). The Company purchases student loans primarily from commercial banks. In addition, the Company purchases student loans from other eligible FFELP lenders, including savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, credit unions, certain pension funds and insurance companies, education institutions, and state and private nonprofit loan originating and secondary market agencies. Most lenders using the secondary market hold loans while borrowers are in school and sell loans shortly before their conversion to repayment status, when servicing costs increase significantly. Traditionally, the Company has purchased most loans just prior to their conversion to repayment status, although the Company also buys "in-school" loans and those in repayment. The Company purchases loans primarily through commitment contracts but also makes "spot" purchases. Approximately two-thirds of the Company's new loan purchases were effected pursuant to purchase commitments in 1996 and 1995. The Company enters into commitment contracts with lenders to purchase loans up to a specified aggregate principal amount over the term of the contract. Under the commitment contracts, lenders have the right, and in most cases the obligation, to sell to the Company the loans they own over a specified period of time, usually two to three years, at a purchase price that is based on certain loan characteristics. In conjunction with commitment contracts, the Company frequently provides the selling institutions with operational support in the form of PortSS(R), an automated loan administration system for the lender to use at its own offices prior to loan sale, or in the form of loan origination and interim servicing provided through one of the Company's loan servicing centers (ExportSS(R)). In 1995 and 1996, more than 80 percent of purchase commitment volume came from users of PortSS(R) and ExportSS(R). The Company also offers commitment clients the ability to originate loans and then transfer them to the Company for servicing (TransportSS(sm)). PortSS(R), TransportSS(sm), and ExportSS(R) provide the Company and the lender with the assurance that the loans will be efficiently administered by the Company and that the borrowers will have access to the Company's repayment options and benefits. In a spot purchase, the Company competes with other secondary market participants to purchase a portfolio of eligible loans from a selling holder when such holder decides to offer its loans for sale. The Company made approximately one-third of its purchases of educational loans through spot purchases in 1995 and 1996. In general, spot purchase volume is more competitively priced than volume purchased under commitment contracts. The growth in volume generated by PortSS(R), ExportSS(R) and TransportSS(sm) demonstrates the importance of the Company's investment in these systems in past years. The Company also offers eligible borrowers a program for the consolidation of eligible insured loans into a single new insured loan with terms of from 10 to 30 years. The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended provides that borrowers may consolidate with one of their loan holders or may consolidate with a separate lender if they cannot obtain a consolidation loan with an income sensitive repayment plan. As of March 31, 1997, the Company owned approximately $8.0 billion of such consolidation loans, known as SMART(sm) Loan Accounts. BORROWER BENEFITS AND PROGRAM TECHNOLOGY SUPPORT. To create customer preferences and compete more effectively in the student loan marketplace, the Company developed a comprehensive set of loan programs and services for borrowers, including numerous loan restructuring and repayment options and programs that encourage and reward good repayment habits. The Company also provides counseling and information programs (including a world wide web site) that not only help borrowers, but also help reinforce relationships with college and university customers and lender partners. Under the Company's "Great Rewards(R)" program, certain FFELP borrowers who make their first 48 monthly payments on-time receive a two-percentage-point interest rate reduction for the remaining term of the loan. Other programs pay students an amount equal to part of the loan origination fees and modestly reduce interest costs for use of automatic debit accounts. The Company also provides financial aid administrators at colleges and universities with innovative products and services that simplify the lending 35 48 process, including electronic funds transfer services and loan information and management software that enables college application data to be transferred electronically between program participants. JOINT VENTURE WITH THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK. In the third quarter of 1996, the Company restructured its business relationship with The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase"), the largest originator of student loans under the FFELP with an estimated market share of 8.0 percent. Historically, Chase has also been the Company's largest client, representing 11 percent of 1995 purchases. The Company and TCB Education First Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Chase, are equal owners of Education First Finance LLC and Education First Marketing LLC (collectively, the "Chase Joint Venture"). Education First Marketing LLC is responsible for marketing education loans to be made by Chase and its affiliates to schools and borrowers. Shortly after such loans are made by Chase and its affiliates, the loans are purchased on behalf of Education First Finance LLC by the Chase/Sallie Mae Education Loan Trust (the "Trust"), which presently finances these purchases through the sale of loan participations to the Company and Chase. As of March 31, 1997, the Trust owns approximately $3.6 billion in federally-insured education loans. Substantially all loans owned by the Trust are serviced on behalf of the Trust by Sallie Mae Servicing Corporation on a fee-for-service basis. SERVICING In 1980, the Company began servicing its own portfolios in order to better control costs and manage risks. In late 1995, in connection with the commencement of its securitization program, the Company transferred its servicing operations to a wholly-owned subsidiary, Sallie Mae Servicing Corporation ("SMSC"). The Company is now the largest FFELP loan servicer and management believes that the Company is recognized as the premier service quality and technology provider in its field. The Company believes that its processing capability and service excellence is integral to its school-based growth strategy. As of March 31, 1997, the Company serviced approximately $40 billion of loans, including approximately $24.4 billion of loans owned by Sallie Mae and $8 billion owned by six securitization trusts sponsored by Sallie Mae, $4 billion of loans currently owned by ExportSS(R) customers and $3.6 billion owned by the Chase Joint Venture Trust. The Company currently has six loan servicing centers located in Florida, Kansas, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Texas and Washington. This geographical coverage, together with total systems integration among centers, facilitates operations and customer service. The U.S. Department of Education and the various guarantee agencies prescribe rules and regulations that govern the servicing of federally insured student loans. The Company's originations and servicing systems, internal procedures and highly trained staff support compliance with these regulations, ensure asset integrity and provide superior service to borrowers. The Company has recently introduced imaging technology to further increase servicing productivity and capacity. SPECIALIZED FINANCIAL SERVICES The Company has engaged in a number of specialty financial services related to higher education credit, including collateralized financing of FFELP and other education loan portfolios (warehousing advances), credit support for student loan revenue bonds, portfolio investments of student loan revenue and facilities bonds, underwritings of academic facilities bonds and surety bond support for non-federally insured student loans. WAREHOUSING ADVANCES. Warehousing advances are secured loans to financial and educational institutions to fund FFELP and HEAL loans and other forms of education-related credit. As of March 31, 1997, the Company held approximately $2.5 billion of warehouse loans with an average term of 1.5 years. These loans will remain assets of the GSE. The GSE will be able to extend new warehousing advances during its wind-down only pursuant to financing commitments in place as of the Effective Time. As of March 31, 1997, the GSE held approximately $2.3 billion of such commitments. The non-GSE affiliates are not expected to continue this line of business. 36 49 ACADEMIC FACILITIES FINANCINGS AND STUDENT LOAN REVENUE BONDS. Since 1987, the GSE has provided facilities financing and commitments for future facilities financing to approximately 250 educational institutions. Certain of these financings are secured either by a mortgage on the underlying facility or by other collateral. The GSE also invests in student loan revenue obligations. In late 1995, the GSE established a broker-dealer subsidiary, Education Securities, Inc. ("ESI"), which manages the GSE's municipal bond portfolio and is developing an array of specialized underwriting and financial advisory services for the education sector. It is expected that following the Reorganization, the Company will reduce its investment activity in the academic facilities and student loan revenue bond products. As of March 31, 1997, this portfolio totaled $1.4 billion. LETTERS OF CREDIT. In the past, the GSE has also offered letters of credit to guarantee issues of state and nonprofit agency student loan revenue bonds. Currently outstanding letters of credit have original terms of up to 17 years. As of March 31, 1997, the GSE held approximately $3.7 billion of such commitments outstanding. After the Reorganization is consummated, letter of credit activity by the GSE will be limited to guarantee commitments in place at the Effective Time. PRIVATE STUDENT LOAN INSURANCE. In 1995, the GSE acquired HICA, a South Dakota stock insurance company exclusively engaged in insuring lenders against credit loss on their education-related, non-federally insured loans to students attending post-secondary educational institutions. A significant portion of HICA's insured loan portfolio is made up of loans owned by the GSE. See "-- Products and Services -- Loan Purchases." FINANCING/SECURITIZATION The Company obtains funds for its operations primarily from the sale of GSE debt securities in the domestic and overseas capital markets, through public offerings and private placements of U.S. dollar and foreign currency denominated debt of varying maturities and interest rate characteristics. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS." Sallie Mae debt securities are currently rated at the highest credit rating level by Moody's Investors Service and Standard & Poor's, in part due to the GSE's current status as a government-sponsored-enterprise. The GSE is expected to retain its credit ratings after the Reorganization. Although the Company has not begun specific discussions with the ratings agencies as of the date of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, it is expected that the credit rating on debt securities of the Holding Company would be lower than debt securities of the GSE. The GSE uses interest rate and currency exchange agreements (collateralized where appropriate), U.S. Treasury securities, interest rate futures contracts and other hedging techniques to reduce the exposure to interest rate and currency fluctuations arising out of its financing activities and to match the characteristics of its assets and liabilities. The GSE has also issued preferred stock to obtain funds. The Reorganization provides for access by the GSE to the government-sponsored-enterprise debt market to fund student loans and other permitted asset acquisitions with maturity dates through September 30, 2008. In connection with such dissolution, the GSE must transfer any remaining GSE obligations into a defeasance trust for the benefit of the holders of such obligations with cash or full faith and credit obligations of the United States, or an agency thereof, in amounts sufficient, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, to pay the principal and interest on the deposited obligations. If the GSE has insufficient assets to fully fund such GSE debt, the Holding Company must transfer sufficient assets to the trust to account for this shortfall. The Privatization Act requires that upon the dissolution of the GSE on or before September 30, 2008, the GSE shall repurchase or redeem, or make proper provisions for repurchase or redemption of any outstanding preferred stock. In addition, since late 1995, the Company has further diversified its funding sources independent of its GSE borrower status by securitizing a portion of its student loan assets. Securitization is an off-balance sheet funding mechanism that the Company effects through the sale of portfolios of student loans by the GSE to SLM Funding Corporation, a bankruptcy-remote, special purpose wholly-owned subsidiary of the GSE, that, in turn, sells the student loans to an independent owner trust that issues securities to fund the purchase of the student loans. The securitization trusts typically issue several classes of debt securities rated at the highest 37 50 investment grade level. The GSE has not guaranteed such debt securities and has no obligation to ensure their repayment. Because the securities issued by the trusts through its securitization program are not GSE securities, the Company has been and in the future expects to be able to fund its student loans to term through such program, even for those assets whose final maturities extend beyond 2008. The Company has taken the position that the 30 basis point per annum offset fee does not apply to securitized loans. See "-- Legal Proceedings." It is anticipated that securitization will remain a primary student loan funding mechanism for the Company once it conducts student loan purchase activity through a non-GSE subsidiary. ECONOMIC IMPACT OF THE PRIVATIZATION ACT ON THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS The economics of Sallie Mae's contemplated privatization reflect a trade-off between government-sponsored-enterprise benefits, which have been significantly eroded in recent years, and the opportunity for an expanded franchise. It is difficult to precisely quantify either the changing value of government-sponsored-enterprise status or the potential value of new business opportunities. However, management believes that Sallie Mae's competitive posture is now primarily a function of strategic marketplace issues rather than its government-sponsored-enterprise status. Moreover, in management's view the costs and risks of privatization, within the framework of the Privatization Act and with the advent of securitization, are manageable and are expected to have a relatively modest impact on the core student loan business. The additional economic advantage of privatization is that it mitigates the potential for further erosion of net returns based on political actions targeted at Sallie Mae. FUNDING COSTS AND LEVERAGE. The Reorganization would eventually remove the GSE's ability to issue GSE debt on relatively attractive terms based on the perception of implicit federal support. In addition, as described under "Financing/Securitization", the Company will be obligated to repay or defease GSE debt obligations remaining on the dissolution date. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Years ended December 31, 1994-1996 -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Securitization." PREFERRED STOCK REDEMPTION. As described above, the Privatization Act requires that upon the dissolution date, Sallie Mae shall repurchase or redeem, or make proper provisions for repurchase or redemption of any outstanding shares of Sallie Mae preferred stock. The preferred stock is carried at its liquidation value of $50 per share for a total of $214 million and pays a variable dividend that has been at its minimum rate of 5 percent per annum for the last several years. STATE TAXES. As a government-sponsored-enterprise, Sallie Mae is exempt from certain state and local taxes. The Company's non-GSE's units will not be exempt from such taxes. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Years ended December 31, 1994-1996 -- Federal and State Taxes." IMPACT ON OTHER ACTIVITIES. It is anticipated that following the Reorganization, the GSE will maintain an investment portfolio consistent with liquidity needs, the availability of attractive credit spreads and prudent capital management. As the level of the GSE's investment portfolio (including tax-exempt securities) gradually declines, the Company will forego certain earnings opportunities. It is expected that swaps and other derivatives will continue to be utilized by the GSE to manage interest rate risk and match asset and liability characteristics. Privatization will limit Sallie Mae's warehousing advance activity, letter of credit business and academic facilities portfolio lending, all areas of decreasing business opportunity. While contractual commitments in place at the Effective Time will be honored by the GSE, it is expected that the Holding Company will not pursue these business lines. Instead, the Company will seek to maintain client relationships in these areas by refocusing its product lines primarily through its broker-dealer subsidiary, ESI. CONSIDERATION. Under the Privatization Act, the Company must pay $5 million to the D.C. Financial Control Board for use of the "Sallie Mae" name within 60 days after the Effective Time. In addition, if the Reorganization is consummated, the Holding Company must issue to the D.C. Financial Control Board warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock. These warrants, which are 38 51 transferable, are exercisable at any time prior to September 30, 2008 at $72.43 per share. These provisions of the Privatization Act were part of the terms negotiated with the Administration and Congress as consideration for the GSE's privatization. OPERATIONS FOLLOWING THE REORGANIZATION Privatization will enable the Company to commence new business activities without regard to the GSE's charter restrictions immediately after the Effective Time. Specifically, after the consummation of the Reorganization, the stock of certain GSE subsidiaries, including Sallie Mae Servicing Corporation, HICA and ESI, would be transferred to the Holding Company. See "THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL -- Corporate Structure Before and After the Reorganization," such that the business activities of such subsidiaries would no longer be subject to restrictions contained in the Sallie Mae Charter. In addition, the GSE's employees will be transferred to the Management Company at the Effective Time. The Privatization Act also provides for a wind-down of the GSE's business operations by September 30, 2007. At the time of the Reorganization or as soon as practicable thereafter, the GSE will transfer personnel and certain assets to the Holding Company or other non-GSE affiliates. Student loans, warehousing advances and other program-related or financial assets (such as portfolio investments, letters of credit, swap agreements and forward purchase commitments) are generally not expected to be transferred. During the wind-down period following the Reorganization, the GSE generally will be prohibited from conducting new business except in connection with student loan purchases through September 30, 2007 or with other outstanding contractual commitments and from issuing new debt obligations which mature beyond September 30, 2008. Neither the Holding Company nor any of its non-GSE affiliates may purchase FFELP loans for so long as the GSE remains an active purchaser in this secondary market. See "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT -- Limitations on Holding Company Activities." During the wind-down period, GSE operations will be managed pursuant to arms-length service agreements between the GSE and one or more of its non-GSE affiliates. The Privatization Act also provides certain restrictions on intercompany relations between the GSE and its affiliates during the wind-down period. See "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT -- Restrictions on Intercompany Relations." The non-GSE subsidiaries of the Holding Company would provide loan servicing support for the loans owned and securitized by the GSE and are expected to develop new business opportunities in the higher education finance arena and beyond, as described above. These opportunities are intended to complement the Company's underlying strategy of acquiring student loan assets, as well as help maintain its student loan servicing leadership role and assist its new product offerings. COMPETITION The Company is the major financial intermediary for higher education credit, but it is subject to competition on a national basis from several large commercial banks and nonprofit secondary market agencies as well as on a state or local basis by smaller banks and state-based secondary markets. While Congress establishes loan limits and interest rates on student loans, market share in the FFELP industry is increasingly becoming a function of school and student desire for borrower benefits and superior customer service. FFELP providers have been aggressively competing on the basis of enhanced products and services in recent years, particularly to offset legislated reductions in profitability and the impact of the FDSLP. Because the Company's historic statutory role is confined to secondary market activity, it currently depends mainly on its network of lender partners and its school-based strategy for new loan volume. The Company also plans to heighten its visibility with consumers to favorably position itself for future new product offerings. In addition, the availability of securitization for student loan assets has created new competitive pressures for traditional secondary market purchasers. Based on the most recent information from the U.S. Department of Education, at the end of fiscal year 1995, Sallie Mae's share (in dollars) of outstanding FFELP loans was 33 percent, banks and other financial institutions held 47 percent and state secondary market participants held 20 percent. 39 52 The Company also faces competition from the FDSLP, both for new and existing loan volume. Based upon current Department of Education projections, the Company estimates that total student loan origination for the academic years 1994-95, 1995-96 and 1996-97 were $22.3 billion, $24.3 billion and $26.0 billion, respectively, of which FDSLP originations represented approximately 7 percent, 31 percent and 36 percent, respectively. The Department of Education projects that FDSLP originations will represent 38 percent of total student loan originations in the 1997-98 academic year. Loans made under the direct loan program are not currently available for purchase by the Company. The Department of Education has also begun to offer FFELP borrowers the opportunity to refinance or consolidate FFELP loans into FDSLP loans upon certification that the holder of their FFELP loans does not offer a satisfactory income-sensitive payment plan. Approximately $333 million of the GSE's FFELP loans have been consolidated into the FDSLP. In early 1995, Sallie Mae began offering an income-sensitive plan to compete with FDSLP refinancing. However, the FDSLP also provides an income contingent option not available under the FFELP program pursuant to which the government will ultimately forgive student loan debt after 25 years. At this time it is not certain what action, if any, the Congress will take with regard to the FDSLP in connection with the anticipated 1998 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act. However, management believes, based upon public statements by members of Congress and the Administration, that the FFELP and the FDSLP will continue to coexist as competing programs for the foreseeable future. COLLEGE CONSTRUCTION LOAN INSURANCE ASSOCIATION In 1987, Sallie Mae assisted in creating the College Construction Loan Insurance Association ("Connie Lee"), a for-profit, stockholder-owned corporation, authorized by Congress to insure and reinsure educational facilities obligations. The carrying value of Sallie Mae's investment in Connie Lee was approximately $44 million and at March 31, 1997, Sallie Mae effectively controlled 42 percent of Connie Lee's outstanding voting stock through its ownership of preferred and common stock and through agreements with other shareholders. In February 1997, Connie Lee privatized pursuant to statutory provisions enacted at the same time as the Privatization Act, that required Connie Lee to repurchase shares of its stock owned by the U.S. government at a purchase price determined by an independent appraisal. On February 28, 1997, Sallie Mae loaned Connie Lee $18 million to repurchase the shares. On May 27, 1997 the term of this loan was extended to June 29, 1997. PROPERTIES The Company's principal office is located at leased space at 1050 Thomas Jefferson Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20007. The following table lists the principal facilities owned by the Company:
APPROXIMATE LOCATION FUNCTION SQUARE FEET ----------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ----------- Reston, VA Operations/Headquarters 375,000 Wilkes Barre, PA Loan Servicing Center 135,000 Killeen, TX Loan Servicing Center 133,000 Lynn Haven, FL Loan Servicing Center 133,000 Lawrence, KS Loan Servicing Center 52,000
The Company leases approximately 35,000 square feet of office space for its loan servicing center in Waltham, Massachusetts, 37,800 square feet of office space for its loan servicing center in Spokane, Washington and 47,000 square feet and 33,000 square feet of additional space for its loan servicing centers in Lawrence, Kansas and Killeen, Texas, respectively. With the exception of the Pennsylvania loan servicing center, none of the Company's facilities is encumbered by a mortgage. 40 53 The Company believes that its headquarters and loan servicing centers are generally adequate to meet its long-term student loan and new business goals. Sallie Mae's Washington, D.C. headquarters lease expires in 2001. EMPLOYEES As of March 31, 1997, the Company employed 4,733 employees nationwide. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OBRA included a provision which applied a 30 basis point per annum fee to student loans held by Sallie Mae. The Secretary of Education interpreted the provisions of OBRA in such a manner as to apply that fee not only to loans held by Sallie Mae but also to loans sold by Sallie Mae to securitization trusts. In April 1995, the Company filed suit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia to challenge the constitutionality of the 30 basis point fee and the application of the fee to loans securitized by the Company. On November 16, 1995, the District Court ruled that the fee is constitutional, but that, contrary to the Secretary of Education's interpretation, the fee does not apply to securitized loans. Both Sallie Mae and the United States appealed. On January 10, 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit struck down the Secretary of Education's interpretation that the 30 basis point offset fee (contained in the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993) applies to any loan in which Sallie Mae holds a direct or indirect interest, including securitized student loans. The Court of Appeals ruled that the fee applies only to loans that Sallie Mae owns and remanded the case to the District Court with instructions to remand the matter to the Secretary of Education. In addition, the Court of Appeals upheld the constitutionality of the offset fee, which applies annually with respect to the principal amount of student loans that Sallie Mae holds and that were acquired on or after August 10, 1993. On April 29, 1997, U.S. District Court Judge Stanley Sporkin ordered the U.S. Department of Education to decide, by July 31, 1997, on its final position with respect to the application of the offset fee to loans which Sallie Mae has securitized. If the final outcome following the remand is that the offset fee is not applicable to loans securitized by Sallie Mae, the gains resulting from prior securitizations would be increased. As of March 31, 1997, the gains resulting from such securitizations would have been increased by approximately $75 million, pre-tax. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Three Months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Securitization." On June 11, 1996, Orange County, California filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California. The case is currently pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The complaint alleges that the Company made fraudulent representations and omitted material facts in offering circulars on various bond offerings purchased by Orange County, which contributed to Orange County's market losses and subsequent bankruptcy. The complaint seeks to hold Sallie Mae responsible for losses resulting from Orange County's bankruptcy, but does not specify the amount of damages claimed. The complaint against the Company is one of numerous cases that have been coordinated for discovery purposes. Other defendants include Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, KPMG Peat Marwick, Standard & Poor's and Fannie Mae. The complaint includes a claim of fraud under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. In addition, the complaint includes counts under the California Corporations Code, as well as a count for common law fraud. The Company believes that the complaint is without merit and intends to defend the case vigorously. At this time, management believes the impact of the lawsuit will not be material to the Company. In September 1996, Sallie Mae obtained a declaratory judgment against the Secretary of Education in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The Court found that the Secretary acted erroneously in refusing to allow Sallie Mae to claim adjustments to special allowance payments on certain FFELP loans which were required to be converted retrospectively from a fixed rate to a variable rate. The Secretary has filed a notice of appeal of the District Court's decision. 41 54 REGULATION As a government-sponsored-enterprise, the GSE is organized under federal law and its operations are restricted by its government charter. While the Reorganization will permit an expansion of the Holding Company's private activities through unregulated subsidiaries, such activities will be restricted in certain ways until the GSE is dissolved, and the GSE's operations will continue to be subject to broad federal regulation. CURRENT REGULATION GSE REGULATION. Sallie Mae's structure and the scope of its business activities are set forth in the Sallie Mae Charter. The Sallie Mae Charter, which is subject to review and change by Congress, sets forth certain restrictions on Sallie Mae's business and financing activities and charges the federal government with certain oversight responsibilities with respect to these activities. The Sallie Mae Charter grants it certain exemptions from federal and state laws. The Sallie Mae Charter's primary regulatory restrictions and exemptions, including certain provisions added by the Privatization Act, may be summarized as follows: 1. One-third of Sallie Mae's 21 member Board of Directors is appointed by the President of the United States. The other 14 members are elected by the holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock. The Chairman of the Board is designated by the President of the United States from among the 21 members. 2. Debt obligations issued by Sallie Mae are exempt from state taxation to the same extent as United States government obligations. Sallie Mae is exempt from all taxation by any state or by any county, municipality, or local taxing authority except with respect to real property taxes. Sallie Mae is not exempt from the payment of federal corporate income taxes. 3. All stock and other securities of Sallie Mae are deemed to be exempt securities under the laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission to the same extent as obligations of the United States. 4. Sallie Mae may conduct its business without regard to any qualification or similar statute in any state of the United States, including the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the territories and possessions of the United States (although the scope of Sallie Mae's business is generally limited by its federal charter). 5. The issuance of Sallie Mae's debt obligations must be approved by the Secretary of the Treasury. 6. Sallie Mae is required to have its financial statements examined annually by independent certified public accountants and to submit a report of the audit to the Secretary of the Treasury. The Treasury Department is also authorized to conduct audits of Sallie Mae and to otherwise monitor Sallie Mae's financial condition. Sallie Mae is required to submit annual reports of its operations and activities to the President of the United States and the Congress. Sallie Mae must pay up to $800,000 per year to the Department of the Treasury to cover the costs of its oversight. 7. Sallie Mae is subject to certain "safety and soundness" regulations including the requirement that Sallie Mae maintain a 2.00 percent capital adequacy ratio (increasing to 2.25 percent after January 1, 2000). Sallie Mae may pay dividends only upon certification that, at the time of a dividend declaration and after giving effect to the payment of such dividend, the capital adequacy ratio is satisfied. 8. The Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Treasury have certain enforcement powers under the Sallie Mae Charter. 9. A 30 basis point annual "offset fee" unique to Sallie Mae is payable to the Secretary of Education on student loans purchased and held by Sallie Mae on or after August 10, 1993. Sallie Mae has challenged the constitutionality of the 30 basis point fee and the application of the fee to loans securitized by Sallie Mae. See "BUSINESS -- Legal Proceedings." 42 55 10. At the request of the Secretary of Education, Sallie Mae is required to act as a lender of last resort to make FFELP loans when other private lenders are not available. Such loans are not subject to the 30 basis point fee on loans held by Sallie Mae. OTHER REGULATION. Under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, Sallie Mae is and, following the Reorganization the Company will be, an "eligible lender" for purposes only of purchasing and holding loans made by other lenders. Like other participants in the insured student loan programs, Sallie Mae is and, the Company will be subject, from time to time, to review of its student loan operations by the General Accounting Office, the Department of Education and certain guarantee agencies. In addition, Sallie Mae Servicing Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sallie Mae, as a servicer of student loans, is subject to certain U.S. Department of Education regulations regarding financial responsibility and administrative capability that govern all third party servicers of insured student loans. ESI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sallie Mae, is a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the National Association of Securities Dealers (the "NASD") and is licensed to do business in 50 states. ESI is subject to regulation by the SEC and the NASD as a municipal security broker-dealer. HICA, a South Dakota stock insurance company and indirect subsidiary of Sallie Mae, is subject to the ongoing regulatory authority of the South Dakota Division of Insurance and that of comparable governmental agencies in six other states. REGULATION FOLLOWING REORGANIZATION The Privatization Act modifies the Sallie Mae Charter and sets forth the basic framework for Sallie Mae's reorganization into a wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company and the ultimate dissolution of the GSE. Although the Privatization Act generally imposes no constraints on the types of permissible activities of the privatized business, it does impose certain restrictions on transactions between the GSE and the Holding Company and its non-GSE subsidiaries after the reorganization is consummated and prior to the dissolution of the GSE. See "THE PRIVATIZATION ACT -- Reorganization; - -- Oversight Authority; -- Restrictions on Intercompany Relations; - -- Limitations on Holding Company Activities." In addition, the Company will also be subject to the regulations described above under "-- Current Regulation -- Other Regulation." The Reorganization Agreement is the plan of reorganization approved by a majority of the Sallie Mae Board. NON-DISCRIMINATION AND LIMITATIONS ON AFFILIATION WITH DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS The Privatization Act also amended the Higher Education Act to provide that Sallie Mae and, if the Reorganization occurs, any successor entity (including the Holding Company) functioning as a secondary market for federally insured student loans, may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any pattern or practice that results in a denial of a borrower's access to insured loans because of the borrower's race, sex, color, religion, national origin, age, disability status, income, attendance at a particular institution, length of a borrower's educational program or the borrower's academic year at an eligible institution. Pub. L. No. 104-208, the federal budget legislation of which the Privatization Act was a part, contains amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the Federal Credit Union Act which prohibit all government-sponsored enterprises from directly or indirectly sponsoring or providing non-routine financial support to certain credit unions and depository institutions. Depository institutions are also prohibited from being affiliates of government-sponsored enterprises. Thus, neither the Holding Company nor any of its subsidiaries could be affiliated with a depository institution until Sallie Mae is dissolved. These restrictions effectively limit the ability of the Holding Company and its affiliates to originate insured student loans through an affiliated depository institution as long as the GSE remains in existence. Most originators of insured student loans are depository institutions that qualify as "eligible lenders" under the Higher Education Act, as amended. 43 56 CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth the capitalization of Sallie Mae at March 31, 1997 and the capitalization of the Holding Company "as adjusted" for the Reorganization as of that date. No other pro forma information of the Holding Company related to the Reorganization is included herein, since such pro forma information would reflect no material change from the financial statements of Sallie Mae at the time of such effectiveness. The information set forth in the table below should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF SALLIE MAE" included elsewhere herein.
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) MARCH 31, 1997 -------------------------- AS ACTUAL ADJUSTED ----------- ----------- (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) Borrowed funds: Short-term borrowings......................................... $23,003,597 $23,003,597 Long-term notes............................................... 20,101,768 20,101,768 ----------- ----------- Total borrowed funds....................................... 43,105,365 43,105,365 ----------- ----------- Minority interest in wholly-owned subsidiary.................... - 213,883(a) Stockholders' equity: Preferred stock, par value $50.00 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized and issued, 4,277,650 shares outstanding........ 213,883 - Common stock, par value $.20 per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 66,067,940 shares issued (52,780,124 shares issued, as adjusted)....................................... 13,213 10,555 Additional paid-in capital.................................... 22,953 -(b) Unrealized gains on investment, net of tax.................... 331,023 331,023 Retained earnings............................................. 1,101,450 469,465 ----------- ----------- Stockholders' equity before treasury stock.................... 1,682,522 811,043 Common stock held in treasury at cost, 13,287,816 shares (none, as adjusted)........................................ 672,765 -(c) ----------- ----------- Total stockholders' equity.................................... 1,009,757 811,043 ----------- ----------- Total capitalization............................................ $44,115,122 $44,130,291 ========== ==========
- --------------- (a) After the Reorganization, the preferred stock of Sallie Mae will not become Holding Company stock. Accordingly, the preferred stock of Sallie Mae will be reflected as minority interest in a wholly-owned subsidiary in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Preferred dividends paid by the GSE will be reflected as an expense of the Company affecting net income; however, such payments will have no effect on earnings available for common shareholders. (b) Pursuant to the terms of the Privatization Act, the Holding Company will issue to the D.C. Financial Control Board warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock at a price of $72.43 per share. The fair value of the warrants will be capitalized as an organization asset with a resulting increase in stockholders' equity at the time of the Reorganization. The fair value of the warrants was established at $27.33 per share, using an option pricing model, for a total of $15.2 million. (c) Concurrent with the consummation of the Reorganization, all existing treasury shares of Sallie Mae's Common Stock will be retired and cancelled. 44 57 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following table sets forth selected financial and other operating information of Sallie Mae. The selected financial data in the table are derived from the consolidated financial statements of Sallie Mae. The data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" included elsewhere herein.
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------ ------------------------------------------------------- 1997 1996 1996 1995(1) 1994(1) 1993(1) 1992(1) ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) OPERATING DATA: Net interest income............... $ 199 $ 233 $ 866 $ 901 $ 982 $ 1,169 $ 987 Net income........................ 119 103 419 366 420 443 402 Earnings per common share......... 2.17 1.74 7.32 5.27 5.13 4.98 4.30 Dividends per common share........ .44 .40 1.64 1.51 1.42 1.25 1.05 Return on common stockholders' equity.......................... 57.64% 47.84% 50.13%(3) 29.17%(3) 27.85%(3) 37.68% 37.26% Net interest margin............... 1.75 1.99 1.90 1.84 2.14 2.74 2.32 Return on assets.................. 1.00 .85 .88 .71 .87 .99 .89 Dividend payout ratio............. 20.32 22.94 22.40 28.64 27.66 25.10 24.41 Average equity/average assets..... 2.05 2.10 2.09 2.68 3.39 2.97 2.73 BALANCE SHEET DATA: Student loans purchased........... $31,043 $33,881 $32,308 $34,336 $30,571 $26,978 $24,326 Student loan participations....... 1,805 - 1,446 - - - - Warehousing advances.............. 2,533 3,338 2,789 3,865 7,032 7,034 8,085 Academic facilities financings.... 1,405 1,371 1,473 1,312 1,548 1,359 1,189 Total assets...................... 46,330 48,174 47,630 50,002 53,161 46,682 46,775 Long-term notes................... 20,102 27,731 22,606 30,083 34,319 30,925 30,724 Total borrowings.................. 43,105 45,723 44,763 47,530 50,335 44,544 44,440 Stockholders' equity.............. 1,010 1,025 1,048(3) 1,081(3) 1,601(3) 1,393 1,321 Book value per common share....... 15.08 14.34 15.53 15.03 18.87 14.03 12.39 OTHER DATA: Securitized student loans outstanding..................... $ 7,968 $ 2,397 $ 6,263 $ 954 $ - $ - $ - Core earnings(2).................. 115 93 391 361 356 398 402 Premiums on debt extinguished..... - 7 7 8 14 211 141
- --------------- (1) Previously reported results for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992 have been restated to retroactively reflect the recognition of student loan income as earned (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). This restatement resulted in the elimination of the previously reported 1995 cumulative effect of the change in accounting method of $130 million ($1.93 per common share) and an increase to previously reported net income of $17 million ($.22 per common share), $13 million ($.15 per common share) and $8 million ($.09 per common share) for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively. (2) Core earnings is defined as Sallie Mae's net income less the after-tax effect of floor revenues and other one-time charges. Management believes that these measures, which are not measures under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), are important because they depict Sallie Mae's earnings before the effects of one time events such as floor revenues which are largely outside of Sallie Mae's control. Management believes that core earnings as defined, while not necessarily comparable to other companies use of similar terminology, provide for meaningful period to period comparisons as a basis for analyzing trends in Sallie Mae's student loan operations. (3) At March 31, 1997 and 1996 and at December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, stockholders' equity reflects the addition to stockholders' equity of $331 million, $343 million, $349 million, $371 million and $300 million, respectively, net of tax, of unrealized gains on certain investments recognized pursuant to FAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." 45 58 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OVERVIEW Set forth below is the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1994-1996. These discussions include complementary information and are intended to be read together. THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 ARE PRESENTED IN A NEW FORMAT FROM PRIOR PRESENTATIONS OF THE PUBLICLY AVAILABLE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION ("SALLIE MAE" OR THE "GSE") TO BETTER PORTRAY THE CHANGING NATURE OF SALLIE MAE'S REVENUE STREAMS. WHILE THE PRINCIPAL SOURCE OF EARNINGS CONTINUES TO BE FROM STUDENT LOANS, THE NATURE OF THOSE EARNINGS IS CHANGING AS A RESULT OF SECURITIZATION. THE MAJOR DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE OLD AND NEW FORMAT ARE THAT THE SECURITIZATION RELATED INCOME, FEE INCOME AND GAINS AND LOSSES ON SALES OF AVAILABLE FOR SALE SECURITIES WERE RECLASSIFIED FROM THE INTEREST INCOME SECTION TO THE OTHER INCOME SECTION AND SERVICING AND ACQUISITION COSTS WERE COMBINED WITH GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES AND PRESENTED AS OPERATING EXPENSES IN THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME. ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS ARE IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS. THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994 WERE RESTATED TO RETROACTIVELY REFLECT THE RECOGNITION OF STUDENT LOAN INCOME AS EARNED. SEE NOTE 2 TO THE SALLIE MAE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Sallie Mae was established in 1972 as a for-profit, stockholder-owned, government-sponsored enterprise to support the education credit needs of students by, among other things, promoting liquidity in the student loan marketplace through secondary market purchases. Sallie Mae is the largest source of financing and servicing for education loans in the United States. The student loan industry in the United States developed primarily to support federal student loan programs and, accordingly, is highly regulated. The principal government program, the Federal Family Education Loan Program (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan Program) (the "FFELP"), was created to ensure low cost access by both needy and middle class families to post-secondary education. Sallie Mae's products and services include student loan purchases, commitments to purchase student loans and secured advances to originators of student loans. Sallie Mae also offers operational support to originators of student loans and to post-secondary education institutions. In addition, Sallie Mae provides other education-related financial services. Sallie Mae purchases student loans from originating lenders, typically just before the student leaves school and is required to begin repayment of the loan. Sallie Mae's portfolio consists principally of loans originated under two federally sponsored programs -- the FFELP and the Health Education Assistance Loan Program ("HEAL"). Sallie Mae also purchases privately insured loans from time to time, principally those insured by a wholly-owned subsidiary. There are four principal categories of FFELP loans: Stafford loans, PLUS loans, SLS loans and consolidation loans. Generally, these loans have repayment periods of between five and ten years, with the exception of consolidation loans, and obligate the borrower to pay interest at a stated fixed rate or an annually reset variable rate that has a cap. However, the yield to holders is subsidized on the borrowers' behalf by the federal government to provide a market rate of return. The subsidy is referred to as the Special Allowance Payment ("SAP"). The federal government pays SAP to holders of FFELP loans whenever the average of all of the 91-day Treasury bill auctions in a calendar quarter, plus a spread of between 2.50 and 3.50 percentage points depending on the loan status and when it was originated, exceeds the rate of interest which the borrower is obligated to pay. In low interest rate environments, the rate which the borrower is obligated to pay may exceed the rate determined by the special allowance formula. In those instances, no SAP is paid and the interest rate paid on the loan by the borrower becomes, in effect, a floor on an otherwise variable rate asset. When this happens, the difference between the interest rate paid by the borrower and the rate determined by the SAP formula is referred to as student loan floor revenue or floor revenue. 46 59 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
THREE MONTHS ENDED INCREASE MARCH 31, (DECREASE) -------------- ------------ 1997 1996 $ % ----- ----- ---- ---- Net interest income............................................... $ 199 $ 233 $(34) (14)% Other operating income............................................ 76 22 54 249 Operating expenses................................................ 102 99 3 3 Federal income taxes.............................................. 54 48 6 14 ----- ----- ---- ---- Income before premiums on debt extinguished....................... 119 108 11 10 Premiums on debt extinguished, net of tax......................... - (5) 5 100 ----- ----- ---- ---- NET INCOME........................................................ 119 103 16 15 Preferred stock dividend.......................................... 3 3 - - ----- ----- ---- ---- Net income attributable to common stock........................... $ 116 $ 100 $ 16 16% ===== ===== ==== === EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE......................................... $2.17 $1.74 $.43 24% ===== ===== ==== === Dividends per common share........................................ $ .44 $ .40 $.04 10% ===== ===== ==== === CORE EARNINGS..................................................... $ 115 $ 93 $ 22 24% ===== ===== ==== ===
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
INCREASE (DECREASE) MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------- 1997 1996 $ % --------- ------------ ------------ --- ASSETS Student loans........................................... $32,847 $ 33,754 $ (907) (3)% Warehousing advances.................................... 2,533 2,790 (257) (9) Academic facilities financings.......................... 1,405 1,473 (68) (5) Cash and investments.................................... 7,738 7,706 32 - Other assets............................................ 1,807 1,907 (100) (5) --------- ------------ ------------ --- Total assets............................................ $46,330 $ 47,630 $ (1,300) (3)% ======= ========== ======= === LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Short-term borrowings................................... $23,003 $ 22,157 $ 846 4% Long-term notes......................................... 20,102 22,606 (2,504) (11) Other liabilities....................................... 2,215 1,819 396 22 --------- ------------ ------------ --- Total liabilities....................................... 45,320 46,582 (1,262) (3) --------- ------------ ------------ --- Stockholders' equity before treasury stock.............. 1,683 1,585 98 6 Common stock held in treasury at cost................... 673 537 136 25 --------- ------------ ------------ --- Total stockholders' equity.............................. 1,010 1,048 (38) (4) --------- ------------ ------------ --- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.............. $46,330 $ 47,630 $ (1,300) (3)% ======= ========== ======= ===
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Sallie Mae's net income was $119 million ($2.17 per common share) for the first three months of 1997 compared to $103 million ($1.74 per common share) in the first three months of 1996. 47 60 The net income increase of $16 million (15 percent) in the first three months of 1997 was primarily a result of, on an after-tax basis, an increase in student loan securitization gains of $16 million, the growth in managed student loan assets resulting in increased revenue of $15 million, and increased revenue from amortization of student loan floor contracts of $5 million. These positive factors were somewhat offset by the increase in loans subject to Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ("OBRA") fees as discussed below, a decrease in student loan floor revenues of $6 million, increased operating expenses and a decrease in interest earned on student loans as loans were securitized. Earnings per common share were further enhanced by repurchases of 1.3 million shares (2 percent of shares outstanding) in the first three months of 1997. OBRA imposed legislative fees and risk-sharing on Sallie Mae and other participants in the Federal Family Education Loan Program ("FFELP") including an offset fee applicable only to Sallie Mae, consolidation loan rebate fees, and risk-sharing on defaulted loans applicable to all FFELP participants. The impact of these fees and reserves for risk-sharing on Sallie Mae's on-balance sheet portfolio of student loans reduced net income by $18 million and $15 million in the first three months of 1997 and 1996, respectively. In addition to these fees, OBRA also imposed other yield reductions on all FFELP participants, principally loan origination fees paid to the federal government and reduced SAP during the period when a borrower is not in an active repayment status. Sallie Mae effectively shares the impact of these costs through the pricing of loan portfolios it purchases in the secondary market. Management believes the spreads earned on Sallie Mae's portfolio of student loans will continue to be adversely affected as a result of these changes to the FFELP program for the next several years as older loans in its portfolio, which were not affected by OBRA, amortize and are replaced by more recently originated loans which are affected by OBRA. Core Earnings and Core Student Loan Spread Important measures of Sallie Mae's operating performance are core earnings and the core student loan spread. Core earnings is defined as Sallie Mae's net income less the after-tax effect of floor revenues and other one-time charges. Management believes that these measures, which are not measures under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), are important because they depict Sallie Mae's earnings before the effects of one time events such as floor revenues which are largely outside of Sallie Mae's control. Management believes that core earnings as defined, while not necessarily comparable to other companies' use of similar terminology, provide for meaningful period to period comparisons as a basis for analyzing trends in Sallie Mae's core student loan operations. The following table analyzes the earning spreads on student loans for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996. The line captioned "Adjusted Student Loan Yields", reflects contractual yields adjusted for premiums paid to purchase loan portfolios and the estimated costs of borrower benefits. Sallie Mae, as the servicer of student loans that it securitizes, will continue to earn fee revenues over the life of the securitized student loan portfolios. The off-balance sheet information presented in the Student Loan Spread Analysis that follows analyzes the on-going fee revenues associated with the securitized portfolios of student loans. 48 61 STUDENT LOAN SPREAD ANALYSIS
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, ------------------- 1997 1996 ------- ------- ON-BALANCE SHEET Adjusted student loan yields.......................................... 7.83% 7.94% Amortization of floor contracts....................................... .12 .02 Floor income.......................................................... .07 .18 Direct OBRA costs..................................................... (.34) (.27) ------- ------- Student loan income................................................... 7.68 7.87 Cost of funds......................................................... (5.51) (5.44) ------- ------- Student loan spread................................................... 2.17% 2.43% ======= ======= Core student loan spread.............................................. 2.10% 2.25% ======= ======= OFF-BALANCE SHEET Servicing and securitization revenue.................................. 1.65% 1.34% ======= ======= AVERAGE BALANCES (IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) Student loans, including participations............................... $33,803 $34,352 Securitized loans..................................................... 6,378 1,363 ------- ------- Managed student loans................................................. $40,181 $35,715 ======= =======
The decrease in the core student loan spread in the first three months of 1997 was due principally to higher OBRA fees and the effect of student loan participations which contractually yield a lower rate than the underlying student loans (discussed below), offset by the revenues from the amortization of upfront payments received from student loan floor contracts. In the third quarter of 1996, Sallie Mae restructured its business relationship with Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase") whereby Sallie Mae and Chase formed a joint venture ("the Chase Joint Venture") that market education loans made by Chase and sold to a trust which holds the loans on behalf of the Joint Venture. The Chase Joint Venture finances the loan purchases through sales of student loan participations to Sallie Mae and Chase. The contractual interest rate paid on student loan participations is a variable rate determined based on the yield of the underlying student loans less amounts to cover servicing and other operating expenses of the Chase Joint Venture. Sallie Mae's investment in the Chase Joint Venture is accounted for using the equity method. At March 31, 1997, the Chase Joint Venture owned $3.6 billion of federally insured education loans, 50 percent of which were financed by participations sold to Sallie Mae. Substantially all of the loans owned by the Chase Joint Venture are serviced by Sallie Mae's servicing subsidiary. Student Loan Floor Revenues The yield to holders of FFELP loans is subsidized on the borrower's behalf by the federal government to provide a market rate of return through the payment of Special Allowance Percentage ("SAP"). Depending on the loan's status and origination date, the SAP increases the yield on loans to a variable 91-day Treasury bill-based rate plus 2.50 percent, 3.10 percent, 3.25 percent or 3.50 percent, if that yield exceeds the borrower's interest rate. The interest rate paid by the borrower is either at a fixed rate or a rate that resets annually. Thus, the yield to holders of student loans varies with the 91-day Treasury bill rate. In low interest rate environments, when the interest rate which the borrower is obligated to pay exceeds the variable rate determined by the SAP formula, the borrower's interest rate which is the minimum interest rate earned on FFELP loans becomes, in effect, a floor rate. The floor enables Sallie Mae to earn wider spreads on these student loans since Sallie Mae's variable cost of funds, which are indexed to the Treasury bill rate, reflects lower market rates. The floor generally becomes a factor when the Treasury bill rate is less than 5.90 percent. For loans which have fixed borrower interest rates, the floor remains a factor until Treasury bill rates rise to a level at which the yield determined by the SAP formula exceeds the borrower's interest rate. For loans with 49 62 annually reset borrower rates, the floor is a factor until either Treasury bill rates rise similarly or the borrower's interest rate is reset, which occurs on July 1 of each year. Under the FFELP program, the majority of loans disbursed after July 1992 have variable borrower interest rates that reset annually. As of March 31, 1997, approximately $32 billion of Sallie Mae's managed student loans were eligible to earn floors ($15 billion with fixed borrower interest rates and $17 billion with variable borrower interest rates that reset annually). During 1996, Sallie Mae "monetized" the value of the floors related to $13 billion of such loans by entering into contracts with third parties under which it agreed to pay the future floor revenues received, in exchange for upfront payments. These upfront payments are being amortized over the remaining lives of these contracts, which is approximately 2 years. The amortization of these payments, which are not dependent on future interest rate levels, is included in core earnings. In the first three months of 1997 and 1996, the amortization contributed $10 million and $2 million, respectively, pre-tax to core earnings. In addition, Sallie Mae earned floor revenues of $6 million (net of $5 million in payments under the floor revenue contracts) and $15 million (net of $1 million in payments under the floor revenue contracts) in the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, as the average bond equivalent 91-day Treasury bill rate was 5.20 percent in the first three months of 1997 versus 5.08 percent in the first three months of 1996. Of the remaining $17 billion of such loans at March 31, 1997, $3 billion were earning floor revenues based upon current interest rates. Securitization In each of the first three months of 1997 and 1996, Sallie Mae completed one securitization transaction in which a total of $2.0 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, of student loans were sold to a special purpose finance subsidiary and by the subsidiary to trusts that issued asset-backed securities to fund the student loans to term. When loans are securitized a gain on sale is recorded that is equal to the present value of the expected net cash flows from the trust taking into account principal, interest and SAP on the student loans less principal and interest payments on the notes and certificates financing the student loans, the cost of servicing the student loans, the estimated cost of Sallie Mae's borrower benefit programs, losses from defaulted loans (which include risk-sharing, claim interest penalties, and reject costs), transaction costs and the current carrying value of the loans including any premiums paid. Accordingly, such gain effectively accelerates recognition of earnings versus the earnings that would have been recorded had the loans remained on the balance sheet. The gains on sales to date have been further reduced by the present value effect of the payment of future offset fees on loans securitized. (See below for discussion of the offset fee litigation.) The pre-tax securitization gains on the transactions recorded totaled $34 million and $10 million in the first three months of 1997 and 1996, respectively. The increase in the gain in the first three months of 1997 was mainly due to the increase in the size of the portfolio, the higher average borrower indebtedness and the longer average life of the portfolio of loans securitized. Gains on future securitizations will continue to vary depending on the characteristics of the loan portfolios securitized as well as the outcome of the offset fee litigation described below. In November 1995, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia ruled, contrary to the Secretary of Education's statutory interpretation, that student loans owned by the securitization trusts are not subject to the 30 basis point annual offset fee which Sallie Mae is required to pay on student loans which it owns. The Department of Education appealed this decision and in January 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia issued a decision affirming the District Court's ruling. However the Court of Appeals remanded the case to the District Court with instructions for remand to the Secretary of Education and on April 29, 1997, the District Court Judge ordered the Department of Education to decide by July 31, 1997, on its final position with respect to whether the fee applies to securitized loans. It is therefore uncertain what the final outcome of this litigation will be. If the final outcome following the remand is that the offset fee is not applicable to loans securitized by Sallie Mae, the gains from prior securitizations would be increased. As of March 31, 1997, such increases would amount to approximately $75 million, pre-tax. Management considers this increase in gains as a contingent asset which will be recognized upon a favorable final ruling in this matter. Offset fees relating to securitizations have not been paid pending the final resolution of the case. 50 63 In addition to the initial gain on sale, Sallie Mae is entitled to the residual cash flows from the trust and servicing fees for continuing to service the loans after they are sold to the trusts. The residual amounts and the servicing fees are reflected as servicing and securitization revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income. To compare nontaxable asset yields to taxable yields on a similar basis, the amounts in the following table are adjusted for the impact of certain tax-exempt and tax-advantaged investments based on the marginal corporate tax rate of 35 percent. NET INTEREST INCOME
THREE MONTHS ENDED INCREASE MARCH 31, (DECREASE) ------------ ------------ 1997 1996 $ % ---- ---- ---- ---- Interest income Student loans.................................................. $640 $672 $(32) (5)% Warehousing advances........................................... 41 58 (17) (29) Academic facilities financings................................. 24 23 1 3 Investments.................................................... 141 134 7 5 Taxable equivalent adjustment.................................. 8 8 - 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- Total taxable equivalent interest income......................... 854 895 (41) (5) Interest expense................................................. 647 655 (8) (1) ---- ---- ---- ---- Taxable equivalent net interest income........................... $207 $240 $(33) (14)% ==== ==== ==== ===
Taxable equivalent net interest income in the first three months of 1997 declined by $33 million from the first three months of 1996. This decline was due to the increase in loans subject to OBRA fees, which reduced taxable equivalent net income and net interest margin by $28 million and .24 percent, respectively, for the first three months of 1997 as compared to $23 million and .19 percent, receptively, for the first three months of 1996. Other factors contributing to the decline were lower student loan floor revenues, decreased spreads on student loans, one less day in the period and a decrease in average student loan assets as loans were securitized. The decreases were partially offset by increased revenue of $8 million from the amortization of upfront payments received from student loan floor contracts. As discussed above under "Securitization", when loans are securitized a gain or loss is recorded, and such gain or loss, along with ongoing securitization and servicing revenues from the trusts, are reflected in "Other Income" on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The decrease in interest income from warehousing advances is due to a decline in the overall level of interest rates as well as to the decrease in the average balance of those assets as Sallie Mae continued to reduce these assets and utilize the capital supporting them to purchase shares of its common stock. The decrease in interest expense is due to the decrease in borrowings caused by the reduction in net interest earning assets. See "-- Rate/Volume Analysis." Allowance for Student Loans The provision for student loan losses is the periodic expense of maintaining an adequate allowance at the amount estimated to be sufficient to absorb possible future losses, net of recoveries inherent in the existing on- balance sheet loan portfolio. In evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company takes into consideration several factors including trends in claims rejected for payment by guarantors, default rate trends on privately-insured loans, and the amount of FFELP loans subject to 2 percent risk-sharing. To recognize these potential losses on student loans, Sallie Mae maintained a reserve of $87 million and $62 million at March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. In the first three months of 1997 and 1996, Sallie Mae increased this reserve by $6 million and $4 million, respectively, due mainly to increased loans subject to risk-sharing. Once a student loan is charged off as a result of an unpaid claim, it is the Company's policy to continue to pursue the recovery of principal and interest. 51 64 Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover anticipated losses in the on-balance sheet student loan portfolio. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant changes. The following table reflects the rates earned on earning assets and paid on liabilities for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996. Managed net interest margin includes net interest income plus gains on securitization sales and servicing and securitization income divided by average managed assets. AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, ----------------------------------- 1997 1996 --------------- --------------- BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE ------- ---- ------- ---- AVERAGE ASSETS Student loans............................................ $33,803 7.68% $34,352 7.87% Warehousing advances..................................... 2,794 5.95 3,748 6.22 Academic facilities financings........................... 1,470 8.44 1,366 8.52 Investments.............................................. 10,069 5.75 9,174 5.98 ------- ---- ------- ---- Total interest earning assets.............................. 48,136 7.20% 48,640 7.40% ==== ==== Non-interest earning assets................................ 2,043 1,773 ------- ------- Total assets............................................... $50,179 $50,413 ======= ======= AVERAGE LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Six month floating rate notes............................ $ 2,986 5.46% $ 2,611 5.39% Other short-term borrowings.............................. 23,366 5.45 16,272 5.39 Long-term notes.......................................... 21,328 5.57 29,203 5.53 ------- ---- ------- ---- Total interest bearing liabilities......................... 47,680 5.50% 48,086 5.48% ==== ==== Non-interest bearing liabilities........................... 1,468 1,270 Stockholders' equity....................................... 1,031 1,057 ------- ------- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity................. $50,179 $50,413 ======= ======= Net interest margin........................................ 1.75% 1.99% ==== ==== Managed net interest margin................................ 1.99% 2.05% ==== ====
The decrease in net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 1997 from the three months ended March 31, 1996 is mainly due to increased OBRA fees and lower floor revenues, offset by the increased revenues from the amortization of upfront payments received from student loan floor contracts. See "-- Rate/Volume Analysis." The decrease in the managed net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 1997 from the three months ended March 31, 1996 is due to the factors mentioned above for the net interest margin offset by an increase in the gain from securitization of $24 million and the increase in servicing and securitization income of $21 million. 52 65 FUNDING COSTS Sallie Mae's borrowings are generally variable rate indexed principally to the 91-day Treasury bill rate. The following table summarizes the average balance of debt (by index after giving effect to the impact of interest rate swaps) for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 (dollars in millions).
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, ---------------------------------------- 1997 1996 ------------------ ------------------ AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE INDEX BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE - --------------------------------------------------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Treasury bill, principally 91-day........................ $34,307 5.50% $36,576 5.43% LIBOR.................................................... 6,429 5.34 9,141 5.48 Discount notes........................................... 5,810 5.32 1,262 5.32 Fixed.................................................... 675 7.08 765 6.71 Zero coupon.............................................. 130 11.12 123 11.09 Other.................................................... 329 5.27 219 5.51 ------- ----- ------- ------- Total.................................................... $47,680 5.50% $48,086 5.48% ======= ===== ======= ======
In the above table, for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, spreads for Treasury bill indexed borrowings averaged .24 percent and .26 percent, respectively, over the weighted average Treasury bill rates for those years and spreads for London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") indexed borrowings averaged .27 percent and .29 percent, respectively, under the weighted average LIBOR rates. The Rate/Volume Analysis below shows the relative contribution of changes in interest rates and asset volumes. RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS
INCREASE (DECREASE) TAXABLE ATTRIBUTABLE EQUIVALENT TO CHANGE IN INCREASE -------------- (DECREASE) RATE VOLUME ---------- ---- ------ FIRST THREE MONTHS OF 1997 VS. FIRST THREE MONTHS OF 1996 Taxable equivalent interest income................................. $(41) $(24) $(17) Interest expense................................................... (8) 5 (13) ------- ---- ------ Taxable equivalent net interest income............................. $(33) $(29) $ (4) ======= ==== ======
The $29 million decrease in taxable equivalent net interest income attributable to the change in rates in the first three months of 1997 was principally due to the decrease of $9 million in floor revenues (net of payments under the floor contracts) in the first three months of 1997 versus 1996, the impact of student loan participations on the student loan spread, increased OBRA costs of $5 million, and lower earning spreads on investments of $5 million. Offsetting the decreases in taxable equivalent net interest income were $8 million of increased revenues from the amortization of the upfront payments received from student loan floor contracts and a higher percentage of student loans relative to average earning assets. OPERATING EXPENSES Operating expenses include general and administrative costs, costs incurred to service Sallie Mae's managed student loan portfolio and operational costs incurred in the process of acquiring student loan portfolios. Total operating expenses as a percentage of average managed student loans were 103 basis points 53 66 and 111 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Operating expenses are summarized in the following tables:
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, ------------------------------------------------------------------ 1997 1996 ------------------------------- ------------------------------- SERVICING SERVICING AND AND CORPORATE ACQUISITION TOTAL CORPORATE ACQUISITION TOTAL --------- ----------- ----- --------- ----------- ----- Salaries and employee benefits........... $ 16 $ 36 $ 52 $ 17 $ 35 $ 52 Occupancy and equipment.................. 4 15 19 7 15 22 Professional fees........................ 4 3 7 2 2 4 Advertising and promotion................ 2 - 2 1 - 1 Office operations........................ 1 7 8 1 8 9 Other.................................... 4 2 6 2 - 2 --------- ----------- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total internal operating expenses........ 31 63 94 30 60 90 Third party servicing costs.............. - 8 8 - 9 9 --------- ----------- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total operating expenses................. $ 31 $ 71 $ 102 $ 30 $ 69 $ 99 ======= ======== ===== ===== ===== ===== Employees at end of the period........... 662 4,071 4,733 776 3,961 4,737 ======= ======== ===== ===== ===== =====
THREE MONTHS ENDED INCREASE/ MARCH 31, (DECREASE) -------------------- ------------ 1997 1996 $ % -------- -------- --- --- Servicing costs........................................... $ 57 $ 51 $ 6 11% Acquisition costs......................................... 14 18 (4) (21) --- --- --- --- Total servicing and acquisition costs..................... $ 71 $ 69 $ 2 3% ==== ==== === ===
The increase of $1 million in corporate operating expenses in the first three months of 1997 versus the first three months of 1996 was mainly due to the increase in professional fees related to the privatization effort and to SEC registration fees, offset in part by a decrease in occupancy costs and a decrease in salaries caused principally by the closing of Sallie Mae's EFCI subsidiary in the fourth quarter of 1996. Servicing costs include all operations and systems costs incurred to service Sallie Mae's portfolio of managed student loans, including fees paid to third party servicers. The 1992 legislated expansion of student eligibility and increases in loan limits resulted in higher average student loan balances which generally command a higher price in the secondary market and contribute to lower servicing costs as a percentage of the average balance of managed student loans. When expressed as a percentage of the managed student loan portfolio, servicing costs averaged 57 basis points and 58 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. This decrease was due principally to increased average student loan balances. Loan acquisition costs are principally costs incurred under the ExportSS(R)("ExportSS") loan origination and administration service, the costs of converting newly acquired portfolios onto Sallie Mae's servicing platform or those of third party servicers and costs of loan consolidation activities. The ExportSS service provides back-office support to clients by performing loan origination and servicing prior to the sale of portfolios to Sallie Mae. Student loans added to the ExportSS pipeline, which represents loan volume serviced by and committed for sale to Sallie Mae, totaled $1.3 billion during the first three months of 1997, compared to $1.4 billion in the first three months of 1996. The decrease occurred as a result of the growth in direct lending by the federal government. The outstanding portfolio of loans serviced for ExportSS lenders totaled $4.0 billion at March 31, 1997, down 10 percent from $4.4 billion at March 31, 1996. This trend is expected to continue commensurately with the growth in direct lending. PRIVATIZATION On September 30, 1996, the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 ("the Privatization Act") was enacted. The Privatization Act authorized the creation of a state-chartered holding 54 67 company (the "Holding Company") that can pursue new business opportunities beyond the limited scope of the GSE's restrictive federal charter. The Holding Company would become the parent of the GSE pursuant to a reorganization which must be approved by a majority vote of the GSE's shareholders, such vote to take place on or before March 31, 1998. On May 15, 1997, Sallie Mae convened a special shareholders meeting pursuant to a combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission to approve a privatization plan and a slate of directors for the new Holding Company. The solicitation was opposed by eight members of Sallie Mae's Board of Directors who are members of the Committee to Restore Value ("CRV") and who obtained shareholder support for a separate shareholders' meeting that was held on May 9, 1997. Neither Sallie Mae management nor the CRV were successful in obtaining the necessary majority approval for adoption of their respective privatization plans. On May 27, 1997, the Company and the CRV announced that they had agreed to jointly hold a new special meeting at which shareholders will vote on a single plan of privatization and reorganization. At the special meeting, shareholders also will select for election to the holding company board of directors either a slate of nominees proposed by a majority of the Sallie Mae Board or a slate of nominees proposed by the CRV. The new special meeting will be held approximately 20 days following the mailing of proxy materials to shareholders. See "-- Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 1994- 1996 -- Privatization; -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." FEDERAL AND STATE TAXES Sallie Mae maintains a portfolio of tax-advantaged assets principally to support education-related financing activities. That portfolio was primarily responsible for the decrease in the effective federal income tax rate from the statutory rate of 35 percent to 31 percent in the first three months of 1997 and 1996. Sallie Mae is exempt from all state, local, and District of Columbia income, franchise, sales and use, personal property and other taxes, except for real property taxes. However, this tax exemption is effective at the GSE level and does not apply to its operating subsidiaries. Under the Privatization Act, after the Holding Company's formation, the Company's GSE and non-GSE activities would be separated, with non-GSE activities being subject to taxation at the state and local level. State taxes are expected to be immaterial in 1997 as the majority of the Company's business activities will relate to the GSE. As increasing business activities occur outside of the GSE, the effects of state and local taxes are expected to increase accordingly. As a government-sponsored enterprise, Sallie Mae is exempt from certain state and local taxes. Earnings of non-GSE units would not be exempt from such taxes. As the proportion of the Company's earnings generated by the non-GSE units increases over time, the expense associated with such taxes will increase. When fully phased in, management estimates that the Company's effective tax rate will be increased by approximately 5 percentage points. In addition, state and local sales and property taxes ultimately are expected to increase operating expenses by approximately 2 to 3 percent. Management believes the gradual imposition of such taxes represents the single most significant cost of privatization. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES In the first three months of 1997, student loan purchases totaled $2.1 billion, down 8 percent from $2.3 billion in the first three months of 1996. Included in the $2.1 billion of student loan purchases was approximately $400 million of student loan participations from the Chase Joint Venture. Approximately two-thirds of non-joint venture purchase volume in the first three months of 1997 was derived from Sallie Mae's base of commitment clients, particularly those who used the ExportSS loan origination service. Sallie Mae secures financing to fund the purchase of insured student loans along with its other operations by issuing debt securities in the domestic and overseas capital markets, through public offerings and private placements of U.S. dollar and foreign currency denominated debt of varying maturities and interest rate characteristics. Sallie Mae's debt securities are currently rated at the highest credit rating level by Moody's Investors Service and Standard & Poor's. Historically, the rating agencies' ratings of Sallie Mae have been largely a factor of its status as a GSE. 55 68 The Privatization Act effectively requires that Sallie Mae maintain a minimum statutory capital adequacy ratio (the ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets plus 50 percent of the credit equivalent amount of certain off-balance sheet items) of at least 2 percent until January 1, 2000 and 2.25 percent thereafter or be subject to certain "safety and soundness" requirements designed to restore such statutory ratio. Management anticipates being able to fund the increase in required capital from Sallie Mae's current and retained earnings. At March 31, 1997, Sallie Mae's statutory capital adequacy ratio was 2.08 percent. Additionally, the Privatization Act now requires management, prior to the payment of dividends by Sallie Mae, to certify to the Secretary of the Treasury, that after giving effect to the payment of dividends, the statutory capital ratio test would have been met at the time the dividend was declared. See "-- Years ended December 31, 1994-1996 -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." Sallie Mae uses interest rate and foreign currency swaps (collateralized where appropriate), purchases of U.S. Treasury securities and other hedging techniques to reduce the exposure to interest rate and currency fluctuations that arise from its financing activities and to match the characteristics of its variable interest rate earning assets. See "-- Interest Rate Risk Management". During the first three months of 1997, Sallie Mae issued $1.3 billion of long-term notes to refund maturing and repurchased obligations. At March 31, 1997, Sallie Mae had $13.7 billion of outstanding long-term debt issues with stated maturities that could be accelerated through call provisions. Sallie Mae also funds its student loan assets through securitizations. Sallie Mae has issued adjustable rate cumulative preferred stock, common stock, common stock warrants and puts, and subordinated debentures convertible to common stock, to diversify its funding sources. During the first three months of 1997, Sallie Mae repurchased 1.3 million shares of its common stock, leaving 52.8 million shares outstanding at March 31, 1997. For the past few years the company has operated near the statutory minimum capital ratio of 2.00 percent of risk adjusted assets required under its GSE charter. Capital in excess of such amounts has been used to repurchase common shares. During 1997, management anticipates using current earnings to repurchase 7 to 9 percent of the shares outstanding at the beginning of the year. See "-- Years ended December 31, 1994-1996 -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." Cash Flows In the first three months of 1997, operating activities provided net cash inflows of $626 million, an increase of $446 million from the first three months of 1996. This increase was due mainly to the increase in other liabilities of $264 million and to the increase in net income of $16 million. Investing activities provided $975 million in cash in the first three months of 1997, a decrease of $824 million from the cash provided in the first three months of 1996 as Sallie Mae reduced investments by $874 million and warehousing advances by $527 million in the three months ended March 31, 1996 versus an increase of $245 million in investments and a decrease of $256 million in warehousing advances in 1997. In addition, Sallie Mae had purchases, net of repayment, claims and resales of student loans and student loan participations of $1.1 billion in 1997 versus $1.0 billion in 1996 and securitized $2.0 billion of student loans in 1997 versus $1.5 billion in 1996. Financing activities used $1.8 billion in cash in the first three months of 1997 as Sallie Mae repaid a net $3.6 billion in long-term notes and saw an increase in net short-term borrowings of $2.0 billion. As student loans are securitized the need for long-term financing of these assets on balance sheet will decrease. Interest Rate Risk Management Sallie Mae's principal objective in financing its loan assets is to minimize its sensitivity to changing interest rates by matching the interest rate characteristics of borrowings to specific assets in order to lock in spreads. Sallie Mae funds its floating rate loan assets (most of which have weekly rate resets) with variable rate debt and fixed rate debt converted to variable rates with interest rate swaps. To achieve a more precise match of interest rate characteristics between loan assets and their related liabilities, Sallie Mae has effectively converted some of its variable rate debt to a different variable rate index with interest rate swaps. At March 31, 1997, $18.4 billion of fixed rate debt and $3.8 billion of variable rate debt were matched with interest rate swaps and foreign currency agreements. Fixed rate debt at March 31, 1997 also funded fixed rate warehousing advances and academic facilities financings. Investments were funded on a "pooled" approach, 56 69 i.e., the pool of liabilities that funds the investment portfolio has an average rate and maturity or reset date that corresponds to the average rate and maturity or reset date of the investments which they fund. In both its match funding activities for its loan assets and its pool funding activities for its investments, Sallie Mae enters into various financial instrument contracts in the normal course of business to reduce interest rate risk and foreign currency exposure on certain of its borrowings. These financial instrument contracts include interest rate swaps, interest rate cap and collar agreements, foreign currency swaps, forward currency exchange agreements, options on currency exchange agreements, options on securities, and financial futures contracts. In the table below Sallie Mae's variable rate assets and liabilities are categorized by reset date of the underlying index. Fixed rate assets and liabilities are categorized based on their maturity dates. An interest rate gap is the difference between volumes of assets and volumes of liabilities maturing or repricing during specific future time intervals. Nonperforming loans are included in the analysis based on their underlying interest rate characteristics. The following gap analysis reflects rate-sensitive positions at March 31, 1997 and is not necessarily reflective of positions that existed throughout the period.
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY PERIOD -------------------------------------------------------------- 3 MONTHS 6 MONTHS 3 MONTHS TO TO 1 TO 2 2 TO 5 OVER 5 OR LESS 6 MONTHS 1 YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------ ASSETS Student loans............................ $ 29,614 $ 3,233 $ - $ - $ - $ - Warehousing advances..................... 2,496 18 2 1 - 16 Academic facilities financings........... 161 10 18 35 230 951 Cash and investments..................... 5,706 18 12 26 202 1,774 Other assets............................. - - - - - 1,807 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------ Total assets........................ 37,977 3,279 32 62 432 4,548 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Short-term borrowings.................... 14,193 4,609 4,201 - - - Long-term notes.......................... 6,864 57 - 3,056 9,364 761 Other liabilities........................ - - - - - 2,215 Stockholders' equity..................... - - - - - 1,010 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------ Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............................ 21,057 4,666 4,201 3,056 9,364 3,986 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------ OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Interest rate swaps...................... 15,504 302 (4,200) (3,014) (9,250) 658 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------ Period gap............................... $ 1,416 $ (1,689) $ 31 $ 20 $ 318 $ (96) ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ===== Cumulative gap........................... $ 1,416 $ (273) $ (242) $ (222) $ 96 $ - ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ===== Ratio of interest-sensitive assets to interest-sensitive liabilities......... 180.4% 70.3% .8% 2.0% 4.6% 360.2% ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ===== Ratio of cumulative gap to total assets................................. 3.1% .6% .5% .5% .2% -% ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== =====
In low interest rate environments, floor revenues on student loans cause the margins on these loans to widen beyond the locked-in spreads. See "-- Results of Operations -- Student Loan Floor Revenues." Such loans continue to be classified in the three months or less category in the table above, reflecting the fact that as interest rates rise these assets will resume their weekly rate reset. 57 70 The weighted average remaining terms to maturity of Sallie Mae's earning assets and borrowings at March 31, 1997 were 5.5 years and 2.0 years, respectively. The following table reflects the average terms to maturity for Sallie Mae's earning assets and liabilities at March 31, 1997: AVERAGE TERMS TO MATURITY (IN YEARS) EARNING ASSETS Student loans.................................................................. 6.0 Warehousing advances........................................................... 1.5 Academic facilities financings................................................. 8.0 Cash and investments........................................................... 5.0 --- Total earning assets........................................................... 5.5 --- BORROWINGS Short-term borrowings.......................................................... .5 Long-term borrowings........................................................... 3.5 --- Total borrowings............................................................... 2.0 ---
In the above table, Treasury receipts and variable rate asset-backed securities, although generally liquid in nature, extend the weighted average remaining term to maturity of cash and investments to 5.0 years. As loans are securitized, the need for long-term on-balance sheet financing will decrease. PREFERRED STOCK Preferred stock dividends are cumulative and payable quarterly at 4.50 percentage points below the highest yield of certain long-term and short-term United States Treasury obligations. The dividend rate for any dividend period will not be less than 5 percent per annum nor greater than 14 percent per annum. For the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, the preferred stock dividend rate was 5.00 percent and reduced net income attributable to common stock by $2.7 million, respectively. The Privatization Act requires that on the dissolution date of September 30, 2008, the GSE shall repurchase or redeem, or make proper provisions for repurchase or redemption of any outstanding preferred stock. Sallie Mae has the option of effecting an earlier dissolution if certain conditions are met. OTHER RELATED EVENTS AND INFORMATION Status of Direct Lending As of March 31, 1997, approximately 1,525 colleges and universities were participating in the Federal Direct Student Loan Program ("FDSLP") for the 1996-97 academic year. Based on Department of Education reports, management estimates that direct loan volume did not achieve its target market share of 40 percent of total student loan originations. Management estimates that Direct Loans accounted for approximately 31 percent of total student loan volume in the 1995-96 academic year, up from approximately 7 percent in the 1994-95 academic year. The FDLSP has a legislated market share goal of 50 percent for the 1996-1997 academic year. In recent years as the FDSLP has grown, the volume of loans originated by banks and other participants under the FFELP has been adversely impacted. Historically, Sallie Mae has purchased the majority of its student loans as they near the repayment phase which commences after a borrower leaves school. On average there is a two to three year lag between the date a loan is originated and the date it enters repayment. This lag has delayed the adverse affect of FDSLP originations on Sallie Mae's purchases of student loans. As the volume of FDSLP loans reaching the repayment phase increases, Sallie Mae's percentage share of the overall student loan market will decline. In 1994, the Department of Education began to offer existing FFELP borrowers the opportunity to refinance FFELP loans into FDSLP loans. As of March 31, 1997, approximately $463 million of FFELP loans owned by Sallie Mae have been accepted for refinancing into FDSLP loans. 58 71 Approximately $333 million have been refinanced into FDSLP loans with the remainder awaiting disbursement by the federal government. OBRA provides that the special allowance for student loans made on or after July 1, 1998 will be based on the U.S. Treasury security with comparable maturity plus 1.0 percent for Stafford, Unsubsidized Stafford, and PLUS loans. See Appendix C. The Secretary of Education has not adopted regulations specifying the U.S. Treasury security on which these interest rates will be based or how often the special allowance rate will reset. Borrower rates are reset annually. Sallie Mae management believes that the comparable maturity security will be the 10-year Treasury Note. Depending on the specifics of the regulations, these changes could adversely impact the FFELP market and Sallie Mae's business, because of the uncertain availability and costs of funding to support this new type of instrument. Representatives of the student loan industry are currently engaged in discussions with congressional staff concerning possible legislative modification of this OBRA provision. OBRA also requires Sallie Mae to act as a lender of last resort to make FFELP loans when other private lenders are not available. Such loans receive a 100 percent guarantee and are not subject to the 30 basis point offset fee on loans held by Sallie Mae. If the Secretary of Education determines that Sallie Mae is not adequately implementing this provision, the offset fee paid by Sallie Mae could be increased from 30 basis points to 100 basis points. Legislated expansion of student eligibility as well as increases in student and parent loan limits have increased the volume of national loan originations. FFELP originations rose nearly 30 percent year-to-year to about $23 billion for the 1994 federal fiscal year ended September 30, 1994. During the 1995 federal fiscal year, FFELP originations declined to $21 billion due to FDSLP originations totaling $5 billion. Management expects FFELP originations to have declined a similar amount in the 1996 federal fiscal year and to be flat in 1997. In the meantime, however, the competition for FFELP loans has intensified at both the originating and secondary market levels due mainly to the reduced volume and to securitization of student loans, which has developed into a significant funding alternative for FFELP lenders. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share", which is required to be adopted on December 15, 1997. At that time, the Company will be required to change the method used to compute earnings per share and to restate all prior periods. Under the new requirements for calculating primary earnings per share, the dilutive effect of stock options will be excluded. The adoption is expected to have no material impact on Sallie Mae's reported earnings per share. Other Related Events On February 6, 1997, President Clinton submitted his Fiscal Year 1998 budget proposal to Congress. In an effort to achieve a balanced federal budget by 2002, the President has proposed a number of budget savings affecting the FFELP. Included in these savings are proposals to reduce the yield on student loans during the in-school, grace and deferment periods, to decrease loan insurance from 98 percent of claim amount to 95 percent, to require lenders rather than the government to compensate guarantors for their assistance in default prevention, and to extend the Sallie Mae offset fee to loans sold by Sallie Mae as part of securitized transactions. In addition, the President has proposed a significant restructuring of guaranty agency finances and operations. None of the proposals affecting lenders and secondary markets was included in the agreement on the budget which the President subsequently reached with the Congressional leadership or in the budget resolution passed by the Congress based upon that agreement. The agreement does call for the return of $1 billion in guarantee agency reserves in fiscal year 2002, although such provisions would not adversely affect the Company. Legislation implementing the budget resolution is now under consideration by both houses of the Congress. 59 72 On April 17, 1997, House Ways and Means Committee Chairman Bill Archer, Senate Finance Committee Chairman William V. Roth, Jr., and ranking Senate Finance Committee minority member Daniel Patrick Moynihan proposed legislation (the "Proposed Legislation") which would prevent Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code from applying, except as provided in Treasury Department regulations, to any distribution of stock made by one member of an affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated return to another member. Subject to various transition rules, the Proposed Legislation is proposed to be effective for intragroup distributions occurring after April 16, 1997. It is not possible to determine at this time whether and in what form the Proposed Legislation may be enacted into law, nor is it possible to determine the ultimate effective dates of any such legislation. If the Proposed Legislation were enacted in its current form with applicable effective dates, however, any ability that the Holding Company might have to effect a tax-free distribution of the stock of any subsidiaries transferred to the Holding Company as part of the privatization could be eliminated. The Holding Company has no current plans to make any such distributions. 60 73 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994-1996 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
INCREASE (DECREASE) ---------------------------- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 1996 VS. 1995 VS. 31, 1995 1994 ----------------------- ------------ ----------- 1996 1995 1994 $ % $ % ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ---- --- Net interest income........................ $ 866 $ 901 $ 981 $ (35) (4)% $(80) (8)% Other operating income..................... 147 50 14 97 191 36 265 Operating expenses......................... 406 439 390 (33) (8) 49 13 Federal income taxes....................... 183 141 176 42 30 (35) (20) ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ---- --- Income before premiums on debt extinguished............................. 424 371 429 53 14 (58) (14) Premiums on debt extinguished, net of tax...................................... (5) (5) (9) - 2 4 47 ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ---- --- NET INCOME................................. 419 366 420 53 15 (54) (13) Preferred stock dividend................... 11 11 11 - - - - ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ---- --- Net income attributable to common stock.... $ 408 $ 355 $ 409 $ 53 15% $(54) (13)% ===== ===== ===== ===== === ==== === EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE.................. $7.32 $5.27 $5.13 $2.05 39% $.14 3% ===== ===== ===== ===== === ==== === Dividends per common share................. $1.64 $1.51 $1.42 $ .13 9% $.09 6% ===== ===== ===== ===== === ==== === CORE EARNINGS.............................. $ 391 $ 361 $ 356 $ 30 8% $ 5 1% ===== ===== ===== ===== === ==== ===
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
INCREASE (DECREASE) --------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, 1996 VS. 1995 1995 VS. 1994 ------------------ -------------- -------------- 1996 1995 $ % $ % ------- ------- ------- --- ------- --- ASSETS Student loans............................. $33,754 $34,336 $ (582) (2)% $ 3,965 13% Warehousing advances...................... 2,790 3,865 (1,075) (28) (3,167) (45) Academic facilities financings............ 1,473 1,313 160 12 (235) (15) Cash and investments...................... 7,706 8,867 (1,161) (13) (3,830) (30) Other assets.............................. 1,907 1,621 286 18 308 23 ------- ------- ------- --- ------- --- Total assets.............................. $47,630 $50,002 $(2,372) (5)% $(2,959) (6)% ======= ======= ======= === ======= === LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Short-term borrowings..................... $22,157 $17,447 $ 4,710 27% $ 1,431 9% Long-term notes........................... 22,606 30,083 (7,477) (25) (4,236) (12) Other liabilities......................... 1,819 1,391 428 31 236 20 ------- ------- ------- --- ------- --- Total liabilities......................... 46,582 48,921 (2,339) (5) (2,569) (5) ------- ------- ------- --- ------- --- Stockholders' equity before treasury stock................................... 1,585 3,876 (2,291) (59) 470 14 Common stock held in treasury at cost..... 537 2,795 (2,258) (81) 860 44 ------- ------- ------- --- ------- --- Total stockholders' equity................ 1,048 1,081 (33) (3) (390) (27) ------- ------- ------- --- ------- --- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.................................. $47,630 $50,002 $(2,372) (5)% $(2,959) (6)% ======= ======= ======= === ======= ===
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Sallie Mae's net income was $419 million ($7.32 per common share) for 1996 compared to $366 million ($5.27 per common share) in 1995. The net income increase of $53 million (15 percent) in 1996 was primarily a result of continued growth in managed student loan assets and, on an after-tax basis, the effect of accelerating income recognition associated with the securitization of student loans of $14 million, lower short-term U.S. Treasury rates which resulted in 61 74 an increase of $19 million in floor revenues, lower operating expenses of $21 million and $6 million due to the reversal of a previously established loss reserve based on the successful outcome of a lawsuit against the federal government regarding SAP on certain student loans. These positive factors were somewhat offset by the increase in loans subject to Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ("OBRA") fees, as discussed below, and $9 million in additions to other student loan loss reserves unrelated to risk-sharing on FFELP loans. Earnings per common share were further enhanced by repurchases of 4.6 million shares (8 percent of shares outstanding) in 1996. The 1995 net income of $366 million decreased $54 million (13 percent) from 1994 due principally to higher short-term U.S. Treasury rates which resulted in a decrease in after-tax floor revenues of $73 million, somewhat offset by higher after-tax gains on sales of securities of $16 million. The 1995 earnings per common share were $5.27, an increase of $.14 (3 percent) from 1994, largely a result of Sallie Mae's repurchase of 16.1 million common shares (22 percent of shares outstanding) during 1995. OBRA imposed legislative fees and risk-sharing on Sallie Mae and other participants in the Federal Family Education Loan Program ("FFELP") including an offset fee applicable only to Sallie Mae, consolidation loan rebate fees, and risk-sharing on defaulted loans applicable to all FFELP participants. The impact of these fees and reserves for risk-sharing on Sallie Mae's on-balance sheet portfolio of student loans reduced net income by $62 million, $37 million and $17 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. In addition to these fees, OBRA also imposed other yield reductions on all FFELP participants, principally loan origination fees paid to the federal government and reduced SAP during the period when a borrower is not in an active repayment status. Sallie Mae effectively shares the impact of these costs through the pricing of loan portfolios it purchases in the secondary market. Management believes the spreads earned on Sallie Mae's portfolio of student loans will continue to be adversely affected as a result of these changes to the FFELP program for the next several years as older loans in its portfolio, which were not affected by OBRA, amortize and are replaced by more recently originated loans which are affected by OBRA. Core Earnings and Core Student Loan Spread Important measures of Sallie Mae's operating performance are core earnings and the core student loan spread. Core earnings is defined as Sallie Mae's net income less the after-tax effect of floor revenues and other one-time charges. Management believes that these measures, which are not measures under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), are important because they depict Sallie Mae's earnings before the effects of one-time events such as floor revenues which are largely outside of Sallie Mae's control. Management believes that core earnings as defined, while not necessarily comparable to other companies use of similar terminology, provide for meaningful period to period comparisons as a basis for analyzing trends in Sallie Mae's core student loan operations. The following table analyzes the earning spreads on student loans for 1996, 1995 and 1994. The line captioned "Adjusted Student Loan Yields", reflects contractual yields adjusted for premiums paid to purchase loan portfolios and the estimated costs of borrower benefits. Sallie Mae, as the servicer of student loans that it securitizes, will continue to earn fee revenues over the life of the securitized student loan portfolios. The off-balance sheet information presented in the Student Loan Spread Analysis that follows analyzes the on-going fee revenues associated with the securitized portfolios of student loans. 62 75 STUDENT LOAN SPREAD ANALYSIS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------ 1996 1995 1994 ------- ------- ------- ON-BALANCE SHEET Adjusted student loan yields........................... 7.92% 8.40% 7.29% Amortization of floor swap payments.................... .07 - - Floor income........................................... .13 .04 .44 Direct OBRA costs...................................... (.29) (.17) (.09) ------- ------- ------- Student loan income.................................... 7.83 8.27 7.64 Cost of funds.......................................... (5.49) (5.95) (4.69) ------- ------- ------- Student loan spread.................................... 2.34% 2.32% 2.95% ======= ======= ======= Core student loan spread............................... 2.21% 2.28% 2.51% ======= ======= ======= OFF-BALANCE SHEET Servicing and securitization revenue................... 1.43% .80% -% ======= ======= ======= AVERAGE BALANCES (IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) Student loans, including participations................ $33,273 $32,758 $28,642 Securitized loans...................................... 4,020 177 - ------- ------- ------- Managed student loans.................................. $37,293 $32,935 $28,642 ======= ======= =======
The decrease in the core student loan spread in 1996 was due principally to higher OBRA fees, the effect of student loan participations which contractually yield a lower rate than the underlying student loans (discussed below), and increased student loan loss reserves, offset by the revenues from the amortization of upfront payments received from student loan floor contracts and a one-time gain from the reversal of a previously established loss reserve due to the successful outcome of litigation related to SAP payments on certain loans. The decrease in the core student loan spread in 1995 was due principally to higher OBRA fees and higher student loan premium amortization on student loans acquired in recent years due to increased competition. In the third quarter of 1996, Sallie Mae restructured its business relationship with Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase") whereby Sallie Mae and Chase formed a joint venture ("the Chase Joint Venture") that will market education loans to be made by Chase and sold to a trust which holds the loans on behalf of the Joint Venture. The Chase Joint Venture finances the loan purchases through sales of student loan participations to Sallie Mae and Chase. The contractual interest rate paid on student loan participations is a variable rate determined based on the yield of the underlying student loans less amounts to cover servicing and other operating expenses of the Chase Joint Venture. Sallie Mae's investment in the Chase Joint Venture is accounted for using the equity method. At December 31, 1996, the Chase Joint Venture owned $2.9 billion of federally insured education loans with substantially all of the loans serviced by Sallie Mae's servicing subsidiary. Student Loan Floor Revenues The yield to holders of FFELP loans is subsidized on the borrower's behalf by the federal government to provide a market rate of return through the payment of SAP. Depending on the loan's status and origination date, the SAP increases the yield on loans to a variable 91-day Treasury bill-based rate plus 2.50 percent, 3.10 percent, 3.25 percent or 3.50 percent, if that yield exceeds the borrower's interest rate. The interest rate paid by the borrower is either at a fixed rate or a rate that resets annually. Thus, the yield to holders of student loans varies with the 91-day Treasury bill rate. In low interest rate environments, when the interest rate which the borrower is obligated to pay exceeds the variable rate determined by the SAP formula, the borrower's interest rate which is the minimum interest rate earned on FFELP loans becomes, in effect, a floor rate. The floor enables Sallie Mae to earn wider spreads on these student loans since Sallie Mae's variable cost of funds, which are indexed to the Treasury bill rate, reflects lower market rates. The floor generally becomes a factor when the Treasury bill rate is less than 5.90 percent. For loans which have fixed borrower interest rates, the 63 76 floor remains a factor until Treasury bill rates rise to a level at which the yield determined by the SAP formula exceeds the borrower's interest rate. For loans with annually reset borrower rates, the floor is a factor until either Treasury bill rates rise or the borrower's interest rate is reset which occurs on July 1 of each year. Under the FFELP program, the majority of loans disbursed after July 1992 have variable borrower interest rates that reset annually. As of December 31, 1996, approximately $30 billion of Sallie Mae's managed student loans were eligible to earn floors ($16 billion with fixed borrower interest rates and $14 billion with variable borrower interest rates that reset annually). During 1996, Sallie Mae "monetized" the value of the floors related to $13 billion of such loans by entering into contracts with third parties under which it agreed to pay the future floor revenues received, in exchange for upfront payments. These upfront payments are being amortized over the remaining lives of these contracts, which is approximately 2 years. The amortization of these payments, which are not dependent on future interest rate levels, is included in core earnings. In 1996, the amortization contributed $22 million pre-tax to core earnings. In addition, Sallie Mae earned $43 million net of $12 million in payments under the floor revenue contracts, $14 million and $126 million in floor revenues in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, as the average bond equivalent 91-day Treasury bill rate was 5.16 percent in 1996 versus 5.68 percent in 1995 and 4.38 percent in 1994. Of the remaining $17 billion of such loans at December 31, 1996, $9 billion were earning floor revenues based upon current interest rates. Securitization During 1996 Sallie Mae completed four securitization transactions in which a total of $6.0 billion of student loans was sold to a special purpose finance subsidiary and by the subsidiary to trusts that issued asset-backed securities to fund the student loans to term. When loans are securitized a gain on sale is recorded that is equal to the present value of the expected net cash flows from the trust taking into account principal, interest and SAP on the student loans less principal and interest payments on the notes and certificates financing the student loans, the cost of servicing the student loans, the estimated cost of Sallie Mae's borrower benefit programs, losses from defaulted loans (which include risk-sharing, claim interest penalties, and reject costs), transaction costs and the current carrying value of the loans including any premiums paid. Accordingly, such gain effectively accelerates recognition of earnings versus the earnings that would have been recorded had the loans remained on the balance sheet. The gains on sales to date have been reduced by the present value effect of the payment of future offset fees on loans securitized. (See below for further discussion of the offset fee litigation.) The pre-tax securitization gains on the transactions recorded in 1996 totaled $49 million and were immaterial for 1995. Gains on future securitizations will vary depending on the characteristics of the loan portfolios securitized as well as the outcome of the offset fee litigation described below. In November 1995, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia ruled, contrary to the Secretary of Education's statutory interpretation, that student loans owned by the securitization trusts are not subject to the 30 basis point annual offset fee which Sallie Mae is required to pay on student loans which it owns. The Department of Education appealed this decision. On January 10, 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit struck down the Secretary of Education's interpretation that the 30 basis point offset fee (contained in the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993) applies to any loan in which Sallie Mae holds a direct or indirect interest, including securitized student loans. The Court of Appeals ruled that the fee applies only to loans that Sallie Mae owns and remanded the case to the District Court with instructions to remand the matter to the Secretary of Education. In addition, the Court of Appeals upheld the constitutionality of the offset fee, which applies annually with respect to the principal amount of student loans that Sallie Mae holds and that were acquired on or after August 10, 1993. On April 29, 1997, U.S. District Court Judge Stanley Sporkin ordered the U.S. Department of Education to decide, by July 31, 1997, on its final position with respect to the application of the offset fee to loans which Sallie Mae has securitized. If the final outcome following the remand is that the offset fee is not applicable to loans securitized by Sallie Mae, the gains resulting from prior securitizations would be increased. As of December 31, 1996, the gains resulting from such securitizations would have been increased by approximately $55 million, pre-tax. Management considers this increase in gains as a contingent asset which will be 64 77 recognized upon a favorable final ruling in this matter. Offset fees relating to securitizations have not been paid pending the final resolution of the case. In addition to the initial gain on sale, Sallie Mae is entitled to the residual earnings from the trust. Although the loans are sold to the trusts, Sallie Mae continues to service such loans for a fee. The residual earnings and the fees for servicing the loans are reflected as servicing and securitization revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income. To compare nontaxable asset yields to taxable yields on a similar basis, the amounts in the following table are adjusted for the impact of certain tax-exempt and tax-advantaged investments based on the marginal corporate tax rate of 35 percent. NET INTEREST INCOME
INCREASE (DECREASE) ----------------------------- 1996 VS. 1995 VS. YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 1994 -------------------------- ------------ ------------ 1996 1995 1994 $ % $ % ------ ------ ------ ----- --- ---- --- Interest income Student loans........................ $2,607 $2,708 $2,189 $(101) (4)% $519 24% Warehousing advances................. 194 408 334 (214) (53) 74 22 Academic facilities financings....... 100 108 102 (8) (7) 6 6 Investments.......................... 542 697 499 (155) (22) 198 40 Taxable equivalent adjustment........ 36 52 54 (16) (30) (2) (5) ------ ------ ------ ----- --- ---- --- Total taxable equivalent interest income............................... 3,479 3,973 3,178 (494) (12) 795 25 Interest expense....................... 2,577 3,020 2,143 (443) (15) 877 41 ------ ------ ------ ----- --- ---- --- Taxable equivalent net interest income............................... $ 902 $ 953 $1,035 $ (51) (5)% $(82) (8)% ====== ====== ====== ===== === ==== ==
Taxable equivalent net interest income in 1996 declined by $51 million from 1995. This decline was due to the increase in loans subject to OBRA fees such as the 30 basis point offset fee (unique to Sallie Mae) and risk sharing on claim payments (applicable to loans originated on or after October 1, 1993) plus loan origination fees and rebates to the Department of Education on consolidation loans. Other factors contributing to the decline in taxable equivalent net interest income include an increase in the non-risk sharing loss reserves for student loans of $14 million and lower average earning assets of $4.4 billion. In total, the impact of OBRA on income from student loans, including the fees paid directly by Sallie Mae and reserves for risk-sharing on claims payments, reduced taxable equivalent net interest income and net interest margin by $96 million and .20 percent, respectively, in 1996 as compared to $57 million and .11 percent, respectively, in 1995 and $26 million and .05 percent in 1994, respectively. These negative factors were somewhat offset by the continued growth in managed student loan assets, lower short-term Treasury rates which result in higher floor revenue of $29 million and the reversal of a previously established reserve of $9 million as a result of the successful outcome of the SAP litigation. The decrease in interest income from warehousing advances and investments is due to a decline in the overall level of interest rates as well as to the decrease in the average balance of those assets as Sallie Mae reduced these assets and utilized the capital supporting them to purchase shares of its common stock. Since Sallie Mae's borrowings are largely variable rate in nature the year over year decrease in interest expense is reflective of the level of interest rates in general. In addition, the absolute level of borrowings decreased as the balance sheet was reduced in size through the securitization of student loans as well as the aforementioned reductions in the investment and warehousing advance portfolios. See "-- Rate/Volume Analysis." Taxable equivalent net interest income in 1995 declined by $82 million from 1994 due primarily to student loan floor revenues totaling $14 million in 1995 compared to $126 million in floor revenues in 1994 and the increased effects of OBRA on student loan spreads. Also contributing to the decline in student loan spreads were the relatively lower spreads earned on student loans acquired in recent years due to increased competition in the secondary market for student loan portfolios. These factors were somewhat offset by a higher percentage of student loans relative to average earning assets. 65 78 Allowance for Student Loans The provision for student loan losses is the periodic expense of maintaining an adequate allowance at the amount estimated to be sufficient to absorb possible future losses, net of recoveries inherent in the existing on- balance sheet loan portfolio. In evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company takes into consideration several factors including trends in claims rejected for payment by guarantors and the amount of FFELP loans subject to 2 percent risk-sharing. To recognize these potential losses on student loans, Sallie Mae maintained a reserve of $84 million, $60 million and $65 million at December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. In 1996, Sallie Mae increased this reserve by $20 million due to increasing default rates on privately-insured loans. The provision for loan losses, net of recoveries, did not change materially in 1995 and 1994. Once a student loan is charged off as a result of an unpaid claim, it is the Company's policy to continue to pursue the recovery of principal and interest. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover anticipated losses in the on-balance sheet student loan portfolio. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant changes. The following table reflects the rates earned on earning assets and paid on liabilities for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994. Managed net interest margin includes net interest income plus gains on securitization sales and servicing and securitization income divided by average managed assets. AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------------------------------- 1996 1995 1994 --------------- --------------- --------------- BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE ------- ---- ------- ---- ------- ---- AVERAGE ASSETS Student loans............................ $33,273 7.83% $32,758 8.27% $28,642 7.64% Warehousing advances..................... 3,206 6.04 6,342 6.43 6,981 4.82 Academic facilities financings........... 1,500 8.43 1,527 8.92 1,489 8.62 Investments.............................. 9,444 5.85 11,154 6.46 11,283 4.65 ------- ---- ------- ---- ------- ---- Total interest earning assets.............. 47,423 7.34% 51,781 7.67% 48,395 6.57% ==== ==== ==== Non-interest earning assets................ 1,858 1,673 1,240 ------- ------- ------- Total assets............................... $49,281 $53,454 $49,635 ======= ======= ======= AVERAGE LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Six month floating rate notes............ $ 2,485 5.42% $ 3,609 5.86% $ 3,410 4.52% Other short-term borrowings.............. 18,366 5.43 11,802 5.88 13,167 4.43 Long-term notes.......................... 26,024 5.55 35,373 5.98 30,397 4.62 ------- ---- ------- ---- ------- ---- Total interest bearing liabilities......... 46,875 5.50% 50,784 5.95% 46,974 4.56% ==== ==== ==== Non-interest bearing liabilities........... 1,377 1,237 977 Stockholders' equity....................... 1,029 1,433 1,684 ------- ------- ------- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity................................... $49,281 $53,454 $49,635 ======= ======= ======= Net interest margin........................ 1.90% 1.84% 2.14% ==== ==== ==== Managed net interest margin................ 1.96% 1.84% -% ==== ==== ====
The increase in net interest margin in 1996 from 1995 is due to the increase in higher yielding student loans as a percentage of overall average assets which were offset by increased OBRA costs. The increase in managed net interest margin in 1996 is due to the increase in securitization gains of $49 million and servicing and securitization income of $56 million as Sallie Mae securitized $6 billion of student loans in 1996 versus $1 billion in 1995. The decrease in net interest margin from 1994 to 1995 is mainly attributable to the decline in student loan floor revenues to $14 million in 1995 from $126 million of student loan floor revenues in 1994 and the increase in OBRA costs. 66 79 FUNDING COSTS Sallie Mae's borrowings are generally variable rate indexed principally to the 91-day Treasury bill rate. The following table summarizes the average balance of debt (by index after giving effect to the impact of interest rate swaps) for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 (dollars in millions).
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------------------------------------------- 1996 1995 1994 ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE INDEX BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE - ---------------------------------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Treasury bill, principally 91-day....... $35,375 5.48% $34,039 5.93% $31,204 4.70% LIBOR................................... 7,797 5.38 14,290 5.87 11,888 4.03 Discount notes.......................... 2,694 5.35 1,209 5.85 2,718 4.48 Fixed................................... 720 6.81 811 6.68 792 6.60 Zero coupon............................. 123 11.12 123 11.06 111 11.06 Other................................... 166 4.93 312 6.11 261 5.71 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Total................................... $46,875 5.50% $50,784 5.95% $46,974 4.56% ======= ====== ======= ====== ======= ======
In the above table, for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, spreads for Treasury bill indexed borrowings averaged .25 percent, .26 percent and .29 percent, respectively, over the weighted average Treasury bill rates for those years and spreads for London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") indexed borrowings averaged .26 percent, .31 percent and .39 percent, respectively, under the weighted average LIBOR rates. The rate/volume analysis below shows the relative contribution of changes in interest rates and asset volumes. RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS
INCREASE (DECREASE) TAXABLE ATTRIBUTABLE EQUIVALENT TO CHANGE IN INCREASE ---------------- (DECREASE) RATE VOLUME ---------- ----- ------ 1996 VS. 1995 Taxable equivalent interest income............................... $ (494) $(202) $(292) Interest expense................................................. (443) (175) (268) ---------- ----- ------ Taxable equivalent net interest income........................... $ (51) $ (27) $ (24) ======= ===== ====== 1995 VS. 1994 Taxable equivalent interest income............................... $ 795 $ 540 $ 255 Interest expense................................................. 877 650 227 ---------- ----- ------ Taxable equivalent net interest income........................... $ (82) $(110) $ 28 ======= ===== ======
The $27 million decrease in taxable equivalent net interest income attributable to the change in rates in 1996 was principally due to increased OBRA costs of $39 million, an increase in student loan loss reserves (exclusive of risk sharing) of $14 million and to increased leverage of $15 million, offset by the increase of $29 million in floor revenues, net of payments under the floor contracts, in 1996 versus 1995. Other items offsetting the decreases in taxable equivalent net interest income discussed above include $22 million of revenues from the amortization of the upfront payments received from student loan floor contracts, the $9 million reversal of a previously established reserve due to the successful outcome of the SAP litigation, and a higher percentage of student loans relative to average earning assets. The $24 million decrease in volume is primarily due to the decrease in the balance of warehousing advances and investments. 67 80 The $110 million decrease attributable to the change in rates in 1995 was due to $14 million of pre-tax student loan floor revenue in 1995 versus $126 million in 1994 and declining core spreads on student loans. Core student loan spreads declined due principally to the growth in the balance of federally insured student loans subject to the fees and default risk-sharing provisions of OBRA. Also contributing to the decline were the relatively lower spreads earned on student loans acquired in recent years due to increased competition in the secondary market for student loan portfolios. These factors were somewhat offset by a higher percentage of student loans relative to average earning assets. OPERATING EXPENSES Operating expenses include general and administrative costs, costs incurred to service Sallie Mae's managed student loan portfolio and operational costs incurred in the process of acquiring student loan portfolios. Total operating expenses as a percentage of average managed student loans were 109 basis points, 133 basis points and 136 basis points for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Operating expenses are summarized in the following tables:
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1996 1995 1994 ------------------------------- ------------------------------- ------------------------------- SERVICING SERVICING SERVICING AND AND AND CORPORATE ACQUISITION TOTAL CORPORATE ACQUISITION TOTAL CORPORATE ACQUISITION TOTAL --------- ----------- ----- --------- ----------- ----- --------- ----------- ----- Salaries and employee benefits................ $ 68 $138 $206 $ 75 $137 $212 $ 68 $128 $196 Occupancy and equipment... 24 60 84 25 49 74 21 37 58 Professional fees......... 15 8 23 34 11 45 18 9 27 Advertising and promotion............... 7 - 7 6 - 6 4 - 4 Office operations......... 8 32 40 9 35 44 9 34 43 Other..................... 9 2 11 12 2 14 10 2 12 ------ ------- ---- ------ ------- ---- ------ ------- ---- Total internal operating expenses................ 131 240 371 161 234 395 130 210 340 Third party servicing costs................... - 35 35 - 44 44 - 50 50 ------ ------- ---- ------ ------- ---- ------ ------- ---- Total operating expenses................ $131 $275 $406 $161 $278 $439 $130 $260 $390 ====== ======= ==== ====== ======= ==== ====== ======= ==== Employees at end of the year.................... 781 4,011 4,792 875 3,866 4,741 876 4,121 4,997 ==== ===== ===== ==== ===== ===== ==== ===== =====
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, INCREASE/(DECREASE) -------------------- ------------------------------ 1996 VS. 1995 VS. 1996 1995 1994 1995 1994 ---- ---- ---- ------------ ------------ $ % $ % --- --- --- --- Servicing costs.............................. $211 $205 $190 $ 6 3% $15 8 % Acquisition costs............................ 64 73 70 (9) (13) 3 5 - ---- ---- ---- --- --- --- Total servicing and acquisition costs........ $275 $278 $260 $(3) (1)% $18 7 % ==== ==== ==== === === === =
The decrease of $30 million in corporate operating expenses in 1996 versus 1995 was due principally to the divestiture of a majority interest in CyberMark, a wholly-owned subsidiary, completed during the second quarter of 1996 which reduced 1996 operating expenses by $20 million. Reductions in corporate staffing and professional fees reduced operating expenses by an additional $10 million. Corporate operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased $31 million (23 percent) over 1994. The increase was related to the following: (1) CyberMark expenses in 1995 which totaled $22 million versus $6 million in 1994; (2) increased costs associated with the student loan business of $11 million, including advertising and promotion costs related to the corporate image campaign and subsidiary operating costs; (3) $4 million related to the 1995 Annual Meeting and a proxy contest concerning the election of directors; and (4) severance costs of $2 million associated with the reduction in corporate officers and staff. Servicing costs include all operations and systems costs incurred to service Sallie Mae's portfolio of managed student loans, including fees paid to third party servicers. The 1992 legislated expansion of student 68 81 eligibility and increases in loan limits resulted in higher average student loan balances which generally command a higher price in the secondary market and contribute to lower servicing costs as a percentage of the average balance of managed student loans. When expressed as a percentage of the managed student loan portfolio, servicing costs averaged 57 basis points, 62 basis points and 66 basis points for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. These decreases were due principally to increased average student loan balances and to servicing efficiencies realized through the consolidation of certain servicing operations and recent technology investments. Loan acquisition costs are principally costs incurred under the ExportSS(R) ("ExportSS") loan origination and administration service, the costs of converting newly acquired portfolios onto Sallie Mae's servicing platform or those of third party servicers and costs of loan consolidation activities. The ExportSS service provides back-office support to clients by performing loan origination and servicing prior to the sale of portfolios to Sallie Mae. Student loans added to the ExportSS pipeline, which represents loan volume serviced by and committed for sale to Sallie Mae, totaled $4.2 billion during 1996, compared to $4.7 billion in the prior year. The decrease occurred as a result of the substantial growth in direct lending by the federal government. The outstanding portfolio of loans serviced for ExportSS lenders totaled $4.0 billion at December 31, 1996, down 11 percent from $4.5 billion at December 31, 1995. This trend is expected to continue commensurately with the growth in direct lending. FEDERAL AND STATE TAXES Sallie Mae maintains a portfolio of tax-advantaged assets principally to support education-related financing activities. That portfolio was primarily responsible for the decrease in the effective federal income tax rate from the statutory rate of 35 percent to 30 percent, 27 percent and 29 percent in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Sallie Mae is exempt from all state, local, and District of Columbia income, franchise, sales and use, personal property and other taxes, except for real property taxes. However, this tax exemption is effective at the GSE level and does not apply to its operating subsidiaries. Under its Privatization Act, the Company's GSE and non-GSE activities would be separated, with non-GSE activities being subject to taxation at the state and local level. State taxes are expected to be immaterial in 1997 as the majority of the Company's business activities will relate to the GSE. As increasing business activities occur outside of the GSE, the effects of state and local taxes are expected to increase accordingly. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES In 1996, loan purchases totaled $9.9 billion, up 5 percent over $9.4 billion in 1995. The 1996 loan purchases include $1.5 billion of student loan participation purchases from the Chase Joint Venture. Approximately two-thirds of the nonjoint venture purchase volume in 1996 was derived from Sallie Mae's base of commitment clients, particularly those who used the ExportSS loan origination service. Sallie Mae secures financing to fund the purchase of insured student loans along with its other operations by issuing debt securities in the domestic and overseas capital markets, through public offerings and private placements of U.S. dollar and foreign currency denominated debt of varying maturities and interest rate characteristics. Sallie Mae's debt securities are currently rated at the highest credit rating level by Moody's Investor Services and Standard & Poor's. Historically, the rating agencies' ratings of Sallie Mae have been largely a factor of its status as a GSE. Management believes that, since the Privatization Act does not modify the attributes of debt issued by the GSE, it will retain its current credit ratings after the Reorganization. The Sallie Mae Charter, as most recently amended by the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 (the "Privatization Act"), effectively requires that Sallie Mae maintain a minimum statutory capital adequacy ratio (the ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets plus 50 percent of the credit equivalent amount of certain off-balance sheet items) of at least 2 percent until January 1, 2000 and 2.25 percent thereafter or be subject to certain "safety and soundness" requirements designed to restore such statutory ratio. Management anticipates being able to fund the increase in required capital from Sallie Mae's current earnings. At December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae's statutory capital adequacy ratio was 2.11 percent. Additionally, the Privatization Act now requires management, prior to the payment of dividends by Sallie 69 82 Mae, to certify to the Secretary of the Treasury, that after giving effect to the payment of dividends, the statutory capital ratio test would have been met at the time the dividend was declared. The Privatization Act imposes certain restrictions on intercompany relations between the GSE and its affiliates during the wind-down period. In particular, the GSE must not extend credit to, nor guarantee any debt obligations of the Holding Company or the Holding Company's non-GSE subsidiaries. While the GSE may not finance the activities of its non-GSE affiliates, it may, subject to its minimum capital requirements, dividend retained earnings and surplus capital to the Holding Company, which in turn may contribute such amounts to its non-GSE subsidiaries. Management believes that the initial financing requirements of the Holding Company will be relatively modest and can be accommodated through a number of alternative sources, including public and private debt placement, bank borrowings and dividends from subsidiaries, principally the GSE. Management intends to declare such dividends and to pay such amounts to the Holding Company on a quarterly basis. Based on preliminary discussions with commercial banking sources, the Company believes it will be able to secure financing at a reasonable cost through the Holding Company for asset transfers during the first year after the Reorganization. Although the foregoing asset transfers will likely result in some incremental financing costs and state taxes, such expenses are not expected to have any material impact on the Company's financial results in 1997. Over the long term, securitization is expected to provide the principal funding source for the anticipated student loan purchase activities of the Holding Company when such activities commence. However, when student loan purchase activities commence in the Holding Company there will also be a need for on-balance sheet financing for such activities until the loans are securitized. Such financings will likely require the Holding Company to obtain a bond rating and such ratings will not be known until specific debt is issued. It is expected that these ratings will be below the GSE's current credit rating levels. Sallie Mae uses interest rate and foreign currency swaps (collateralized where appropriate), purchases of U.S. Treasury securities and other hedging techniques to reduce the exposure to interest rate and currency fluctuations that arise from its financing activities and to match the characteristics of its variable interest rate earning assets See "-- Interest Rate Risk Management". During 1996, Sallie Mae issued $8.3 billion of long-term notes to refund maturing and repurchased obligations. At December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae had $14.1 billion of outstanding long-term debt issues with stated maturities that could be accelerated through call provisions. Sallie Mae also funds its student loan assets through securitizations. Sallie Mae has issued adjustable rate cumulative preferred stock, common stock, common stock warrants and puts, and subordinated debentures convertible to common stock, to diversify its funding sources. During 1996, Sallie Mae repurchased 4.6 million shares of its common stock, leaving 53.7 million shares outstanding at December 31, 1996. For the past few years the company has operated near the statutory minimum capital ratio of 2.00% of risk adjusted assets required under its GSE charter. Capital in excess of such amounts has been used to repurchase common shares. As of December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae had repurchased nearly all of the 20 million shares which, in May 1995, it announced it would repurchase over a two year period. The funds necessary to complete the repurchase in that relatively short timeframe came from the combination of current earnings, increased leverage and reduced asset balances. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had authority to repurchase up to an additional 5 million shares, pursuant to a May 1996 resolution of the Board. Management anticipates using current earnings to repurchase 7 to 9 percent of the outstanding shares in 1997. Cash Flows In 1996, operating activities provided net cash inflows of $574 million, an increase of $388 million from 1995. This increase was due mainly to the decrease in other liabilities of $549 million and to the increase in net income of $53 million. Investing activities provided $1.6 billion in cash in 1996, a decrease of $926 million from the cash provided in 1995. In 1996, Sallie Mae purchased $9.9 billion of student loans and student loan participations. Sallie Mae also securitized $6.0 billion of student loans and received $5.6 billion in student loan and warehousing advance repayments. Financing activities used $3.2 billion in cash in 1996 as Sallie Mae 70 83 repaid a net $7.4 billion in long-term notes and saw an increase in net short-term borrowings of $4.7 billion. As student loans are securitized the need for long-term financing of these assets on balance sheet will decrease. Securitization Sallie Mae's unsecured borrowings typically have terms to maturity which are of a shorter duration than the student loans. In addition, Sallie Mae is assessed a 30 basis point annual offset fee on student loans that it holds, which effectively raises the cost of funding such assets on balance sheet. Since 1995, Sallie Mae has diversified its funding sources independent of its GSE borrower status by securitizing a portion of its student loan assets. A securitization involves the sale of student loans by Sallie Mae to a special purpose finance subsidiary and by the subsidiary to a trust. The trust funds the student loans to term through the public issuance of student loan asset-backed securities ("ABS securities"). As student loans are securitized, Sallie Mae's on-balance sheet funding needs are reduced. During 1996, Sallie Mae completed four transactions in which it sold a total of $6.0 billion of student loans to trusts which issued securities backed by the loans. While ABS securities generally have a higher cost of funds than Sallie Mae's traditional on-balance sheet financing (due principally to term match-funding and the fact that ABS securities do not benefit from Sallie Mae's government-sponsored enterprise status), management believes that securitization represents an efficient use of capital. See "Results of Operations -- Securitizations" for discussion of the offset fee litigation. These asset backed transactions are expected to allow the Holding Company to obtain financing at a lower cost than it would otherwise be able to achieve if it were to borrow on an unsecured basis. Sallie Mae's securitizations have been structured to achieve a "AAA" credit rating on over 96 percent of its financing (with an "A" credit rating on the remaining subordinated securities). These ratings are independent of Sallie Mae's current status as a GSE. The securitized portfolios require less capital than would otherwise be required had the assets remained on balance sheet. The Company currently anticipates securitizing at least $9 billion of loans in 1997 and management believes that securitization will grow in importance as a source of funding for the Company. Interest Rate Risk Management Sallie Mae's principal objective in financing its loan assets is to minimize its sensitivity to changing interest rates by matching the interest rate characteristics of borrowings to specific assets in order to lock in spreads. Sallie Mae funds its floating rate loan assets (most of which have weekly rate resets) with variable rate debt and fixed rate debt converted to variable rates with interest rate swaps. To achieve a more precise match of interest rate characteristics between loan assets and their related liabilities, Sallie Mae has effectively converted some of its variable rate debt to a different variable rate index with interest rate swaps. At December 31, 1996, $18.3 billion of fixed rate debt and $4.6 billion of variable rate debt were matched with interest rate swaps and foreign currency agreements. Fixed rate debt at December 31, 1996 also funded fixed rate warehousing advances and academic facilities financings. Investments were funded on a "pooled" approach, i.e., the pool of liabilities that funds the investment portfolio has an average rate and maturity or reset date that corresponds to the average rate and maturity or reset date of the investments which they fund. In both its match funding activities for its loan assets and its pool funding activities for its investments, Sallie Mae enters into various financial instrument contracts in the normal course of business to reduce interest rate risk and foreign currency exposure on certain of its borrowings. These financial instrument contracts include interest rate swaps, interest rate cap and collar agreements, foreign currency swaps, forward currency exchange agreements, options on currency exchange agreements, options on securities, and financial futures contracts. In the table below Sallie Mae's variable rate assets and liabilities are categorized by reset date of the underlying index. Fixed rate assets and liabilities are categorized based on their maturity dates. An interest rate gap is the difference between volumes of assets and volumes of liabilities maturing or repricing during specific future time intervals. Nonperforming loans are included in the analysis based on their underlying 71 84 interest rate characteristics. The following gap analysis reflects rate-sensitive positions at December 31, 1996 and is not necessarily reflective of positions that existed throughout the period.
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY PERIOD ----------------------------------------------------------------- 3 MONTHS 6 MONTHS 3 MONTHS TO TO 1 TO 2 2 TO 5 OVER 5 OR LESS 6 MONTHS 1 YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS -------- -------- -------- ------ ------- ------ ASSETS Student loans........................ $ 30,270 $ 3,484 $ - $ - $ - $ - Warehousing advances................. 2,771 - - 1 1 17 Academic facilities financings....... 157 43 20 39 221 993 Cash and investments................. 5,641 14 27 21 174 1,829 Other assets......................... - - - - - 1,907 -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- ------ Total assets.................... 38,839 3,541 47 61 396 4,746 -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- ------ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Short-term borrowings................ 15,542 2,269 4,346 - - - Long-term notes...................... 8,505 - - 2,951 10,242 908 Other liabilities.................... - - - - - 1,819 Stockholders' equity................. - - - - - 1,048 -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- ------ Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.......... 24,047 2,269 4,346 2,951 10,242 3,775 -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- ------ OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Interest rate swaps.................. 14,522 2,410 (4,271) (2,966) (10,153) 458 -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- ------ Period gap........................... $ 270 $ (1,138) $ (28) $ 76 $ 307 $ 513 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ====== Cumulative gap....................... $ 270 $ (868) $ (896) $ (820) $ (513) $ - ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ====== Ratio of interest-sensitive assets to interest-sensitive liabilities..... 161.5% 156.1% 1.1% 2.1% 3.9% 312.7% ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ====== Ratio of cumulative gap to total assets............................. .6% 1.8% 1.9% 1.7% 1.1% -% ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======
In low interest rate environments, floor revenues on student loans cause the margins on these loans to widen beyond the locked-in spreads See "-- Results of Operations -- Student Loan Floor Revenues." Such loans continue to be classified in the three months or less category in the table above, reflecting the fact that as interest rates rise these assets will resume their weekly rate reset. 72 85 The weighted average remaining terms to maturity of Sallie Mae's earning assets and borrowings at December 31, 1996 were 5.5 years and 2.0 years, respectively. The following table reflects the average terms to maturity for Sallie Mae's earning assets and liabilities at December 31, 1996: AVERAGE TERMS TO MATURITY (IN YEARS) EARNING ASSETS Student loans.................................................................. 6.0 Warehousing advances........................................................... 1.0 Academic facilities financings................................................. 8.0 Cash and investments........................................................... 5.5 --- Total earning assets........................................................... 5.5 --- BORROWINGS Short-term borrowings.......................................................... .5 Long-term borrowings........................................................... 3.5 --- Total borrowings............................................................... 2.0 ---
In the above table, Treasury receipts and variable rate asset-backed securities, although generally liquid in nature, extend the weighted average remaining term to maturity of cash and investments to 5.5 years. As loans are securitized, the need for long-term on-balance sheet financing will decrease. PREFERRED STOCK Preferred stock dividends are cumulative and payable quarterly at 4.50 percentage points below the highest yield of certain long-term and short-term United States Treasury obligations. The dividend rate for any dividend period will not be less than 5 percent per annum nor greater than 14 percent per annum. For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the preferred stock dividend rate was 5.00 percent and reduced net income attributable to common stock by $10.7 million, respectively. The Privatization Act requires that on the dissolution date of September 30, 2008, the GSE shall repurchase or redeem, or make proper provisions for repurchase or redemption of any outstanding preferred stock. Sallie Mae has the option of effecting an earlier dissolution if certain conditions are met. OTHER RELATED EVENTS AND INFORMATION Privatization On September 30, 1996, the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 ("the Privatization Act") was enacted. The Privatization Act authorized the creation of a state-chartered holding company (the "Holding Company") that would become the parent of the GSE pursuant to a reorganization which must be approved by a majority vote of the GSE's shareholders, such vote to take place on or before March 31, 1998. If the Reorganization is approved by shareholders, the GSE will transfer certain assets, including stock in certain subsidiaries, to the Holding Company or one of its non-GSE subsidiaries. All GSE employees will be transferred to the Holding Company or one of its non-GSE subsidiaries. During the wind-down period, it is expected that non-GSE operations will be managed by the GSE's non-GSE affiliates. The Holding Company will remain a passive entity which supports the operations of the GSE and its other subsidiaries, and all business activities would be conducted through the GSE by such other subsidiaries. During the wind-down period following the Reorganization and prior to the GSE's dissolution, the GSE will be restricted in the new business activities it may undertake. The GSE may continue to purchase student loans only through September 30, 2007. Warehousing advance, letter of credit and standby bond purchase activity by the GSE will be limited to takedowns on contractual financing and guarantee commitments in 73 86 place. The Holding Company generally may begin to purchase student loans only after the GSE discontinues such activity. GSE debt obligations that are outstanding at the time of Reorganization will continue to be outstanding obligations of the GSE immediately after the Reorganization. The GSE will be able to continue to issue debt in the government agency market to finance student loans and other permissible asset acquisitions, although the maturity date of such issuances may not extend beyond September 30, 2008, the GSE's final dissolution date. This restriction will not apply to debt issued to finance any lender of last resort or secondary market purchase activity requested by the Secretary of Education. At December 31, 1996, the GSE had $372 million in outstanding debt with maturities after September 30, 2008. Such debt along with cash or full faith and credit obligations of the United States or agency thereof, will be transferred into a defeasance trust in amounts sufficient, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, to pay principal and interest on deposited obligations for the benefit of the holders of such obligations, if it has not been repurchased prior to that date. The Privatization Act requires that on the dissolution date, the GSE shall repurchase or redeem, or make proper provisions for repurchase or redemption of any outstanding shares of Sallie Mae preferred stock. Sallie Mae has the option of effecting an earlier dissolution if certain conditions are met. The preferred stock is carried at its liquidation value of $50 per share for a total of $214 million and pays a variable dividend that has been at its minimum rate of 5 percent per annum for the last several years. See "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Footnote 13." As a government-sponsored enterprise, Sallie Mae is exempt from certain state and local taxes. Earnings of non-GSE units would not be exempt from such taxes. As the proportion of the Company's earnings generated by the non-GSE units increases over time, the expense associated with such taxes will increase. When fully phased in, management estimates that the Company's effective tax rate will be increased by approximately five percentage points. In addition, state and local sales and property taxes ultimately are expected to increase operating expenses by approximately two to three percent. Management believes the gradual imposition of such taxes represents the single most significant cost of privatization. The Privatization Act requires that within 60 days after the merger, the Company must pay $5 million to the D.C. Financial Control Board for use of the "Sallie Mae" name. In addition, the Holding Company must issue to the D.C. Financial Control Board warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock. These warrants, which are transferable, are exercisable at any time prior to September 30, 2008 at $72.43 per share. These provisions of the Privatization Act were part of the terms negotiated with the Administration and Congress as consideration for the GSE's privatization. If a reorganization pursuant to the Privatization Act does not occur on or prior to March 31, 1998, the Privatization Act requires that Sallie Mae submit an alternative wind-down plan to Congress and the Treasury Department by 2007. This plan would call for the dissolution of Sallie Mae by 2013. During this alternative wind-down period, Sallie Mae could not engage in new business activities beyond its GSE charter, but could transfer assets, except for the "Sallie Mae" name, at any time its statutory capital requirements were satisfied. As with the Reorganization, any remaining obligations, and assets sufficient to pay such obligations, would be transferred to a fully collateralized trust at the time of dissolution. All other assets would be distributed to Sallie Mae shareholders. Under this alternative, Sallie Mae generally would have to cease its business activities after 2009 and could not issue debt obligations that mature after 2013. The Secretary of the Treasury, who would monitor the wind-down, could require Sallie Mae to amend its plan of dissolution if deemed necessary to ensure full payment of its obligations. Direct Loan Program and 1993 FFELP Changes Sallie Mae's student loan business continued to be impacted by legislative changes to the student loan program as well as increased competition. OBRA changed the FFELP in a number of ways that lower the profitability of FFELP loans for all participants and established the Federal Direct Student Loan Program ("FDSLP") under which the federal government can lend directly to students. FFELP changes include risk-sharing on defaulted loans and yield reductions, and a 30 basis point annual "offset fee" unique to Sallie Mae on student loans purchased and held on or after August 10, 1993. See "-- Other Related Events." 74 87 Despite extensive consideration in 1995 and 1996, the 104th Congress did not enact any significant changes to the federal student loan programs. No changes have been made that would effect the yield on student loans. Sallie Mae cannot predict whether future budget proposals or other changes will be made to the direct student loan program. The FDSLP is funded directly by the federal government and administered by the Department of Education. OBRA establishes goals for the phase-in of direct lending expressed as a percentage of the combined dollar amount of loans originated under the direct loan program and the FFELP with the following targets:
DIRECT LOANS ACADEMIC YEARS AS A PERCENT OF TOTAL ---------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- 1994-1995....................................................... 5% 1995-1996....................................................... 40 1996-1998....................................................... 50 1998-1999....................................................... 60
As of December 31, 1996, approximately 1,600 colleges and universities were participating in the FDSLP for the 1996-97 academic year. Based on Department of Education reports, management estimates that direct loan volume did not achieve its target market share of 40 percent of total student loan originations. Management estimates that Direct Loans accounted for approximately 31 percent of total student loan volume in the 1995-96 academic year, up from approximately 7 percent in the 1994-95 academic year. The FDLSP has a legislated market share goal of 50% for the 1996-1997 academic year. In recent years as the FDSLP has grown, the volume of loans originated by banks and other participants under the FFELP has been adversely impacted. Historically, Sallie Mae has purchased the majority of its student loans as they near the repayment phase which commences after a borrower leaves school. On average there is a two to three year lag between the date a loan is originated and the date it enters repayment. This lag has delayed the adverse affect of FDSLP originations on Sallie Mae's purchases of student loans. As the volume of FDSLP loans reaching the repayment phase increases, Sallie Mae's percentage share of the overall student loan market will decline. In 1994, the Department of Education began to offer existing FFELP borrowers the opportunity to refinance FFELP loans into FDSLP loans. As of December 31, 1996, approximately $325 million of FFELP loans owned by Sallie Mae have been accepted for refinancing into FDSLP loans. Approximately $320 million have been refinanced into FDSLP loans with the remainder awaiting disbursement by the federal government. OBRA provides that the special allowance for student loans made on or after July 1, 1998 will be based on the U.S. Treasury security with comparable maturity plus 1.0 percent for Stafford, Unsubsidized Stafford, and PLUS loans. See Appendix C. The Secretary of Education has not adopted regulations specifying the U.S. Treasury security on which these interest rates will be based or how often the special allowance rate will reset. Borrower rates are reset annually. Sallie Mae management believes that the comparable maturity security will be the 10-year Treasury Note. Depending on the specifics of the regulations, these changes could adversely impact the FFELP market and Sallie Mae's business, because of the uncertain availability and costs of funding to support this new type of instrument. Representatives of the student loan industry are currently engaged in discussions with congressional staff concerning possible legislative modification of this OBRA provision. OBRA also requires Sallie Mae to act as a lender of last resort to make FFELP loans when other private lenders are not available. Such loans receive a 100 percent guarantee and are not subject to the 30 basis point offset fee on loans held by Sallie Mae. If the Secretary of Education determines that Sallie Mae is not adequately implementing this provision, the offset fee paid by Sallie Mae could be increased from 30 basis points to 100 basis points. Legislated expansion of student eligibility as well as increases in student and parent loan limits have increased the volume of national loan originations. FFELP originations rose nearly 30 percent year-to-year to about $23 billion for the 1994 federal fiscal year ended September 30, 1994. During the 1995 federal fiscal 75 88 year, FFELP originations declined to $21 billion due to FDSLP originations totaling $5 billion. Management expects FFELP originations to have declined a similar amount in the 1996 federal fiscal year and to be flat in 1997. In the meantime, however, the competition for FFELP loans has intensified at both the originating and secondary market levels due mainly to the reduced volume and to securitization of student loans, which has developed into a significant funding alternative for FFELP lenders. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In June 1996, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" was issued. This statement will govern the accounting for securitization transactions entered into after December 31, 1996. Also, under this statement in-substance defeasance transactions entered into after December 31, 1996 no longer receive off-balance sheet treatment. Sallie Mae management believes the application of this Statement will have no material impact on Sallie Mae's results of operations. Other Related Events In 1995, the Congress declined to provide funding for HEAL loans to new borrowers. Funds were provided in 1995 and 1996 for borrowers who have previously received HEAL loans. It is not known at this time whether Congress will be willing to reverse this decision and provide funds for new borrowers. As of July 1, 1996, the Department of Education has exercised recently granted authority to raise the limits on Unsubsidized Stafford Loans to amounts equal to the maximum available under the HEAL program. Loans of this size are available only to borrowers attending programs that otherwise would have been eligible for HEAL funding and at schools that were active participants in the HEAL program in 1995. On June 11, 1996, Orange County, California filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California. The case is currently pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The complaint alleges that the Company made fraudulent representations and omitted material facts in offering circulars on various offerings purchased by Orange County, which contributed to Orange County's market losses and subsequent bankruptcy. The complaint seeks to hold Sallie Mae responsible for losses resulting from Orange County's bankruptcy, but does not specify the amount of damages claimed. The complaint against the Company is one of numerous cases that have been coordinated for discovery purposes. Other defendants include Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, KPMG Peat Marwick, Standard & Poor's and Fannie Mae. The complaint includes a claim of fraud under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. In addition, the complaint includes counts under the California Corporations Code, as well as a count for common law fraud. The Company believes that the complaint is without merit and intends to defend the case vigorously. At this time, Management believes the impact of the lawsuit will not be material to the Company. In September 1996, Sallie Mae obtained a declaratory judgment against the Secretary of Education in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The Court found that the Secretary acted erroneously in refusing to allow Sallie Mae to claim adjustments to SAP on certain FFELP loans which were required to be converted from a fixed rate to a variable rate. The Secretary has filed a notice of appeal of the District Court's decision. In August 1996, Huntington National Bank, Battelle Memorial Institute and Sallie Mae entered into an agreement to form a joint venture company, CyberMark LLC, to produce and market stored value cards and systems. Huntington and Battelle provided funding for the new company with Sallie Mae contributing the smart card system it developed over the past three years through its CyberMark subsidiary. Sallie Mae also contributed the CyberMark name to the joint venture company. In September 1996, Sallie Mae restructured its arrangement with The Chase Manhattan Bank, Sallie Mae's largest lending client, in light of Chase's merger with Chemical Banking Corporation. Chase and Sallie Mae established two joint venture companies in which they hold equal interests, Education First Finance LLC and Education First Marketing LLC. Education First Finance LLC acquired Chase's existing $2.6 billion student loan portfolio on October 1, 1996 and will acquire all future loans originated by Chase. Education First 76 89 Marketing LLC will provide marketing services for Chase student loan products. Chase, which is now the largest originator in the FFELP, will originate insured student loans under the new arrangement. Sallie Mae will provide all processing and servicing support. Although the parties intend that the new arrangement be a long-term relationship, they have allowed for mutual rights to acquire each other's interest in the joint venture after the first six years. On February 6, 1997, President Clinton submitted his Fiscal Year 1998 budget proposal to Congress. In an effort to achieve a balanced federal budget by 2002, the President has proposed a number of budget savings affecting the FFELP. Included in these savings are proposals to reduce the yield on student loans during the in-school, grace and deferment periods, to decrease loan insurance from 98 percent of claim amount to 95 percent, to require lenders rather than the government to compensate guarantors for their assistance in default prevention, and to extend the Sallie Mae offset fee to loans sold by Sallie Mae as part of securitized transactions. In addition, the President has proposed a significant restructuring of guaranty agency finances and operations. None of the proposals affecting lenders and secondary markets was included in the agreement on the budget which the President subsequently reached with the Congressional leadership or in the budget resolution passed by the Congress based upon that agreement. The agreement does call for the return of $1 billion in guarantee agency reserves in fiscal year 2002, although such provisions would not adversely affect the Company. Legislation implementing the budget resolution is now under consideration by both houses of the Congress. 77 90 DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK The statements set forth under this heading with respect to certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), the Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company, as in effect as of the Effective Time (the "Holding Company Charter"), and the by-laws of the Holding Company (the "Holding Company By-Laws") are brief summaries thereof and do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the relevant provisions of the DGCL, the Holding Company Charter and the Holding Company By-Laws, as appropriate. GENERAL The Holding Company Charter authorizes capital stock consisting of 250,000,000 shares of Holding Company Common Stock, par value $.20 per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock ("Holding Company Preferred Stock"). In connection with the Reorganization, each outstanding share of Sallie Mae Common Stock will be converted into one share of Holding Company Common Stock, and the outstanding shares of the common stock of MergerCo, a newly-created, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company will be converted into all of the issued and outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock, all of which will then be owned by the Holding Company. Accordingly, the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the Reorganization will be equal to the number of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Reorganization. No shares of Holding Company Preferred Stock will be issued or outstanding prior to or immediately following the Reorganization. The Reorganization will become effective at the Effective Time, which management expects to occur as soon as practicable following the Special Meeting. As a result of the Reorganization, Sallie Mae will become a subsidiary of the Holding Company and all of the Holding Company Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Reorganization will be owned by the holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Reorganization. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock held by Sallie Mae and the Sallie Mae Common Stock held in treasury will be canceled and retired. Shares of the outstanding class of preferred stock of Sallie Mae will not be affected by the Reorganization, and will remain outstanding, with the same voting powers, designations, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as prior to the Reorganization. COMMON STOCK The holders of Holding Company Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. As a result, the holders of a majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all the members of the Holding Company Board. Holders of Holding Company Common Stock: (i) have equal and ratable rights to dividends from funds legally available therefor when, as and if declared by the Holding Company Board, subject to any rights of the holders of Holding Company Preferred Stock; (ii) subject to any rights of the holders of Holding Company Preferred Stock, are entitled to share ratably in any distribution to holders of Holding Company Common Stock upon liquidation, after payment in full of all creditors; and (iii) do not have preemptive rights. Holding Company Common Stock is not redeemable or convertible. The outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock are, and the shares to be issued in the Reorganization will be, fully paid and non-assessable. The registrar and transfer agent for Holding Company Common Stock is Chase Mellon Shareholder Services. PREFERRED STOCK The Holding Company Board may, under certain circumstances, from time to time authorize the issuances of one or more series of Holding Company Preferred Stock, with such designations of titles; dividend rates; any redemption provisions; special or relative rights in the event of liquidation, dissolution, distribution or winding up; any sinking fund provisions; any conversion provisions; any voting rights thereof; and any other preferences, privileges, powers, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions, as shall be set forth as and 78 91 when established by the Holding Company Board. The shares of any series of Holding Company Preferred Stock will be, when issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Holding Company Board may, under certain circumstances, issue Holding Company Preferred Stock with voting rights and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power of holders of Holding Company Common Stock and such stock could be used to prevent a hostile takeover of the Holding Company. The Holding Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Holding Company Preferred Stock. WARRANTS Pursuant to the Privatization Act, the Holding Company must issue to the D.C. Financial Control Board warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock. These warrants, which are transferable, are exercisable at any time prior to September 30, 2008, at $72.43 per share. This provision of the Privatization Act was part of the terms negotiated with the Administration and Congress as consideration for the GSE's privatization. 79 92 COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS Sallie Mae, as the sole stockholder of the Holding Company prior to the Reorganization, will appoint the members of the Holding Company Board to serve until their successors are duly elected. After the Effective Time, the Company stockholders will elect all of the members of the Holding Company Board at each annual meeting beginning with the 1998 Annual Meeting of the Company, which meeting is expected to take place in April of 1998. The terms of the corporate governance provisions set forth in the Holding Company Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws following the effective date of the Reorganization depend upon whether the Majority Director Slate or the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in person or by proxy in respect of the Board Slate Proposal. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, then after Sallie Mae appoints the Majority Director Slate to the Holding Company Board of Directors and before the effectiveness of the Reorganization, the Holding Company Board of Directors and Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) will take or cause to be taken any and all actions they deem necessary or appropriate to amend the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws so as to implement the provisions as described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the CRV Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, then after Sallie Mae appoints the CRV Slate to the Holding Company Board of Directors and before the effectiveness of the Reorganization, the Holding Company Board of Directors and Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) will take or cause to be taken any and all actions they deem necessary or appropriate to amend the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws so as to implement the provisions as described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV. 80 93 MANAGEMENT HOLDING COMPANY BOARD OF DIRECTORS Prior to the Effective Time, Sallie Mae, as sole stockholder of the Holding Company prior to the Reorganization, will appoint the members of the Holding Company Board until their successors are duly elected. After the Effective Time, the Company's stockholders will elect all of the members of the Holding Company Board at each annual meeting beginning with the 1998 Annual Meeting of the Company, which is expected to take place in April of 1998. If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, the Sallie Mae Board will elect to the Holding Company Board the slate of nominees receiving the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy in respect of the Board Slate Proposal. For information on the nominees included in the Majority Director Slate, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors that comprises an integral part, and is being mailed to shareholders together with a copy, of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. For information on the nominees included in the CRV Slate, see the Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV that comprises an integral part, and is being mailed to shareholders together with a copy, of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. SALLIE MAE BOARD OF DIRECTORS STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS The Sallie Mae Charter provides that the Sallie Mae Board will consist of 21 directors: 14 elected by the shareholders and seven appointed by the President of the United States. The Sallie Mae Charter provides that, for purposes of qualifying for election to the Board, seven directors must be affiliated with eligible institutions and seven directors must be affiliated with eligible lenders, as described in the Sallie Mae Charter. A nominee may be considered to be affiliated with an eligible institution or eligible lender if he or she has been, within five years of election to the Sallie Mae Board, an employee, officer, director, or similar official of: (1) any such institution or lender; (2) an association whose members consist primarily of such institutions or lenders; or (3) a state agency, authority, instrumentality, commission, or similar institution, the primary purpose of which relates to educational matters or banking matters. The Sallie Mae Charter also provides that the 14 elected directors serve for a term ending on the date of the next annual meeting and until their successors have been elected and have duly qualified. The Sallie Mae Charter further provides that the seven appointed members serve at the pleasure of the President of the United States and until their successors have been appointed and have duly qualified. The Sallie Mae Charter also provides that the President may designate a Chairman from among the 21 members of the Sallie Mae Board, and on November 12, 1993, President Clinton designated Mr. William Arceneaux as Chairman of the Sallie Mae Board. 81 94 SHAREHOLDER-ELECTED DIRECTORS:
PRIMARY EMPLOYMENT DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS NAME AND AGE AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND DIRECTORSHIPS AT MARCH 31, 1997 - -------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- WILLIAM ARCENEAUX(3)(4)(5).................. President, Louisiana Association of Independent Director since 5/17/79 Colleges and Universities, Baton Rouge, LA Age 55 (1987- present). Mr. Arceneaux also is Chairman of CSLA, Inc. and Foundation CODOFIL. He is director and former chairman of the Board of Louisiana Public Broadcasting. JAMES E. BRANDON, ESQ.(1)................... Attorney and Certified Public Accountant, Director since 7/5/95 Amarillo, TX. Mr. Brandon is President and Age 70 director of: National Cattle Co., Inc., Automated Electronics Corp., Kirby Royalties, Inc., and El Paso Venezuela Company, each an oil and gas company; Oldham Ranches, Inc., Grain Properties, Inc., and Park Princess, Inc., each a real estate investment company. Mr. Brandon is a trustee of Eureka College in Illinois. Mr. Brandon previously served as a director of Sallie Mae, by appointment of the President of the United States, from 1982 to 1991. DAVID A. DABERKO(3)(4)...................... Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Director since 5/20/87 National City Corporation (July 1995-present). Age 51 Mr. Daberko previously served as President and Chief Operating Officer (1993-July 1995) and as Deputy Chairman at National City Corporation (1987-1993), as well as Chairman, National City Bank, both located in Cleveland, OH. He also serves as a director of National City Bank, Cleveland; National City Bank, Columbus; National City Bank, Indiana. He is also on the Boards of Case-Western Reserve University, and the Ohio Foundation of Independent Colleges. CHARLES L. DALEY(2)......................... Director, Executive Vice President and Director since 7/5/95 Secretary of TEB Associates, Inc., Voorhees, Age 64 NJ, a real estate finance company (1992-Present). Previously, Mr. Daley was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of First Peoples Financial Corporation, a bank holding company, (1987-1992) and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of First Peoples Bank of New Jersey, a state-chartered commercial bank, (1984-1992). RONALD F. HUNT, ESQ.(2)(4).................. Attorney in New Bern, NC (1990-present). Since Director since 7/5/95 1987 he has served as Corporate Secretary of Age 53 the Construction Loan Insurance Association and as a director and Corporate Secretary of Connie Lee Insurance Company and of Connie Lee Management Services Corporation. Mr. Hunt served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the National Student Loan Clearinghouse (1993-1995). THOMAS H. JACOBSEN(3)....................... Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Director since 1/20/87 Officer of Mercantile Bancorporation Inc., St. Age 57 Louis, MO (1989- present). Mr. Jacobsen presently serves as director of Trans World Airlines, Inc. and Union Electric Company.
82 95
PRIMARY EMPLOYMENT DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS NAME AND AGE AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND DIRECTORSHIPS AT MARCH 31, 1997 - -------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- BENJAMIN J. LAMBERT, III(3)................. Virginia State Senator since 1987 and Director since 7/5/95 optometrist, Richmond, VA (1962-Present). Mr. Age 58 Lambert is currently a director of Consolidated Bank & Trust Company (since 1989), Virginia Power (since 1992) and Dominion Resources (since 1994). Dr. Lambert is also Secretary of the Board of Trustees of Virginia Union University, where he has served as a trustee for over 15 years. ALBERT L. LORD(2)(4)........................ President and principal shareholder, LCL, Ltd., Director since 7/5/95 a Washington D.C. firm that provides consulting Age 51 services in investment and financial services (1994- Present). Mr. Lord served in various executive positions with the Company from October 1981 until January 1994, including Executive Vice President (1986-1994) and Chief Operating Officer (1990-1994). Mr. Lord is a director of Princeton Bank, Princeton, MN (1995-Present) and of First Alliance Corporation, Irvine, CA. A. ALEXANDER PORTER, JR.(1)................. Co-founder and President, Porter, Felleman, Director since 7/5/95 Inc., New York, NY (1983-Present). Mr. Porter Age 58 is a general partner of Amici Associates, L.P., and the Collectors' Fund, both investment partnerships, and the founder and a director of Distributions Technology, Inc. Mr. Porter is also a trustee of Davidson College, NC, (since 1972), a governor of the New York Athletic Club (since 1991) and a trustee of The John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation. JAMES E. ROHR(3)............................ President and Director of PNC Bank Corp., and Director since 5/27/93 President and Chief Executive Officer, PNC Age 48 Bank, N.A., Pittsburgh, PA (1992-present). Mr. Rohr served previously as Vice Chairman of PNC Bank Corp. (1989-1992). Mr. Rohr serves on the boards of Allegheny Teledyne Corporation, Equitable Resources, Inc. and Carnegie-Mellon University. STEVEN L. SHAPIRO(3)........................ Certified Public Accountant and Personal Director since 7/5/95 Financial Specialist, Mr. Shapiro is Chairman Age 56 of Alloy, Silverstein, Shapiro, Adams, Mulford & Co., Certified Public Accountants, Cherry Hill, NJ where he has been employed since 1960 and has served on its board directors since 1966. Mr. Shapiro is Commissioner of the New Jersey Casino Reinvestment Development Authority, Trustee of the West Jersey Hospital Foundation and a federal key person of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Since 1992, Mr. Shapiro has been a member of the Executive Advisory Council of Rutgers University and a member of the board of Carnegie Bancorp, Princeton, NJ. Previously, Mr. Shapiro was a director of the First Peoples Financial Corp. (1990-1992). JOHN W. SPIEGEL(3).......................... Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Director since 5/27/93 Officer, SunTrust Banks, Inc. and Treasurer, Age 56 SunTrust Banks of Georgia, Atlanta, GA (1985-present). He is also a member of the board of directors of Rock-10 Company, Conti-Financial Corporation and Suburban Lodges of America.
83 96
PRIMARY EMPLOYMENT DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS NAME AND AGE AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND DIRECTORSHIPS AT MARCH 31, 1997 - -------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- DAVID J. VITALE(2)(4)....................... Vice Chairman of First Chicago NBD Corporation Director since 5/19/77 Age 50 and President of The First National Bank of Chicago, Chicago, IL (1995-present). In 1995, Mr. Vitale served as Senior Risk Management Officer. He previously served as Vice Chairman (1993-1995) of The First National Bank of Chicago and First Chicago Corporation, Chicago, IL and as Executive Vice President of First Chicago Corporation (1986-1993). Mr. Vitale is a director of First Chicago Investment Management Company, Chicago, IL and a Trustee of the Illinois Institute of Technology. RANDOLPH H. WATERFIELD, JR.(1).............. Certified Public Accountant and Accounting Director since 7/5/95 Consultant, Barnegat Light, NJ (1990-Present). Age 65 Mr. Waterfield has been a trustee of Drexel University since 1981.
- --------------- (1) Affiliated with eligible institutions. (2) Affiliated with eligible lenders. (3) Affiliated with eligible institutions and eligible lenders. (4) Member of the Executive Committee. (5) Designated Chairman of the Board, November 12, 1993 by the President of the United States, pursuant to Section 439(c)(1)(B) of the Sallie Mae Charter. PRESIDENTIAL APPOINTEES: THE FOLLOWING DIRECTORS, APPOINTED BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES PURSUANT TO SECTION 439(C)(1)(A) OF THE SALLIE MAE CHARTER, SERVE AT THE PLEASURE OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES AND ARE NOT ELECTED BY SHAREHOLDERS. UNDER THE PRIVATIZATION ACT, DIRECTORS OF SALLIE MAE APPOINTED BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES ARE NOT ELIGIBLE TO SERVE ON THE HOLDING COMPANY BOARD.
PRIMARY EMPLOYMENT DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS NAME AND AGE AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND DIRECTORSHIPS AT MARCH 31, 1997 - -------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- MITCHELL W. BERGER, ESQ..................... President and Founder of Berger, Davis & Director since 3/25/94 Singerman, a law firm with offices located in Age 40 Fort Lauderdale, Miami and Tallahassee, Florida (1985-Present). Mr. Berger currently serves on the Board of Governors of the Nova University School of Business and was a Commissioner on The Florida Environmental Regulation Commission (1991-1997). In 1994, Mr. Berger served as Co-Chair of the Community Relations Committee for the Summit of the Americas in Miami, FL. Mr. Berger was recently appointed by the Governor and confirmed by the Florida Senate, to serve on the Board of the South Florida Water Management District. KRIS E. DURMER, ESQ(1)...................... Attorney/Owner, Kris E. Durmer Law Offices, Director since 3/25/94 Nashua and Manchester, NH (1994-Present). Age 47 Previously Mr. Durmer was director of the law firm of Currier, Zall, Durmer, Shepard & Barry, P.A. (1988-1993). Mr. Durmer is also a Commissioner of the Nashua Housing Authority and a Director of the Neighborhood Health Center for Greater Nashua. He was also a Founder and Director of the Greater Nashua Housing and Development Foundation (1989-1996).
84 97
PRIMARY EMPLOYMENT DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS NAME AND AGE AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND DIRECTORSHIPS AT MARCH 31, 1997 - -------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- DIANE S. GILLELAND.......................... Senior Fellow, American Council on Education, Director since 3/25/94 Washington, D.C. Previously, Ms. Gilleland was Age 50 the Director, Arkansas Department of Higher Education, Little Rock, AR (1990-1997). She currently serves on the boards of several organizations including the Board of the Arkansas School of Mathematics and Science. REGINA T. MONTOYA, ESQ.(1).................. President of WorkRules Company, a consulting Director since 3/25/94 firm and Visiting Professor at the University Age 43 of Texas at Dallas since September 1995. Ms. Montoya was elected national president of Girls Incorporated in April 1996. Ms. Montoya has also been a political analyst for KDFW-TV since August 1995. Previously, Ms. Montoya served as President of Jayhawk, Inc. and Vice President for Special Projects and Special Advisor to the Chairman of the Board of Westcott Communications, Inc. Dallas, TX (1994-1995). In 1993, Ms. Montoya served as Assistant to President Clinton and Director of the Office of Intergovernmental Affairs. Ms. Montoya previously worked with the Texas law firm of Godwin & Carlton from September 1990 to January 1993. Ms. Montoya has also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Jayhawk Acceptance Corporation since February 1994, and as a member of the Board of Directors of Trammell Crow Company since December 1993. Ms. Montoya also serves on the Board of Trustees of Wellesley College and is Vice President and member of the Board of Directors of the Harvard Alumni Association. JAMES E. MOORE.............................. President and Chief Executive Officer, Director since 3/25/94 ContiFinancial Corporation (1995-Present), Age 50 Chairman of ContiMortgage Corporation (1990-Present) and Chairman of Triad Financial Corporation (1996-Present). He is also a director of the National Home Equity Mortgage Association and Home Equity Lenders Leadership Organization. IRENE NATIVIDAD............................. Principal, Natividad & Associates, Washington, Director since 3/25/94 D.C. and Executive Director of the Philippine Age 48 American Foundation (1990-Present). Ms. Natividad currently serves as the Chair of the National Commission on Working Women. Previously, she held the position of President of the National Women's Political Caucus (1985-1989). A Panelist on PBS' "To the Contrary", a national news-analysis program, Ms. Natividad serves on numerous Boards including the National Museum for Women in the Arts and the Center for Women Policy Studies.
85 98
PRIMARY EMPLOYMENT DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS NAME AND AGE AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND DIRECTORSHIPS AT MARCH 31, 1997 - -------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- RONALD J. THAYER............................ Department Executive, Wayne County, Office of Director since 3/25/94 Jobs and Economic Development, Detroit, MI Age 57 (1994- Present). Mr. Thayer served as the Senior Vice President for Fund Development at WTVS-TV, a public television station in Detroit, MI (1990-1992). Mr. Thayer is also a Principal of The Fund Raising Specialists, a Member of the Board of Trustees of Siena Heights College and a member of the President's Cabinet, Executive Board of the University of Detroit, Mercy.
- --------------- (1) Member of the Executive Committee. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD The Holding Company anticipates that the Holding Company Board will hold meetings and maintain committees substantially similar to those currently maintained by Sallie Mae. The Sallie Mae Board of Directors conducts regular meetings on a bi-monthly basis and special meetings as may be required from time to time. Six meetings were held during 1996. In addition, the Executive Committee of the Board, which is empowered, with certain exceptions, to take all such actions of the Sallie Mae Board as may be necessary between the Sallie Mae Board's regular meetings meets from time to time as required. The members of the Sallie Mae Board who served during 1996 attended at least 75 percent of the total number of meetings of the Sallie Mae Board and committees of which they were members in 1996. The Sallie Mae Board uses a number of committees to assist it in the performance of its duties. Meetings of the committees of the Sallie Mae Board are generally held on the day prior to the regular meetings of the Sallie Mae Board and on such other dates as may be necessary between regular meetings. The present standing committees are the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Personnel Committee, the Executive Committee, the External Concerns Committee, the Finance Committee, the Nominations and Board Affairs Committee, the Operations Committee, and the Strategic Planning Committee. The purposes of the Audit, Compensation and Personnel, and Nominations and Board Affairs Committees, the identity of their current members, and the number of meetings held during 1996 are set forth below. AUDIT COMMITTEE. The Audit Committee is empowered to: (1) make recommendations to the Board on the selection of independent auditors; (2) review with independent auditors the scope of their examination and the proposed fee; (3) review with independent auditors the results of the examination; (4) review with management the nature and extent of all non-audit-related services provided to Sallie Mae by the independent auditor; (5) review the management, scope, and results of the internal audit program; and (6) review the Employee Standards of Conduct and the Board of Directors Code of Conduct and employee and director compliance with each. The Sallie Mae Audit Committee held five meetings during 1996. The current membership of the Sallie Mae Audit Committee is as follows: James E. Moore, Chairman; Randolph H. Waterfield, Jr., Vice Chairman; James E. Brandon; David A. Daberko; Diane S. Gilleland; and James E. Rohr. The membership of the Holding Company Audit Committee will be determined by the Holding Company Board following shareholder approval of the Reorganization. COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE. The Compensation and Personnel Committee is empowered to (1) consider and make recommendations to the Board with respect to compensation and other benefits for the Board and employees of Sallie Mae; (2) review Sallie Mae's management resources, manpower planning, development, selection process, and the performance of its key executives; (3) review position evaluations and salary rates for officers; (4) review Sallie Mae's policies relating to development and continuity of able management; and (5) recommend to the Board a process of succession for Sallie Mae's senior officers. 86 99 The Sallie Mae Compensation and Personnel Committee held six meetings during 1996. The current membership of the Sallie Mae Compensation and Personnel Committee is as follows: David A. Daberko, Chairman; Irene Natividad, Vice Chairman; Charles L. Daley; Steven L. Shapiro; Ronald J. Thayer; and David J. Vitale. The membership of the Holding Company Compensation and Personnel Committee will be determined by the Holding Company Board following shareholder approval of the Reorganization. NOMINATIONS AND BOARD AFFAIRS COMMITTEE. The Nominations and Board Affairs Committee is empowered to: (1) identify and recommend nominees for election to the Board; (2) identify and review the qualifications of eligible candidates for consideration as advisory members and Board members; and (3) review the effectiveness and composition of the Board. The Sallie Mae Nominations and Board Affairs Committee held one meeting during 1996. The current membership of the Sallie Mae Nominations and Board Affairs Committee is as follows: Thomas H. Jacobsen, Chairman; Benjamin J. Lambert, Vice Chairman; Kris E. Durmer, James E. Brandon; John W. Spiegel; and Ronald J. Thayer. The membership of the Holding Company Nominations and Board Affairs Committee will be determined by the Holding Company Board following shareholder approval of the Reorganization. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATED INSTITUTIONS Certain directors of the Company are also directors and/or executive officers of other companies with which the Company, from time to time, engages in business transactions. Management believes that the terms and conditions of such transactions are no less favorable to the Company than the terms and conditions of transactions generally entered into by the Company. The Company does not believe that it is a party to any transactions in which a director of the Company has a direct or indirect material interest. 87 100 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION During 1996, each director of Sallie Mae, with the exception of the Chairman of the Board, earned an annual retainer in the amount of $20,000. Each Chairman of a standing committee with the exception of the Chairman of the Board, received an additional annual retainer of $2,000. In addition, a fee of $1,500 accrued to each director for attending each regular bi-monthly or special meeting of the Sallie Mae Board and a fee of $1,500 accrued to each director for attending each regularly scheduled committee meeting of the Sallie Mae Board (with only a single fee paid for multiple committee meetings on the same day). The Chairman of the Board, in recognition of the additional time that he is required to devote to the affairs of Sallie Mae, was compensated on the basis of an annual retainer in the amount of $50,000 and a per diem in the amount of $1,750 for each day spent on the affairs of Sallie Mae. The Chairman of the Board may authorize additional reimbursement for directors who perform additional services or devote unusual amounts of time to Sallie Mae's activities, which are not covered under the normal compensation schedules. Directors may elect to defer cash compensation under the Sallie Mae Board of Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan and invest deferred compensation in a cash account on which interest is accrued and/or in a Sallie Mae Common Stock account, on which dividends and other capital adjustments are made. At least 50% of each director's annual retainer is credited to the Board of Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan -- Stock Account. See "OWNERSHIP OF SALLIE MAE STOCK". Directors are provided with $50,000 of group term life insurance and are covered by a travel insurance plan while traveling on Sallie Mae business. Consistent with Sallie Mae's philosophy that management and the Sallie Mae Board's compensation should be aligned with the interests of the shareholders, effective December 31, 1995, the Sallie Mae Board of Directors' Pension Plan, a "nonqualified" plan, providing a benefit computed on the highest consecutive three-year average of compensation, was eliminated. Benefits accrued to directors serving on the Board at December 31, 1995 were frozen. Further, the Board recommended that a substantial portion of compensation be stock-based. Directors may participate in the Sallie Mae Employees' Stock Purchase Plan on the same terms and conditions as employees. Directors do not receive a salary from Sallie Mae nor do they participate in any of the other plans discussed in the Executive Compensation section. Under the terms of the shareholder-approved Sallie Mae Board of Directors' Restricted Stock Plan, each director may annually receive up to a maximum of 500 shares of restricted Common Stock. Shares granted under the Directors' Restricted Stock Plan may not be transferred by a director until the later of six months from the date of grant or the date the director separates from service as a Board member. During 1996, each director was granted 100 shares of restricted Sallie Mae Common Stock. The aggregate number of shares issued to directors during 1996 was 2,100 shares. Pursuant to the Board of Directors Stock Option Plan, approved at the 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Sallie Mae, each director was awarded options to acquire 3,000 shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock at $73.00 per share. Beginning in 1997, each director will annually receive grants of 1,000 stock options pursuant to the Board of Directors' Stock Option Plan. At December 31, 1996, 63,000 options were outstanding and exercisable and had a value of $1,267,875. The Department of the Treasury, in connection with its oversight responsibilities related to Sallie Mae, the government-sponsored enterprise, has discussed and questioned the holding of options to purchase shares of stock in the newly-formed Holding Company by public directors of the government-sponsored enterprise as a form of compensation under the new holding company structure. While the Company does not share this view, the Company has agreed to use its best efforts, following the Reorganization, to have the newly formed Holding Company acquire any outstanding options held by the presidential appointees to the Sallie Mae Board and to discontinue such directors' future participation in the Sallie Mae Employees' Stock Purchase Plan. 88 101 The total compensation accrued to directors in 1996 (including the value of restricted stock grants and compensation related to participation in the Sallie Mae Employees Stock Purchase Plan) aggregated $1,215,767. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY NAMES AND TITLES The executive officers of Sallie Mae at March 31, 1997, their titles, and their years of employment with Sallie Mae are below. Their previous experience, including principal occupations for the past five years, follows.
YEAR COMMENCED/ AGE AT REJOINED NAME & TITLE 3/31/97 EMPLOYMENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------- ----------- Lawrence A. Hough....................................................... 52 1973/1979 President and Chief Executive Officer Timothy G. Greene....................................................... 57 1973/1990 Executive Vice President and General Counsel Lydia M. Marshall....................................................... 48 1985 Executive Vice President, Marketing Denise B. McGlone....................................................... 45 1977/1994 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE Lawrence A. Hough, President and Chief Executive Officer, was first employed by Sallie Mae from 1973 to 1977 and rejoined Sallie Mae in 1979. He was appointed to his present position in July 1990. As more fully described in the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors, Mr. Hough intends to resign following consummation of the Reorganization upon selection of his successor. Timothy G. Greene, Executive Vice President and General Counsel, was first employed by Sallie Mae from 1973 to 1979 and rejoined Sallie Mae in July 1990, at which time he was appointed to his present position. A $500,000 loan made by Sallie Mae to Mr. Greene in order to assist him in relocating to Washington, D.C. to accept employment with Sallie Mae was repaid by Mr. Greene on June 30, 1996. Lydia M. Marshall, Executive Vice President, Marketing, was employed by Sallie Mae in July 1985. Prior to her current appointment in November 1993, she served as Senior Vice President, Marketing from 1991 to 1993. Denise B. McGlone, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, was first employed by Sallie Mae from 1977 to 1983 and rejoined Sallie Mae on January 31, 1994, at which time she was appointed to her present position. From December 1991 through December 1993, Ms. McGlone held the position of Executive Vice President and Global Head of Derivatives of DKB Financial Products, Inc. in New York. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION This section includes: (1) a report made by the Compensation and Personnel Committee of Sallie Mae regarding executive compensation policy; (2) a summary description in tabular form of executive compensation; (3) a summary of 1997 stock option grants; (4) a valuation of option exercises and remaining option holdings; (5) a summary of awards under the Student Loan Marketing Association Incentive Performance Plan (the "Incentive Performance Plan" or the "IPP"); (6) a description of benefit plans; and (7) a comparison of stock performance to market indices. Sallie Mae does not have any termination or change in control agreements with its executive officers. 89 102 REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE This report is issued by the Compensation and Personnel Committee to set forth the Sallie Mae Board's philosophy and practice in the area of executive compensation. Written comments by shareholders on the report are encouraged and should be directed to the Chairman, Compensation and Personnel Committee. POLICY. The purpose of Sallie Mae's executive compensation program is to link compensation to the achievement of Sallie Mae's education finance program and financial goals. These goals are to: increase the availability of education related credit in the United States, improve the delivery of that credit, and increase total shareholder return. Although the Holding Company Board has not yet adopted a policy for its compensation programs, it is anticipated that the Holding Company Board will adopt a policy substantially similar to that currently in effect for Sallie Mae's Compensation and Personnel Committee. Sallie Mae's experience demonstrates that its goals are best achieved through the coordinated efforts of its entire senior management team. To create an environment in which such coordinated efforts will occur, each component of the executive compensation program applies to all executive officers, including the President and Chief Executive Officer. In 1994, however, Mr. Hough suggested that the Compensation and Personnel Committee consider awarding him a portion of his annual bonus in restricted stock in order to further link the value of his compensation package to the creation of shareholder value. The Committee decided to act on Mr. Hough's suggestion and, therefore, the bonus component of Mr. Hough's compensation (discussed below) is different from that of the other executive officers. The compensation program is designed to: (1) create a performance-oriented environment by making a significant portion of annual compensation dependent on the achievement of both annual and long-term goals; (2) align management and shareholder interests by providing a portion of annual compensation in the form of market-priced stock options which also provide the opportunity for management to acquire shares of Sallie Mae's Common Stock; and (3) attract and retain key executives. The program is reviewed at least annually to determine that it meets the objectives set forth above. In November 1994, to further support Sallie Mae's belief that management ownership of Sallie Mae's Common Stock helps align management and shareholder interests, Sallie Mae established minimum guidelines for stock ownership for all officers of Sallie Mae. The guidelines provide that each officer should own a specified number of shares depending on the officer's level of seniority. Each officer is expected to increase his or her share ownership annually until the guideline is achieved. The stock ownership guideline for the President and Chief Executive Officer is 30,000 shares. For each Executive Vice President the guideline is 10,000 shares. For each Vice President earning more than $140,000 in salary, the guideline is 4,000 shares. For each Vice President earning $140,000 or less in salary, the guideline is 2,000 shares. For each Assistant Vice President, the guideline is 1,000 shares. See "OWNERSHIP OF SALLIE MAE STOCK -- Board and Management Ownership" for stock ownership information. Only shares owned directly or through Sallie Mae's Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan, Supplemental Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan, and Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees are considered in determining if an officer meets the guidelines. Officers of Sallie Mae have five years within which to meet the ownership guidelines. COMPENSATION RELATED TO ACHIEVEMENT OF ANNUAL AND LONG-TERM GOALS. The following describes each element of the executive compensation program and its relationship to the goals described above. Also described is the relationship of each element to the President and Chief Executive Officer's compensation for 1996. BASE SALARY. Each executive officer's base salary takes into account the officer's responsibility level, the officer's accomplishments in meeting that responsibility, the leadership demonstrated by the officer, and the officer's length of service with Sallie Mae. In determining the compensation, including the salary for each executive officer, Sallie Mae also reviews the compensation paid by comparable financial institutions to officers with similar responsibilities. The companies in this group are publicly held financial services companies with strong financial performance characteristics as determined by shareholder return over five 90 103 years and by earnings fundamentals. The group includes banks, insurance companies, and other government-sponsored enterprises. It is not Sallie Mae's policy to match salaries on a dollar-for-dollar basis; however, Sallie Mae does take comparable salaries into consideration when deciding what compensation levels are necessary to attract and retain qualified executives. Based on the Board of Director's evaluation of these considerations, Mr. Hough's salary increased 2.86 percent from 1995 to 1996. ANNUAL BONUS. The annual bonus represents "at risk" compensation and the Committee has determined that opportunities for increases in annual cash compensation should be primarily reflected by the annual bonus. Each executive officer's 1996 annual bonus is determined on the basis of the Board of Directors' evaluation of the officer's performance in achieving certain goals set forth in an annual plan and in meeting anticipated and unanticipated challenges which arise during the year. The Board of Directors reviews each officer's overall performance in the context of all of the goals and of each year's challenges and, therefore, does not believe it appropriate to assign each element of the annual plan a specific weight. In the case of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the 1996 bonus was based on his planning and implementation of successful business strategies. In evaluating his performance, the following factors were considered: financial results, board relations, congressional relations and team building. These factors include increased earnings per common share, increased return on shareholder equity, asset growth, improvements in student loan servicing quality, efforts to achieve rechartering of Sallie Mae from a government-sponsored enterprise to state chartered corporation on terms favorable to shareholders, and leadership in improving the availability and quality of delivery of education credit, including efforts related to student loan legislation. Ultimate supervisory responsibility for employees who created a document which is the subject of a complaint filed with the Federal Election Commission, was also considered in arriving at Mr. Hough's bonus, as well as that of another executive officer. Based on Mr. Hough's performance for 1996, he received a bonus of $440,000 of which $220,036 was paid in cash and $219,964 was paid in the form of 2,263 restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock. Pursuant to the Stock Compensation Plan the restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock were valued at 90 percent of the closing price of the Sallie Mae Common Stock on the NYSE on the date of grant. The restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock pay dividends and provides voting rights to the same extent as unrestricted Sallie Mae Common Stock. From one year from the date of grant, such restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock may be forfeited, under certain circumstances. INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE PLAN. The Incentive Performance Plan is designed to reward the achievement of long-term corporate goals and to create an incentive for each executive officer and certain other senior officers of Sallie Mae to remain employed by Sallie Mae. Under the Incentive Performance Plan, the Compensation and Personnel Committee may establish each year corporate performance targets to be achieved over a three-year period. At the end of each three-year period, the level of achievement of each target is determined and, based on the weight given to each target and the participation level of each officer in the Incentive Performance Plan an award is made ranging from 0 percent to 100 percent of the officer's then-current salary. Payments under each plan are made in three equal annual installments and are dependent upon the continued employment of the executive officer, unless the officer retires from Sallie Mae, in which case accrued payments are made. In January of 1996, the Board of Directors made awards for the completed 1993 Plan, which contained the following weighted performance measurements: (1) 33.33 percent for educational credit enhancements; (2) 33.33 percent for total shareholder return; and (3) 33.33 percent for return on equity, return on assets and earnings per share. Mr. Hough received an award of $267,750 under the 1993 Plan, payable in three annual installments beginning in January of 1996. The amount of the award was 22 percent less than the prior year, primarily as a reflection of the decrease in the price of Sallie Mae Common Stock during 1994. In 1996, the same performance measurements were set for the 1996 Plan as noted above for the 1993 Plan. STOCK OPTION PLAN. The Board of Directors strongly believes that in addition to compensating executives for the successful financial performance of Sallie Mae through annual bonuses and three-year incentive plans, a portion of executive compensation should be linked to Sallie Mae Common Stock value by granting stock options to executives. The value of the options granted is at risk and directly tied to the increase 91 104 in share price from the date of grant. The terms of the options, granted at market price and not exercisable for a period from 12 to 36 months and expiring in ten years, are designed to retain key employees and to provide incentives for management to increase share price. The number of options granted each year is based on the same factors as discussed under "Annual Bonus" above. Previous grants of stock options are reviewed but are not an element in determining option awards. Based on the Board of Director's evaluation of these performance measurements, in 1996 Mr. Hough received 30,000 stock options, exercisable at a price of $73.00 each, the then current market price. In January of 1997, the Board of Directors awarded Mr. Hough 27,000 stock options, exercisable at a price of $108 each. In 1994, 1995, and 1996, Mr. Hough's cash and stock compensation consisted of 43 percent, 40 percent, and 41 percent respectively, in base salary; 25 percent, 32 percent, and 34 percent respectively, in annual bonus based on performance for each such year; and 32 percent, 28 percent, and 25 percent respectively, in payments under the Incentive Performance Plan. Compensation and Personnel Committee David A. Daberko, Chairman Irene Natividad, Vice Chairman Charles L. Daley*, Member Steven L. Shapiro*, Member Ronald J. Thayer, Member David J. Vitale, Member
-------------------- * dissents to the foregoing report. The individuals listed above constitute the current membership of the Sallie Mae Compensation and Personnel Committee. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro dissented from this Report of the Compensation and Personnel Committee. On March 4, 1997, a written statement was delivered to the Company on behalf of Messrs. Daley and Shapiro setting forth the reasons of Messrs. Daley and Shapiro for so dissenting. The statement of Messrs. Daley and Shapiro has been included in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus at their request and is set forth in Appendix E. The comparable financial institutions referred to in the Report of the Compensation and Personnel Committee are a group of 20 high-performing financial service corporations, and include Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and Federal National Mortgage Association, which are also included in Standard & Poor's Financial-Miscellaneous Index referred to in "EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION -- Performance Graph." 92 105 COMPENSATION TABLES Set forth below is historical information relating to the compensation of executive officers of Sallie Mae. It is anticipated that the Holding Company will compensate its executive officers in a manner that is substantially similar to the manner in which Sallie Mae compensates its executive officers. SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
LONG-TERM COMPENSATION -------------------------------------- AWARDS ------------------------ PAYOUTS ANNUAL COMPENSATION SECURITIES ---------- ----------------------------- RESTRICTED UNDERLYING LTIP ALL OTHER YEAR SALARY(1) BONUS(2) OTHER STOCK(3) OPTIONS(4) PAYOUT(5) COMPENSATION(6) ---- -------- -------- ----- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------------- Lawrence A. Hough.......... 1996 $540,000 $220,036 - $219,964 30,000 $ 329,656 $ 54,578 President and CEO 1995 525,000 210,052 - 209,948 50,000 372,078 31,465 1994 510,000 145,025 - 144,975 30,000 381,100 30,565 Timothy G. Greene.......... 1996 304,000 184,000 - 46,000 14,000 186,029 40,392 EVP and General Counsel 1995 295,000 192,000 - - 18,500 197,557 17,684 1994 288,000 155,000 - - 12,000 133,237 17,280 Denise B. McGlone.......... 1996 295,000 0 - 240,000 14,000 - 17,677 EVP and CFO 1995 285,000 260,000 - - 15,000 - 17,077 1994 253,846 250,000 - - 12,000 - 15,231 Robert D. Friedhoff(7)..... 1996 275,000 235,000 - - 14,000 105,733 16,465 EVP, Systems and Servicing 1995 260,000 210,000 - - 18,500 96,236 15,565 1994 245,000 165,000 - - 12,000 82,683 14,700 Lydia M. Marshall.......... 1996 275,000 245,000 - - 14,000 98,984 16,454 EVP, Marketing 1995 255,000 220,000 - - 18,500 86,457 15,254 1994 235,000 165,000 - - 12,000 73,058 14,100
- --------------- (1) "Salary" is the base salary earned in the current year including all salary deferred to future years. (2) "Bonus" is the amount earned for the year. The Bonus is determined and payable in the following year. Of Mr. Hough's 1996 Bonus of $440,000, 50% was paid in cash ($220,036) and 50% was granted in the form of 2,263 restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock (determined at 90% of value on date of grant) with a cash value of $244,404 on the date of grant. Pursuant to the Stock Compensation Plan, per his election, 80% of Mr. Greene's 1996 Bonus of $230,000 was paid in cash ($184,024) and 20% was granted in the form of 473 restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock (determined at 90% of value on date of grant) with a cash value of $51,084 on the date of grant. Pursuant to the Stock Compensation Plan, per her election, 100% of Ms. McGlone's 1996 Bonus of $240,000 was granted in the form of 2,469 restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock (determined at 90% of value on date of grant) with a cash value of $266,652 on the date of grant. (3) Grantees of restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock are eligible to receive dividends. Mr. Hough's 1994 and 1995 grants will both become unrestricted as of January 27 and 26, 1997, respectively. All other grants will become unrestricted on January 23, 1998. On the last day of the fiscal year, the aggregate number of restricted shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock granted equaled 6,742 shares with a value at December 31, 1996 of $627,849. (4) "Securities Underlying Options" includes stock options granted at market prices in January of each year. The exercise price of the options are as follows: January 1994: $49.00; January 1995: $37.00 and January 1996: $73.00; except for Ms. McGlone's 1994 grant, the date of which grant was November 17, 1993 priced at $44.50. (5) Each year's Long-Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") Payout is comprised of the following payments under the Incentive Performance Plan: 1996 -- 1/3 of the total award earned in each of the IPP years 1993, 1992, and 1991, paid in January 1996; 1995 -- 1/3 of the total award earned in each of the IPP years 1992, 1991, and 1990, paid in January 1995; 1994 -- 1/3 of the total award earned in each of the IPP years 1991, 1990, and 1989, paid in January 1994; Ms. McGlone is not eligible to receive awards earned under IPP until the 1994 IPP payout which commences in 1997. (6) "All Other Compensation" consists of the Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan's and the Supplemental Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan's employer matching contributions of up to 6% of base salary and for Messrs. Hough and Greene, $22,213 and $22,173 resulting from purchases of discounted stock under the Employees' Stock Purchase Plan. (7) Mr. Friedhoff resigned from his positions with Sallie Mae, effective March 26, 1997 for personal reasons. 93 106 1996 OPTION GRANTS TABLE
PERCENT OF NUMBER OF TOTAL SECURITIES GRANTS TO UNDERLYING EMPLOYEES VALUE AT OPTIONS IN EXERCISE EXPIRATION GRANT NAME POSITION GRANTED 1996(1) PRICE DATE DATE(2) - --------------------------- ------------------------- ---------- --------- -------- ---------- -------- Lawrence A. Hough.......... President and CEO 30,000 9.3 % $73.00 1/25/2006 $774,000 Timothy G. Greene.......... EVP and General Counsel 14,000 4.3 73.00 1/25/2006 361,200 Denise B. McGlone.......... EVP and CFO 14,000 4.3 73.00 1/25/2006 361,200 Robert D. Friedhoff(3)..... EVP, Systems & Servicing 14,000 4.3 73.00 1/25/2006 361,200 Lydia M. Marshall.......... EVP, Marketing 14,000 4.3 73.00 1/25/2006 361,200
- --------------- (1) The total number of stock options granted to employees in 1996 was 324,045. (2) Value is determined on the basis of the Extended Binomial Options Pricing Model, a variation of the Black-Scholes pricing model. The following assumptions have been used in valuing the stock options as of the grant date -- January 25, 1996: volatility -- 29.42%; risk-free rate of return -- 5.93%; dividend growth rate -- 8.0%; vesting period -- one year from grant and time of exercise -- expiration date. (3) Mr. Friedhoff resigned from his positions with Sallie Mae, effective March 26, 1997 for personal reasons. 1996 OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE
NUMBER OF VALUE OF SECURITIES UNEXERCISED UNDERLYING IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT OPTIONS AT VALUE YEAR END DECEMBER 31, 1996 SHARES REALIZED ON EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/ NAME POSITION ACQUIRED EXERCISE UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE - ----------------------------- ------------------------- -------- ----------- -------------- ------------------- Lawrence A. Hough............ President and CEO 10,000 $ 604,500 148,250/30,000 $6,485,468/$603,750 Timothy G. Greene............ EVP and General Counsel 1,080 52,920 44,920/14,000 1,825,072/ 281,750 Denise B. McGlone............ EVP and CFO 8,500 309,812 18,500/14,000 948,312/ 281,750 Robert D. Friedhoff(1)....... EVP, Systems & Servicing 0 0 51,000/14,000 2,176,937/ 281,750 Lydia M. Marshall............ EVP, Marketing 18,500 832,500 24,800/14,000 927,650/ 281,750
- --------------- (1) Mr. Friedhoff resigned from his positions with Sallie Mae, effective March 26, 1997 for personal reasons. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN TABLE INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE PLAN (IPP)
PERFORMANCE OR OTHER PERIOD NAME POSITION AWARDS FOR 1993 IPP(1) UNTIL MATURITY OR PAYOUT(2) - -------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------- Lawrence A. Hough......... President and CEO Three installments of $89,250. Payable beginning January 1996. Timothy G. Greene......... EVP and General Counsel Three installments of $50,150 Payable beginning January 1996. Denise B. McGlone(3)...... EVP and CFO N/A N/A Robert D. Friedhoff(4).... EVP, Systems & Servicing Three installments of $38,061. Payable beginning January 1996. Lydia M. Marshall......... EVP, Marketing Three installments of $37,329. Payable beginning January 1996.
- --------------- (1) The 1993 IPP commenced January 1, 1993 and ended December 31, 1995. Awards for that IPP were determined by the Board of Directors in January 1996. (2) The January 1996 payment for the 1993 IPP is included in the Summary Compensation Table under "LTIP Payout". (3) Denise McGlone rejoined the Corporation in February 1994. Ms. McGlone is not eligible to receive awards until the 1994 IPP payout which commences in 1997. (4) Mr. Friedhoff resigned from his positions with Sallie Mae, effective March 26, 1997 for personal reasons. 94 107 DESCRIPTION OF BENEFIT PLANS Set forth below are current benefit plans of Sallie Mae. It is anticipated that following the Reorganization, the Holding Company will become the sponsor of each of these benefit plans and maintain such plans in a manner substantially similar to the manner in which Sallie Mae currently maintains such plans. PENSION PLANS PENSION PLAN TABLE ANNUAL NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT(1)
FINAL YEARS OF SERVICE AT NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE AVERAGE --------------------------------------------------------------- COMPENSATION 15 20 25 30 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ $400,000 $ 129,671 $ 172,895 $ 216,119 $ 259,343 450,000 146,171 194,895 243,619 292,343 500,000 162,671 216,895 271,119 325,343 550,000 179,171 238,895 298,619 358,343 600,000 195,671 260,895 326,119 391,343 650,000 212,171 282,895 353,619 424,343 700,000 228,671 304,895 381,119 457,343 750,000 245,171 326,895 408,619 490,343 800,000 261,671 348,895 436,119 523,343 850,000 278,171 370,895 463,619 556,343 900,000 294,671 392,895 491,119 589,343
- --------------- (1) Payable for life to employees retiring in 1996 at age 62. The credited years of service for the individuals named in the Summary Compensation Table are: Mr. Hough: 21 years, 10 months; Mr. Greene: 12 years, 5 months; Ms. McGlone: 9 years, 3 months; Mr. Friedhoff: 17 years, 11 months; and Ms. Marshall: 11 years, 6 months. The Student Loan Marketing Association Employees' Pension Plan (the "Pension Plan") provides monthly benefits upon retirement to employees who complete five years of service. Benefits are calculated according to a formula which is based on an employee's highest consecutive five-year average base salary, length of credited service, and are integrated with social security benefits. The maximum number of years for which a participant receives credit for service under the Pension Plan is 30 years, and normal retirement age is 62. The Pension Plan also provides early retirement benefits at age 55, as well as joint and survivor benefits. The Pension Plan is funded solely by corporate contributions. Annual contributions to the Pension Plan trust are determined on an actuarial basis. The Student Loan Marketing Association Supplemental Pension Plan (the "Supplemental Pension Plan") assures that designated participants receive the full amount of benefits to which they would have been entitled under the Pension Plan but for limits on compensation and benefit levels imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. The portions of compensation that are considered covered compensation for the Supplemental Pension Plan for each named executive officer are the salary and annual bonus amounts, up to 35% of the prior year's salary, disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table. Benefit amounts under both the Pension Plan and the Supplemental Pension Plan are computed on an actuarial basis without individual allocation. The table above shows estimated annual benefits payable under the Pension Plan and the Supplemental Pension Plan to an employee for life upon retirement at age 62 in specified years-of-service and remuneration classes, using assumptions about compensation increases, under a straight life annuity option. The benefit amounts shown in the table are not subject to any deduction for social security or other offset amount. THRIFT AND SAVINGS PLANS. The Student Loan Marketing Association Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan (the "Thrift and Savings Plan") is available to all employees of Sallie Mae after the completion of one year of service. Employees participate in the Thrift and Savings Plan by contributing up to six percent of their salaries. Sallie Mae provides a matching contribution equal to 100 percent of each participant's contribution. 95 108 Participants are always fully vested in their own contributions to the Thrift and Savings Plan. Participants vest in Sallie Mae's matching contribution at the rate of 25 percent for each year of participation after their first year of service and, therefore, are fully vested in the matching contributions after five years of service. Participants may make withdrawals from the Thrift and Savings Plan, subject to penalties in most instances, and borrow under certain limited conditions. The Student Loan Marketing Association Supplemental Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan (the "Supplemental Thrift and Savings Plan") assures that designated participants receive the full amount of benefits to which they would have been entitled under the Thrift and Savings Plan but for limits on compensation and contribution levels imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Salary deferrals made under the Thrift and Savings and the Supplemental Thrift and Savings Plans by any of the five most highly-compensated executive officers are reported under the "Salary" column of the Summary Compensation Table. Sallie Mae contributions made under the Thrift and Savings and Supplemental Thrift and Savings Plans on behalf of the five most highly compensated executive officers are reported under the "All Other Compensation" column of the Summary Compensation Table. STOCK PURCHASE PLAN. The Employees' Stock Purchase Plan provides that all full-time and certain part-time employees and members of the Board of Directors may purchase shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock at the end of a two-year period. The purchase price is equal to the fair market value of the Sallie Mae Common Stock at the beginning of the two-year period, less 15 percent. Purchases are made with funds that accumulate in a taxable, interest-bearing account funded by payments from participating employees. Contributions to an employee's account may be made only through after-tax payroll deductions and are limited to 10 percent of compensation, but no more than $10,000. The Board authorized 1,250,000 shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Employees' Stock Purchase Plan. The Employees' Stock Purchase Plan is not a "qualified" stock purchase plan. Accordingly, upon the purchase of stock, employees have taxable income to the extent that the fair market value of the stock on the date of purchase exceeds the purchase price. Income for any of the five most highly compensated executive officers resulting from purchases of stock under the Employees' Stock Purchase Plan is reported under the "All Other Compensation" column of the Summary Compensation Table. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR KEY EMPLOYEES. The Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees provides that participants may elect to defer earnings and invest the compensation in an interest-bearing cash account and/or a Sallie Mae Common Stock account. Effective January 1, 1996, the Deferred Compensation Plan was closed to new participants and closed to additional deferrals after December 29, 1995. None of the five most highly compensated executive officers participated in the Plan in 1996. STOCK OPTION PLAN. The Stock Option Plan, effective from March 1993 to March 1998, provides key employees an opportunity to acquire an equity interest in Sallie Mae. The Stock Option Plan is administered by the Compensation and Personnel Committee, none of whose members are eligible for benefits under the Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option Plan provides for the issuance of "non-qualified" or "qualified" stock options at market value on the day of the grant with terms of ten years from the date of the grant. Options must be held for a period of between 12 and 36 months, as determined at the time the option is granted, before the option may be exercised. The Stock Option Plan authorizes the granting of options with respect to no more than 5,091,450 shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock, subject to adjustments for stock splits. All options granted in 1996 were "nonqualified" options. The Stock Option Plan includes a "reload" option feature that was approved at the 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Sallie Mae and that is designed to encourage officers of Sallie Mae to exercise options and to retain ownership of the Sallie Mae Common Stock issued pursuant to such exercises. STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN. At the 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Board of Directors adopted the Sallie Mae Stock Compensation Plan (the "Stock Plan"). The purpose of the Stock Plan is to continue to promote and encourage Sallie Mae Common Stock ownership by key employees in order to link 96 109 the interests of the key employees of Sallie Mae with the interests of the shareholders of Sallie Mae and to provide the Board of Directors a method to compensate key employees with Sallie Mae Common Stock in lieu of a portion of their cash compensation. Awards will be granted, in lieu of all or part of an officer's annual bonus, at the discretion of the Compensation and Personnel Committee, to officers of Sallie Mae eligible to receive an annual bonus. Awards will be made, at the discretion of the Compensation and Personnel Committee, in the form of Sallie Mae Common Stock, restricted stock, or stock units. In its discretion, the Committee may provide an officer with the opportunity to elect to receive an annual bonus in cash or in restricted stock at a 10 percent discount. PERFORMANCE GRAPH STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
MEASUREMENT PERIOD S&P FINANCIAL- (FISCAL YEAR COVERED) SLMA MISC. S&P 500 1991 100 100 100 1992 94.51 117.56 107.61 1993 63.29 140.35 118.39 1994 47.69 135.14 119.99 1995 99.93 216.44 164.92 1996 143.94 282.03 202.69
BASE COMPANY/INDEX YEAR 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 Sallie Mae 100.0 94.5 63.3 47.7 99.9 143.9 S&P Financial-Misc.(1)(2) 100.0 117.6 140.4 135.1 216.4 282.0 S&P 500 Comp-Ltd(2) 100.0 107.6 118.4 120.0 164.9 202.7
(1) Companies included in Standard & Poor's Financial-Miscellaneous Index: American Express, American General Finance, Dean Witter, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal National Mortgage Association, Green Tree Financial, MBIA Inc, MBNA Corporation, and Transamerica Corporation. (2) Source: Bloomberg Comparative Return Table 97 110 OWNERSHIP OF SALLIE MAE STOCK BOARD AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANY The following table provides information regarding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock owned by the Company's management and Sallie Mae directors at June 6, 1997, unless otherwise indicated. None of such persons nor such persons as a group were the beneficial owner of more than 1 percent of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock at June 6, 1997. If the Reorganization is approved, all shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock beneficially owned by such persons shall be converted into shares of Holding Company Common Stock. The Department of the Treasury, in connection with its oversight responsibilities related to Sallie Mae, the government-sponsored enterprise, has discussed and questioned the holding of options to purchase shares of stock in the newly formed Holding Company by public directors of the government-sponsored enterprise as a form of compensation under the new holding company structure. While the Company does not share this view, the Company has agreed to use its best efforts, following the Reorganization, to have the newly formed Holding Company acquire any outstanding options held by the presidential appointees to the Sallie Mae Board and to discontinue such directors' future participation in the Sallie Mae Employees' Stock Purchase Plan. SALLIE MAE
TOTAL SHARES OWNED AND MAY BE CREDITED TO CREDITED TO ACQUIRED BENEFIT PLAN BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN 60 OWNED(1) ACCOUNT(2) ACCOUNT(3) DAYS(4) -------- ------------ ------------ --------- SALLIE MAE DIRECTORS William Arceneaux............................................... 1,591 2,762 4,353 2,500 Mitchell W. Berger.............................................. 767 364 1,131 4,000 James E. Brandon................................................ 1,625 849 2,474 4,000 David A. Daberko................................................ 1,288 3,697 4,985 4,000 Charles L. Daley................................................ 4,850 244 5,094 4,000 Kris E. Durmer.................................................. 768 332 1,100 2,000 Diane S. Gilleland.............................................. 768 694 1,462 3,650 Ronald F. Hunt, Esq. ........................................... 5,881 1,043 6,924 1,000 Thomas H. Jacobsen.............................................. 1,775 873 2,648 4,000 Benjamin J. Lambert............................................. 350 443 793 1,000 Albert L. Lord.................................................. 38,450 474 38,924 1,000 Regina T. Montoya............................................... 768 332 1,100 3,000 James E. Moore.................................................. 1,264 1,022 2,286 4,000 Irene Natividad................................................. 768 322 1,090 2,500 A. Alexander Porter, Jr......................................... 21,350 244 21,594 4,000 James E. Rohr................................................... 1,041 417 1,458 4,000 Steven L. Shapiro............................................... 1,350 655 2,005 4,000 John W. Spiegel................................................. 742 322 1,064 4,000 Ronald J. Thayer................................................ 450 322 772 1,500 David J. Vitale................................................. 775 12,371 13,146 4,000 Randolph H. Waterfield, Jr...................................... 550 575 1,125 4,000 SALLIE MAE NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS(5) Timothy G. Greene............................................... 6,940 2,678 9,618 58,920 Lawrence A. Hough............................................... 140,580 6,248 146,828 178,250 Lydia M. Marshall............................................... 11,186 1,486 12,672 38,800 Denise B. McGlone............................................... 9,086 1,602 10,688 32,500 SALLIE MAE DIRECTORS AND NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AS A GROUP(5)................................................. 254,963 40,371 295,334 374,620
- --------------- (1) Consists of shares held, directly or indirectly, by the individual or a related party, including restricted shares, and, in the case of officers, shares credited directly to the individual's account under the Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan. Pursuant to the Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan, a participant has the power to direct the voting of stock held on his behalf in the Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan Trust. (2)Consists of shares credited under the Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan, the Supplemental Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan, and the Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees. (3)Consists of total of columns 1 and 2. (4)Consists of shares which may be acquired through the Stock Option Plan and the Board of Directors' Stock Option Plan. (5)Does not include shares beneficially owned by Mr. Robert D. Friedhoff who resigned from his positions with Sallie Mae, effective March 26, 1997, for personal reasons. At December 31, 1996, Mr. Friedhoff owned 8,288 shares, had 206 shares credited to his Benefit Plan Account and was entitled to acquire 65,000 shares within 60 days of such date. 98 111 PRINCIPAL HOLDERS Sallie Mae believes the following institutions were beneficial owners of 5 percent or more of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock at March 31, 1997 based upon information from such institutions and Sallie Mae's records.
OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE AT PRINCIPAL HOLDERS SHARES MARCH 31, 1997 - ------------------------------------------------------------- --------- ------------------------ FMR Corporation.............................................. 6,372,800 12.1% Chancellor Capital........................................... 5,452,376 10.3% The Capital Group Companies, Inc.(1)......................... 5,405,400 10.2% Scudder Stevens & Clark...................................... 3,230,525 6.1% Boston Partners.............................................. 3,155,500 6.0% AIM Management Group......................................... 2,948,300 5.6%
- --------------- (1) Certain operating subsidiaries of the Capital Group Companies, Inc. exercised investment discretion over various institutional accounts which held, as of March 31, 1997, 5,405,400 shares of the issue (10.2% of the outstanding shares of the class). Capital Guardian Trust Company, a bank, and one of such operating companies, exercised investment discretion over 2,025,400 of said shares. Capital Research and Management Company, a registered investment adviser had investment discretion with respect to 3,380,000 shares of the above shares. LEGAL MATTERS The legality of the Holding Company Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Reorganization and certain other matters in connection with the Reorganization will be passed upon by Timothy G. Greene, General Counsel of Sallie Mae and of the Holding Company. Under the terms of the Reorganization Agreement, it is a condition precedent to the Merger that Sallie Mae shall have received an opinion of counsel as to certain federal income tax consequences of the Merger. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Washington, D.C., is expected to render such an opinion to Sallie Mae and the Holding Company. EXPERTS The balance sheet of the Holding Company at February 3, 1997 and the consolidated financial statements of Sallie Mae as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. Representatives of Ernst & Young LLP are expected to attend the Special Meeting, will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so, and can be expected to respond to appropriate questions from shareholders present at the Special Meeting. 99 112 SALLIE MAE ANNUAL MEETING SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS If the Reorganization is not consummated, an annual meeting of Sallie Mae will be held as soon as practicable after the Special Meeting. To be included in the proxy material for the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Sallie Mae, any shareholder proposal must be received by Sallie Mae no later than July 31, 1997. The submission of a shareholder proposal does not guarantee that it will be included in such proxy material. By Order of the Board of Directors Ann Marie Plubell Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Secretary 100 113 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INDEX
PAGE ---- SLM HOLDING CORPORATION Report of Independent Auditors....................................................... F-2 Balance Sheets....................................................................... F-3 Notes to Balance Sheets.............................................................. F-4 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION Report of Independent Auditors....................................................... F-6 Consolidated Balance Sheets.......................................................... F-7 Consolidated Statements of Income.................................................... F-8 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity........................... F-9 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows................................................ F-10 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................... F-11
F-1 114 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS The Board of Directors SLM Holding Corporation We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of SLM Holding Corporation as of February 3, 1997. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the management of SLM Holding Corporation. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the balance statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SLM Holding Corporation at February 3, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Washington, D.C. Ernst & Young LLP February 3, 1997 F-2 115 SLM HOLDING CORPORATION BALANCE SHEETS
MARCH 31, FEBRUARY 3, 1997 1997 ------------ ----------- (UNAUDITED) ASSETS Cash.................................................................. $1,000 $ 1,000 ====== ======= LIABILITIES........................................................... $ - $ - STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY Preferred stock, par value $.20 per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding......................................... - - Common stock, par value $.20 per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding................................. 200 200 Additional paid-in capital............................................ 800 800 ------ ------- Total stockholder's equity............................................ 1,000 1,000 ------ ------- Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............................ $1,000 $ 1,000 ====== =======
See accompanying notes to balance sheets. F-3 116 SLM HOLDING CORPORATION NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 IS UNAUDITED) 1. ORGANIZATION AND PRIVATIZATION SLM Holding Corporation (the "Holding Company") was incorporated on February 3, 1997 under Delaware law. The Holding Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae" or the "GSE"), a corporation chartered under federal law. The Holding Company was incorporated to effect the reorganization of the business of Sallie Mae and the eventual dissolution of Sallie Mae. The Holding Company has had no operations since its incorporation and will commence operations effective upon the reorganization as described below. Privatization Sallie Mae is a stockholder-owned corporation which was created in 1972 as a federally chartered government-sponsored enterprise under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (the "Act"). The Act defines Sallie Mae's charter and limits its corporate authority to education finance related activities, while imposing certain obligations on Sallie Mae, including acting as a lender of last resort to eligible borrowers under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (the "FFELP"). On May 15, 1997, Sallie Mae convened a special shareholders meeting pursuant to a combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission to approve a privatization plan and a slate of directors for the new Holding Company. The solicitation was opposed by eight members of Sallie Mae's Board of Directors who are members of the Committee to Restore Value ("CRV") and who obtained shareholder support for a separate shareholders meeting that was held on May 9, 1997. Neither Sallie Mae management nor the CRV were successful in obtaining the necessary majority approval for adoption of their respective privatization plans. On May 27, 1997, Sallie Mae and the CRV announced that they had agreed to jointly hold a new special meeting at which shareholders will vote on a single plan of privatization and reorganization. At the special meeting, shareholders also will vote to elect a 15-member Holding Company board of directors from separate slates nominated by Sallie Mae and the CRV. The new special meeting will be held approximately 20 days following the mailing of proxy materials to shareholders. As described in the above-mentioned Proxy Statement/Prospectus, if the Reorganization is approved by the shareholders, the GSE, which will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, will be gradually liquidated and its federal charter rescinded on or before September 30, 2008. Pursuant to the Reorganization, each outstanding share of Sallie Mae Common Stock will be converted into one share of Holding Company Common Stock. In addition, Sallie Mae will transfer certain assets, including stock in certain subsidiaries to the Holding Company or one of its non-GSE subsidiaries. As required by the Privatization Act, all GSE employees will be transferred to one of the Holding Company's subsidiaries. During the wind-down period, it is expected that all Sallie Mae operations will be managed pursuant to an arms-length service agreement with a Sallie Mae affiliate. In addition, the Holding Company will remain a passive entity which supports the operations of the GSE and its other subsidiaries, and all business activities would be conducted through the GSE and by such other subsidiaries. The Privatization Act imposes certain restrictions on intercompany relations between Sallie Mae and its affiliates during the wind-down period. In particular, Sallie Mae must not extend credit to, nor guarantee any debt obligations of the Holding Company, or the Holding Company's non-GSE subsidiaries. Furthermore, the loan servicing arrangements must be on terms no less favorable to Sallie Mae than Sallie Mae could obtain from an unrelated third party. While Sallie Mae may not finance the activities of its non-GSE affiliates, it may, subject to its minimum capital requirements, dividend retained earnings and surplus capital to the Holding Company, which in turn may use such amounts to support its non-GSE subsidiaries. The Sallie Mae charter requires that Sallie Mae maintain a minimum capital ratio of at least 2.0 percent until 2000, and at least 2.25 percent thereafter. The Privatization Act further directs that under no circumstances shall the assets of Sallie Mae be available or used to pay claims or debts of or incurred by the Holding Company. F-4 117 SLM HOLDING CORPORATION NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 IS UNAUDITED) 1. ORGANIZATION AND PRIVATIZATION -- (CONTINUED) During the wind-down period following the Reorganization and prior to the GSE's dissolution, the GSE will be restricted in the new business activities it may undertake. Sallie Mae may continue to purchase student loans only through September 30, 2007. Warehousing advances, letters of credit and standby bond purchase activity by the GSE will be limited to takedowns on contractual financing and guarantee commitments in place as of the Reorganization's effective date. The Holding Company generally may begin to purchase student loans only after the GSE discontinues such activity. Sallie Mae's debt obligations that are outstanding at the time of Reorganization will continue to be outstanding obligations of the GSE immediately after the Reorganization. Sallie Mae will be able to continue to issue debt in the government agency market to finance student loans and other permissible asset acquisitions, although the maturity date of such issuances generally may not extend beyond September 30, 2008, Sallie Mae's final dissolution date. At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae had $376 million and $372 million, respectively, in outstanding debt with maturities after September 30, 2008. Such debt will be transferred into a defeasance trust on the final dissolution date. The Privatization Act requires that within 60 days after the merger, the Holding Company must pay $5 million to the D.C. Financial Control Board for use of the "Sallie Mae" name. In addition, the Holding Company must issue to the D.C. Financial Control Board warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock. These warrants are transferable and exercisable at any time prior to September 30, 2008 at $72.43 per share. These provisions of the Privatization Act were part of the terms negotiated with the Administration and Congress as consideration for the GSE's privatization. Beginning in fiscal 1997, and until the GSE is dissolved, Sallie Mae also must reimburse the U.S. Treasury Department up to $800,000 annually (subject to adjustment based on the Consumer Price Index) for its reasonable costs and expenses of carrying out its supervisory duties under the Privatization Act. The transfer of subsidiaries and assets of the GSE to the Holding Company and the related exchange of common stock between the GSE and the Holding Company will be accounted for at historical cost similar to a pooling of interests. Operations performed outside the GSE after the Reorganization will be subject to state and local taxes. If the Reorganization is not approved by shareholders certain charter sunset provisions of the Privatization Act become applicable and will result in the dissolution of the GSE by July 1, 2013. 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION The accompanying unaudited balance sheet of the Holding Company has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. 3. RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. F-5 118 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS The Board of Directors and Stockholders Student Loan Marketing Association We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Student Loan Marketing Association at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Student Loan Marketing Association at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. As discussed in Note 2, the Company's financial statements for 1995 and 1994 have been restated to reflect a change in its method of accounting for student loan income. In addition, as discussed in Note 2, in 1994 the Company changed its method of accounting for certain investments in debt and equity securities. Washington, D.C. Ernst & Young LLP January 13, 1997, except as to the third and fourth paragraphs of Note 2, which is as of April 7, 1997 F-6 119 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, -------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ----------- ----------- ----------- (UNAUDITED) ASSETS Insured student loans purchased....................... $31,042,629 $32,307,930 $34,336,211 Student loan participations........................... 1,804,654 1,445,596 - ----------- ----------- ----------- Insured student loans................................. 32,847,283 33,753,526 34,336,211 Warehousing advances.................................. 2,533,248 2,789,485 3,865,093 Academic facilities financings Bonds -- available-for-sale......................... 866,253 934,481 710,112 Loans............................................... 538,631 538,850 602,122 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total academic facilities financings.................. 1,404,884 1,473,331 1,312,234 Investments Available-for-sale.................................. 7,090,893 6,833,695 6,988,199 Held-to-maturity.................................... 571,458 601,887 625,856 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total investments..................................... 7,662,351 7,435,582 7,614,055 Cash and cash equivalents............................. 75,648 270,887 1,252,920 Other assets, principally accrued interest receivable.......................................... 1,806,796 1,907,079 1,621,222 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total assets.......................................... $46,330,210 $47,629,890 $50,001,735 =========== =========== =========== LIABILITIES Short-term borrowings................................. $23,003,597 $22,156,548 $17,447,000 Long-term notes....................................... 20,101,768 22,606,226 30,082,615 Other liabilities..................................... 2,215,088 1,819,286 1,390,915 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total liabilities..................................... 45,320,453 46,582,060 48,920,530 ----------- ----------- ----------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Preferred stock, par value $50.00 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized and issued, 4,277,650 outstanding......................................... 213,883 213,883 213,883 Common stock, par value $.20 per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized: 66,067,940; 65,695,571 and 124,121,770 shares issued, respectively............. 13,213 13,139 24,824 Additional paid-in capital............................ 22,953 - 537,818 Unrealized gains on investments (net of tax of $178,243; $188,050 and $199,686, respectively)...... 331,023 349,235 370,846 Retained earnings..................................... 1,101,450 1,008,737 2,728,383 ----------- ----------- ----------- Stockholders' equity before treasury stock............ 1,682,522 1,584,994 3,875,754 Common stock held in treasury at cost: 13,287,816; 12,004,976 and 66,415,524 shares, respectively...... 672,765 537,164 2,794,549 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total stockholders' equity............................ 1,009,757 1,047,830 1,081,205 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............ $46,330,210 $47,629,890 $50,001,735 =========== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-7 120 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- -------------------------------------- 1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) Interest income: Insured student loans purchased............ $ 617,609 $ 671,763 $2,586,035 $2,708,079 $2,188,971 Student loan participations................ 22,307 - 20,625 - - ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Insured student loans...................... 639,916 671,763 2,606,660 2,708,079 2,188,971 Warehousing advances....................... 40,968 57,895 193,654 407,866 334,012 Academic facilities financings: Taxable.................................. 12,242 13,411 52,163 54,862 52,079 Tax-exempt............................... 11,922 10,096 48,262 52,859 49,576 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total academic facilities financings....... 24,164 23,507 100,425 107,721 101,655 Investments................................ 141,110 134,325 542,469 697,724 499,443 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total interest income........................ 846,158 887,490 3,443,208 3,921,390 3,124,081 Interest expense: Short-term debt............................ 354,155 253,236 1,132,159 905,933 737,798 Long-term debt............................. 292,977 401,575 1,444,613 2,114,716 1,404,697 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total interest expense....................... 647,132 654,811 2,576,772 3,020,649 2,142,495 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NET INTEREST INCOME.......................... 199,026 232,679 866,436 900,741 981,586 Other income: Gain on sale of student loans.............. 33,992 9,929 48,981 - - Servicing and securitization revenue....... 25,960 4,539 57,736 1,423 - Gains/(losses) on sales of securities...... 3,183 1,860 11,898 24,032 (100) Other...................................... 12,805 5,426 28,301 24,958 13,903 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total other income........................... 75,940 21,754 146,916 50,413 13,803 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating expenses: Salaries and benefits...................... 30,917 30,121 206,347 211,787 196,022 Other...................................... 70,642 68,652 199,305 226,914 193,920 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total operating expenses..................... 101,559 98,773 405,652 438,701 389,942 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Income before federal income taxes and premiums on debt extinguished.............. 173,407 155,660 607,700 512,453 605,447 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Federal income taxes: Current.................................... 67,046 54,154 207,437 141,803 178,812 Deferred................................... (12,476) (6,186) (23,939) (540) (2,897) ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total federal income taxes................... 54,570 47,968 183,498 141,263 175,915 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Income before premiums on debt extinguished............................... 118,837 107,692 424,202 371,190 429,532 Premiums on debt extinguished, net of tax.... - (4,792) (4,792) (4,911) (9,329) ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NET INCOME................................... 118,837 102,900 419,410 366,279 420,203 Preferred stock dividends.................... 2,674 2,673 10,694 10,694 10,694 ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income attributable to common stock...... $ 116,163 $ 100,227 $ 408,716 $ 355,585 $ 409,509 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== Earnings per common share before premiums on debt extinguished.......................... $ 2.17 $ 1.82 $ 7.41 $ 5.34 $ 5.25 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE.................... $ 2.17 $ 1.74 $ 7.32 $ 5.27 $ 5.13 ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-8 121 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ----------------------------- ------------------------------------ 1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 ------------- ------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) PREFERRED STOCK: Balance, beginning and end of period......................... $ 213,883 $ 213,883 $ 213,883 $ 213,883 $ 213,883 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- COMMON STOCK: Balance, beginning of period...... 13,139 24,824 24,824 24,769 24,766 Issuance of common shares...... 74 73 115 55 3 Retirement of common shares.... - - (11,800) - - ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- Balance, end of period............ 13,213 24,897 13,139 24,824 24,769 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL: Balance, beginning of period...... - 537,818 537,818 524,511 523,935 Proceeds in excess of par value from issuance of common stock........................ 22,953 14,756 22,920 11,673 514 Tax benefit related to employee stock option and purchase plans........................ - - 7,393 1,634 62 Retirement of common shares.... - - (568,131) - - ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- Balance, end of period............ 22,953 552,574 - 537,818 524,511 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- UNREALIZED GAINS ON INVESTMENTS, NET OF TAX: Balance, beginning of period...... 349,235 370,846 370,846 299,558 - Unrealized gains as of January 1, 1994...................... - - - 304,851 Change in unrealized gains..... (18,212) (28,328) (21,611) 71,288 (5,293) ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- Balance, end of period............ 331,023 342,518 349,235 370,846 299,558 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- RETAINED EARNINGS: Balance, beginning of period (as restated, see note 2).......... 1,008,737 2,728,383 2,728,383 2,473,048 2,176,485 Net income..................... 118,837 102,900 419,410 366,279 420,203 Retirement of common shares.... - - (2,037,368) - - Cash dividends: Common stock ($.44, $.40, $1.64, $1.51 and $1.42 per share, respectively)...... (23,450) (22,922) (90,994) (100,250) (112,946) Preferred stock.............. (2,674) (2,673) (10,694) (10,694) (10,694) ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- Balance, end of period............ 1,101,450 2,805,688 1,008,737 2,728,383 2,473,048 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- COMMON STOCK HELD IN TREASURY AT COST: Balance, beginning of period...... 537,164 2,794,549 2,794,549 1,934,377 1,546,272 Repurchase of 1,282,840; 1,541,737; 4,589,452; 16,094,701 and 10,542,791 common shares, respectively................. 135,601 120,278 359,914 860,172 388,105 Retirement of 59,000,000 common shares....................... - - (2,617,299) - - ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- Balance, end of period............ 672,765 2,914,827 537,164 2,794,549 1,934,377 ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.......... $ 1,009,757 $ 1,024,733 $ 1,047,830 $1,081,205 $1,601,392 =========== =========== =========== ========== ==========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-9 122 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------- 1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income........................... $ 118,837 $ 102,900 $ 419,410 $ 366,279 $ 420,203 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable.............. 124,527 101,661 (11,286) (179,505) (184,021) Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable................. (43,675) (134,827) (109,214) 112,133 114,310 (Increase) in other assets......... (23,120) (74,788) (274,572) (128,799) (86,959) Increase in other liabilities...... 449,284 185,164 549,221 15,804 203,630 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Total adjustments.................... 507,016 77,210 154,149 (180,367) 46,960 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Net cash provided by operating activities........................... 625,853 180,110 573,559 185,912 467,163 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- INVESTING ACTIVITIES Insured student loans purchased...... (1,676,610) (2,266,227) (8,370,836) (9,379,663) (7,955,655) Reduction of insured student loans purchased: Installment payments............... 579,671 939,529 3,094,937 3,452,985 3,220,233 Claims and resales................. 313,040 282,295 1,277,400 1,161,163 1,142,350 Proceeds from securitization of student loans.................... 2,049,200 1,500,000 6,026,780 1,000,000 - Participations purchased............. (412,997) - (1,498,868) - - Participation repayments............. 53,939 - 53,272 - - Warehousing advances made............ (139,137) (460,436) (1,391,590) (2,250,077) (3,377,494) Warehousing advance repayments....... 395,374 987,333 2,467,198 5,416,890 3,379,484 Academic facilities financings made............................... (14,393) (82,274) (465,596) (122,813) (292,966) Academic facilities financings reductions......................... 72,346 24,067 302,557 379,283 103,314 Investments purchased................ (4,352,859) (5,466,319) (15,966,490) (43,716,393) (87,312,581) Proceeds from sale or maturity of investments........................ 4,107,441 6,340,675 16,113,659 46,627,289 86,495,100 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities................. 975,015 1,798,643 1,642,423 2,568,664 (4,598,215) ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- FINANCING ACTIVITIES Short-term borrowings issued......... 192,424,478 45,686,192 267,164,206 163,805,115 118,724,135 Short-term borrowings repaid......... (190,450,863) (47,089,055) (262,491,657) (166,764,320) (113,946,559) Long-term notes issued............... 1,348,531 3,603,668 8,304,988 12,350,217 16,317,375 Long-term notes repaid............... (4,979,555) (4,007,587) (15,744,378) (12,196,436) (15,303,842) Common stock issued.................. 23,027 14,829 30,428 13,362 579 Common stock repurchased............. (135,601) (120,278) (359,914) (860,172) (388,105) Dividends paid....................... (26,124) (25,595) (101,688) (110,944) (123,640) ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities................. (1,796,107) (1,937,826) (3,198,015) (3,763,178) 5,279,943 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..................... (195,239) 40,927 (982,033) (1,008,602) 1,148,891 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............................ 270,887 1,252,920 1,252,920 2,261,522 1,112,631 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD............................... $ 75,648 $ 1,293,847 $ 270,887 $ 1,252,920 $ 2,261,522 ============= ============= ============= ============= =============
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-10 123 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 1. ORGANIZATION AND PRIVATIZATION The Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae" or the "GSE") is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered by Congress to provide liquidity for originators of student loans made under federally sponsored student loan programs and otherwise to support the credit needs of students and educational institutions. The GSE charter is subject to legislative change from time to time. Sallie Mae is predominantly engaged in the purchase of student loans insured under federally sponsored programs. Sallie Mae also makes secured loans (warehousing advances) to providers of education credit, and provides financing to educational institutions for their physical plant and equipment (academic facilities financings). Privatization On September 30, 1996, the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 (the "Privatization Act") was enacted. The Privatization Act authorized the creation of a state-chartered holding company (the "Holding Company") that can pursue new business opportunities beyond the limited scope of the GSE's restrictive federal charter. The Holding Company would become the parent of the GSE pursuant to a reorganization ("the Reorganization") which must be approved by a majority vote of the GSE's shareholders, such vote to take place on or before March 31, 1998. On May 15, 1997, Sallie Mae convened a special shareholders meeting pursuant to a combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission to approve a privatization plan and a slate of directors for the new Holding Company. The solicitation was opposed by eight members of Sallie Mae's Board of Directors who are members of the Committee to Restore Value ("CRV") and who obtained shareholder support for a separate shareholders meeting that was held on May 9, 1997. Neither Sallie Mae management nor the CRV were successful in obtaining the necessary majority approval for adoption of their respective privatization plans. On May 27, 1997, the Company and the CRV announced that they had agreed to jointly hold a new special meeting at which shareholders will vote on a single plan of privatization and reorganization. At the special meeting, shareholders also will select for election to the Holding Company board of directors either a slate of nominees proposed by a majority of the Sallie Mae Board or a slate of nominees proposed by the CRV. The new special meeting will be held approximately 20 days following the mailing of proxy materials to shareholders. The Privatization Act imposes certain restrictions on intercompany relations between Sallie Mae and its affiliates during the wind-down period. In particular, Sallie Mae must not extend credit to, nor guarantee any debt obligations, of the Holding Company or the Holding Company's non-GSE subsidiaries. Furthermore, the Privatization Act mandates that transactions between Sallie Mae and the Holding Company, including any loan servicing arrangements, shall be on terms no less favorable to Sallie Mae than Sallie Mae could obtain from an unrelated third party. While Sallie Mae may not finance the activities of its non-GSE affiliates, it may, subject to its minimum capital requirements, dividend retained earnings and surplus capital to the Holding Company, which in turn may use such amounts to support its non-GSE subsidiaries. The Sallie Mae charter requires that Sallie Mae maintain a minimum capital ratio of at least 2.0 percent until 2000 and 2.25 percent thereafter. The Privatization Act further directs that under no circumstances shall the assets of Sallie Mae be available or used to pay claims or debts of, or incurred by, the Holding Company. During the wind-down period following the Reorganization and prior to the GSE's dissolution, the GSE will be restricted in the new business activities it may undertake. Sallie Mae may continue to purchase student loans only through September 30, 2007. Warehousing advances, letters of credit and standby bond purchase activity by the GSE will be limited to takedowns on contractual financing and guarantee commitments in place as of the Reorganization's effective date. The Holding Company generally may begin to purchase F-11 124 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 1. ORGANIZATION AND PRIVATIZATION -- (CONTINUED) student loans only after the GSE discontinues such activity. Sallie Mae's GSE debt obligations that are outstanding at the time of Reorganization will continue to be outstanding obligations of the GSE immediately after the Reorganization. Sallie Mae will be able to continue to issue debt in the government agency market to finance student loans and other permissible asset acquisitions, although the maturity date of such issuances generally may not extend beyond September 30, 2008, Sallie Mae's final dissolution date. At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae had $376 million and $372 million, respectively, in carrying value of outstanding debt with maturities after September 30, 2008. Such debt will be transferred into a defeasance trust on the final dissolution date. The Privatization Act requires that within 60 days after the merger, the Holding Company must pay $5 million to the D.C. Financial Control Board for use of the "Sallie Mae" name. In addition, the Holding Company must issue to the D.C. Financial Control Board warrants to purchase 555,015 shares of Holding Company Common Stock. These warrants, which are transferable, are exercisable at any time prior to September 30, 2008 at $72.43 per share. These provisions of the Privatization Act were part of the terms negotiated with the Administration and Congress as consideration for the GSE's privatization. Beginning in fiscal 1997, and until the GSE is dissolved, Sallie Mae also must reimburse the U.S. Treasury Department up to $800,000 annually (subject to adjustment based on the Consumer Price Index) for its reasonable costs and expenses of carrying out its supervisory duties under the Privatization Act. The transfer of subsidiaries and assets of the GSE to the Holding Company and the related exchange of common stock between the GSE and the Holding Company will be accounted for at historical cost similar to a pooling of interests. Operations performed outside the GSE after the Reorganization will be subject to state and local taxes. If the Privatization is not approved by shareholders certain charter sunset provisions of the Privatization Act become applicable and will result in the dissolution of the GSE by July 1, 2013. 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Loans Loans, consisting of insured student loans purchased (student loans), student loan participations, warehousing advances, and academic facilities financings are carried at their unpaid principal balances which, for student loans, are adjusted for unamortized premiums and unearned purchase discounts. Student Loan Income Sallie Mae recognizes student loan income as earned, including adjustments for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Interest income earned on student loan participations is recognized in accordance with the terms of the joint venture agreement with The Chase Manhattan Bank which effectively reflects the underlying interest income earned on the student loans less servicing costs and the general and administrative expenses of the joint venture. Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements Student loan servicing costs are generally incurred in a fixed amount per borrower and thus increase in proportion to principal balances outstanding as loans are repaid. Prior to 1995, to achieve a level yield to maturity, interest income was deferred during the early years of the loans, then recognized during the later F-12 125 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED) years to offset the aforementioned proportional servicing cost increases. Changes in the estimates of future loan servicing costs were reflected in student loan income over the estimated remaining terms of the loans. In the fourth quarter of 1995, Sallie Mae discontinued its accounting method of deferring income on student loans which resulted in an increase in 1995 net income and income before premiums on debt extinguished of $21 million ($.30 per common share). After discussions with the Securities and Exchange Commission, management determined that the Company's method for recognizing student loan income as discussed in the second preceding paragraph should be used for all periods presented. Accordingly, the previously reported financial statements for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 have been restated. For 1995, the cumulative effect of the change in accounting method of $130 million ($1.93 per common share) has been eliminated, thereby, decreasing net income and increasing the beginning balance of retained earnings by $130 million. For 1994, net income and income before premiums on debt extinguished increased by $17 million ($.22 per common share) and the beginning balance of retained earnings increased by $113 million. Securitizations During 1997, the Company adopted the requirements of FAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," which establishes the accounting for certain financial asset transfers including securitization transactions. The effect of implementing this standard was not material on the Company's financial statements. Management also believes that this standard will not have a material effect on the financial statements in the future. The Company securitizes student loans by selling selected portfolios of such loans to trusts. Upon the sale of the loans to the Trusts, Sallie Mae continues to carry the retained interests in those loans on its Balance Sheet. A gain is recorded on a present value basis which takes into account principal, interest and special allowance receipts on the student loans less principal and interest payments on the notes and certificates financing the student loans, a normal servicing fee, borrower benefit programs, losses from defaulted student loans (which includes risk-sharing, claim interest penalties and reject costs), transaction costs, offset fees and the current carrying value of the loans including any premiums paid. In addition to the initial gain on sale, Sallie Mae is entitled to the residual cash flows from the trust. After the loans are sold to trusts, Sallie Mae continues to service them for a fee. These amounts are reflected as servicing and securitization revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Student Loan Loss Reserves Sallie Mae has established reserves for potential losses on its student loan portfolio that can result from defective servicing, risk-sharing on claim payments and on privately insured loans. The reserve is based on periodic evaluations of its loan portfolios considering past experience, changes to federally funded programs, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. The reserve is maintained at a level that management believes is adequate to absorb estimated potential credit losses. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant changes. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents excludes term federal funds and bank deposits with terms to maturity exceeding three months. F-13 126 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED) Investments Investments are held to provide liquidity, to hedge certain financing activities and to serve as a source of short-term income. Investments are segregated into three categories as required under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 115. Securities that are actively traded are accounted for at fair market value with unrealized gains and losses included in investment income. Securities that are intended to be held to maturity are accounted for at amortized cost. Securities that fall outside of the two previous categories are considered as available-for-sale. Such securities are carried at market value, with the after-tax unrealized gain or loss, along with after-tax unrealized gain or loss on instruments which hedge such securities, carried as a separate component of equity. The amortized cost of debt securities in this category is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Interest Expense Interest expense is based upon contractual interest rates adjusted for net payments under derivative financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks, which include interest rate and foreign currency exchange agreements and the amortization of debt issuance costs and deferred gains and losses on hedge transactions entered into to reduce interest rate risk. Interest Rate Swaps Sallie Mae utilizes interest rate swap agreements ("swaps") principally for hedging purposes to alter the interest rate characteristics of its debt in order to manage interest rates. This enables Sallie Mae to match the interest rate characteristics of borrowings to specific assets in order to lock-in spreads. Sallie Mae does not hold or issue interest rate swap agreements for trading purposes. Amounts paid or received under swaps that are used to alter the interest rate characteristics of its interest-sensitive liabilities are accrued and recognized as an adjustment of the interest expense on the related borrowing. The related net receivable or payable from counterparties is included in other assets or other liabilities. Gains and losses associated with the termination of swaps for designated positions are deferred and amortized over the remaining life of the designated instrument as an adjustment to interest expense. Sallie Mae's credit exposure on swaps is limited to the value of the swaps that have become favorable to the Company in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties. Sallie Mae manages the credit risk associated with these instruments by performing credit reviews of counterparties and monitoring market conditions to establish counterparty, sovereign and instrument-type credit lines and, when appropriate, requiring collateral. Foreign Currency Derivatives Sallie Mae enters into various foreign currency swaps, forward currency exchange agreements and options on forward currency exchange agreements to hedge its foreign currency linked debt agreements. These contracts mature concurrently with the maturities of the debt and are subject to the same credit standards as interest rate swaps. Foreign currency derivatives and the related foreign currency borrowings are translated at the market rates of exchange as of the balance sheet date. Gains and losses on foreign currency transactions that are designated hedges are deferred and included in the basis of the designated instrument. F-14 127 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED) Federal Income Taxes Deferred income taxes reflect the net effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Earnings per Common Share Earnings per common share are computed using the weighted average of common and common equivalent shares outstanding for the period. Common equivalent shares include shares issuable upon exercise of incentive stock options. Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Sallie Mae and its subsidiaries, after eliminating significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Reclassification Certain prior year amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 have been reclassified to conform with the 1996 year-end presentation. Basis of Presentation The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the year ending December 31, 1997. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, reported amounts of revenues and expenses and other disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," which is required to be adopted on December 15, 1997. At that time, the Company will be required to change the method used to compute earnings per share and to restate all prior periods. Under the new requirements for calculating primary earnings per share, the dilutive effect of stock options will be excluded. The adoption is expected to have no material impact on Sallie Mae's reported earnings per share. F-15 128 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 3. STUDENT LOANS Sallie Mae purchases student loans from originating lenders, typically just before the student leaves school and is required to begin repayment of the loan. Sallie Mae's portfolio consists principally of loans originated under two federally sponsored programs -- the Federal Family Education Loan Program ("FFELP") and the Health Education Assistance Loan Program ("HEAL"). Sallie Mae also purchases privately insured loans from time to time, principally those insured by a wholly-owned subsidiary. There are four principal categories of FFELP loans: Stafford loans, PLUS loans, SLS loans and consolidation loans. Generally, these loans have repayment periods of between five and ten years, with the exception of consolidation loans, and obligate the borrower to pay interest at a stated fixed rate or an annually reset variable rate that has a cap. However, the yield to holders is subsidized on the borrowers' behalf by the federal government to provide a market rate of return. The formula through which the subsidy is determined is referred to as the special allowance formula. Special allowance is paid whenever the average of all of the 91-day Treasury bill auctions in a calendar quarter, plus a spread of between 2.50 and 3.50 percentage points depending on the loan status and when it was originated, exceeds the rate of interest which the borrower is obligated to pay. In low interest rate environments the rate which the borrower is obligated to pay may exceed the rate determined by the special allowance formula. In those instances the rate paid by the borrower becomes a floor on an otherwise variable rate asset. In 1996, Sallie Mae entered into contracts with third parties under which it agreed to pay the future floor revenues received on student loans with a principal balance of $13 billion in exchange for upfront payments of $128 million. The upfront payments, which are recorded in other liabilities are being amortized over the average remaining life of these contracts, which is approximately 2 years. For the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1996, the amortization of the upfront payments increased student loan income by $11 million, $2 million, and $23 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1996, payments under the contracts totaled $5 million, $1 million, and $12 million, respectively. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 ("OBRA"), enacted on August 10, 1993, made significant changes to the student loan delivery system and created a program of direct lending to students by the federal government. The direct lending program replaced approximately 7 percent of the FFELP originations in the 1994-1995 academic year and under OBRA this is scheduled to increase up to 60 percent in the 1998-1999 academic year. Management believes these changes to the student loan delivery system along with direct lending, which reduce the pool of loans originated by the bank-based FFELP, will have an increasing material adverse effect on Sallie Mae's long-term earning prospects as a higher percentage of loans subject to OBRA will be available to Sallie Mae and the full effects of direct lending originations are factored in. OBRA also required Sallie Mae to pay an annual 30 basis point "offset fee" on FFELP student loans purchased and held on or after August 10, 1993. F-16 129 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 3. STUDENT LOANS -- (CONTINUED) The estimated average remaining term of purchased student loans in Sallie Mae's portfolio was approximately 6.0 years at both March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996. The following table reflects the distribution of Sallie Mae's loan portfolio by program.
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, -------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ----------- ----------- ----------- FFELP -- Stafford............................. $15,778,384 $17,292,273 $20,210,325 FFELP -- PLUS/SLS............................. 3,455,456 3,580,803 4,514,976 FFELP -- Consolidation loans.................. 8,003,416 7,658,035 5,960,091 HEAL.......................................... 2,736,874 2,758,860 2,764,244 Privately insured............................. 1,068,499 1,017,959 886,575 ----------- ----------- ----------- Student loans purchased....................... 31,042,629 32,307,930 34,336,211 Participations................................ 1,804,654 1,445,596 - ----------- ----------- ----------- Total student loans........................... $32,847,283 $33,753,526 $34,336,211 ========== ========== ==========
As of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, 83 percent and 84 percent, respectively, of Sallie Mae's on-balance sheet student loan portfolio was in repayment. Holders of FFELP loans are insured against the borrower's default, death, disability, or bankruptcy. Insurance on FFELP loans is provided by certain state or non-profit guarantee agencies, which are reinsured by the federal government. FFELP loans originated after October 1, 1993, of which Sallie Mae owned $14.9 billion at March 31, 1997 and $13.6 billion at December 31, 1996, are insured for 98 percent of their unpaid balance resulting in 2 percent risk-sharing for holders of these loans. HEAL loans are directly insured by the federal government. Both FFELP and HEAL loans are subject to regulatory requirements relating to servicing. In the event of default on a student loan or the borrower's death, disability, or bankruptcy, Sallie Mae files a claim with the insurer or guarantor of the loan, who, provided the loan has been properly originated and serviced, and in the case of HEAL, litigated, pays Sallie Mae the unpaid principal balance and accrued interest on the loan less risk-sharing, where applicable. Claims not immediately honored by the guarantor because of servicing or origination defects are returned for remedial servicing, during which period income is not recognized. On certain paid claims, guarantors assess a penalty for minor servicing defects. Costs associated with claims on defaulted student loans, which include such penalties and reduced interest income on student loans by $2.5 million, $3.6 million, $12.8 million, $15.8 million, and $16.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. F-17 130 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 3. STUDENT LOANS -- (CONTINUED) The following table summarizes the reserves that Sallie Mae has recorded for estimated losses due to risk-sharing, unpaid guarantee claims and defaults on privately insured loans.
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------- --------------------------------- 1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD....................... $84,063 $60,337 $ 60,337 $ 64,928 $66,814 Additions Provisions for loan losses... 5,818 4,292 29,749 800 202 Recoveries................... 3,093 1,700 7,235 6,096 5,998 Deductions Losses on loans.............. (5,596) (4,495) (13,258) (11,487) (8,086) ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- BALANCE AT END OF PERIOD....... $87,378 $61,834 $ 84,063 $ 60,337 $64,928 ======= ======= ======== ======== =======
4. WAREHOUSING ADVANCES Warehousing advances are secured loans made, generally, to finance student loans and other education-related loans at certain financial and educational institutions and public sector agencies. Such advances are collateralized by student loans, obligations of the United States government or instrumentalities thereof, or by other collateral, such as residential first mortgages and mortgage-backed securities. As of March 31, 1997, approximately 97 percent were collateralized by student loans, 2 percent by U.S. government securities and 1 percent by other collateral. As of December 31, 1996, approximately 97 percent were collateralized by student loans, 1 percent by U.S. government securities and 2 percent by other collateral. A summary of warehousing advances by industry concentration follows:
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, ------------------------ 1997 1996 1995 ---------- ---------- ---------- Commercial banks................................. $1,249,480 $1,547,193 $2,612,125 Public sector agencies........................... 1,165,601 1,126,095 985,182 Educational institutions......................... 118,167 116,197 167,786 Thrift institutions.............................. - - 100,000 ---------- ---------- ---------- $2,533,248 $2,789,485 $3,865,093 ========= ========= =========
Warehousing advances have specific maturities and generally bear rates of interest which vary with the 91-day Treasury bill rate, or the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), or which are fixed for the term of the advance. A summary of warehousing advance interest rate characteristics follows:
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, ------------------------ 1997 1996 1995 ---------- ---------- ---------- Variable rate: Treasury bill.................................. $1,815,939 $1,723,588 $2,138,929 LIBOR.......................................... 697,890 1,046,086 1,623,028 Fixed rate....................................... 19,419 19,811 103,136 ---------- ---------- ---------- $2,533,248 $2,789,485 $3,865,093 ========= ========= =========
F-18 131 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 4. WAREHOUSING ADVANCES -- (CONTINUED) The average remaining term to maturity of warehousing advances was 1.5 years as of March 31, 1997 and 1.0 year as of December 31, 1996. The following table summarizes the maturities of warehousing advances at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996.
YEAR OF MATURITY MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------------------------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- 1997................................................... $ 885,234 $ 1,221,148 1998................................................... 1,232,174 1,232,186 1999................................................... 180,668 175,391 2000................................................... 130,862 127,863 2001................................................... - - After 2001............................................. 104,310 32,897 ------------ -------------- $2,533,248 $ 2,789,485 =========== =============
5. ACADEMIC FACILITIES FINANCINGS Academic facilities financings are comprised of bonds issued by and loans to educational institutions to finance their physical plant and equipment. At December 31, 1994, academic facilities bonds were classified as held-to-maturity securities and carried at amortized cost. In December 1995, as a result of the one-time reclassification permitted in connection with the issuance of a special report issued by the FASB staff, "A Guide to Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("FASB No. 115 Q&A"), academic facilities bonds were transferred from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale securities. The academic facilities bonds transferred had a fair market value of approximately $710 million with an amortized cost of $690 million. F-19 132 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 5. ACADEMIC FACILITIES FINANCINGS -- (CONTINUED) The following tables summarize the academic facilities bonds at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and 1995.
MARCH 31, 1997 ------------------------------------------------- GROSS GROSS AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET BONDS -- AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE --------- ---------- ---------- -------- Fixed..................................... $ 774,565 $ 11,233 $ (2,781) $783,017 Variable.................................. 83,813 7 (584) 83,236 --------- ---------- ---------- -------- Total academic facilities bonds............. $ 858,378 $ 11,240 $ (3,365) $866,253 ======== ======== ======== ========
DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------------------------------------------- GROSS GROSS AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET BONDS -- AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE --------- ---------- ---------- -------- Fixed..................................... $ 831,711 $ 19,794 $ (978) $850,527 Variable.................................. 84,401 10 (457) 83,954 --------- ---------- ---------- -------- Total academic facilities bonds............. $ 916,112 $ 19,804 $ (1,435) $934,481 ======== ======== ======== ========
DECEMBER 31, 1995 ------------------------------------------------- GROSS GROSS AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET BONDS -- AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE --------- ---------- ---------- -------- Fixed..................................... $ 591,407 $ 23,628 $ (1,692) $613,343 Variable.................................. 98,394 48 (1,673) 96,769 --------- ---------- ---------- -------- Total academic facilities bonds............. $ 689,801 $ 23,676 $ (3,365) $710,112 ======== ======== ======== ========
The following table summarizes academic facilities loans at March 31, 1997 and at December 31, 1996 and 1995.
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, ---------------------- LOANS 1997 1996 1995 --------- --------- --------- Fixed rate.......................................... $ 471,050 $ 474,659 $ 489,913 Variable rate....................................... 67,581 64,191 112,209 --------- --------- --------- Total academic facilities loans....................... $ 538,631 $ 538,850 $ 602,122 ======== ======== ========
F-20 133 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 5. ACADEMIC FACILITIES FINANCINGS -- (CONTINUED) The average remaining term to maturity of academic facilities financings was 8.0 years at both March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996. The stated maturities and maturities if accelerated to the put or call dates for academic facilities bonds and loans at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 are shown in the following table:
MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996 --------------------------------- --------------------------------- BONDS LOANS BONDS LOANS --------------------- -------- --------------------- -------- MATURITY MATURITY TO TO STATED PUT OR STATED STATED PUT OR STATED YEAR OF MATURITY MATURITY CALL DATE MATURITY MATURITY CALL DATE MATURITY ------------------------ -------- --------- -------- -------- --------- -------- 1997.................... $ 34,986 $ 81,387 $ 9,029 $ 44,078 $ 97,657 $ 8,325 1998.................... 76,975 134,224 11,804 77,409 127,774 14,065 1999.................... 43,333 60,039 47,962 43,638 57,366 45,115 2000.................... 78,135 98,582 17,294 78,588 98,515 17,368 2001.................... 86,526 106,199 22,550 87,197 107,464 22,673 2002-2006............... 439,229 354,549 103,925 486,168 410,945 104,872 after 2006.............. 107,069 31,273 326,067 117,403 34,760 326,432 -------- --------- -------- -------- --------- -------- $866,253 $ 866,253 $538,631 $934,481 $ 934,481 $538,850 ======== ========= ======== ======== ========= ========
6. INVESTMENTS At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and 1995, all investments with the exception of other investments are classified as available-for-sale securities under FAS No. 115 and carried at fair market values which approximate amortized costs, except for U.S. Treasury securities which have an amortized cost of $812 million. The fair market value of U.S. Treasury securities is adjusted for unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swaps, which are held to reduce interest rate risk related to these securities ($68.9 million and $19.5 million of unrealized gains at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, respectively, and $56.6 million of unrealized losses at December 31, 1995). During 1995, as a result of the one-time reclassification permitted in connection with the issuance of the FASB No. 115 Q&A, asset-backed securities, variable corporate bonds, federal funds and bank deposits, student loan revenue bonds and commercial paper were transferred from F-21 134 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 6. INVESTMENTS -- (CONTINUED) held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale securities at fair market values which approximated amortized cost. A summary of investments at March 31, 1997 and at December 31, 1996 and 1995 follows:
MARCH 31, 1997 ---------------------------------------------------- GROSS GROSS AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies obligations U.S. Treasury securities....... $ 812,172 $490,116 $ (29) $1,302,259 State and political subdivisions of the United States Student loan revenue bonds..... 185,231 3,845 (932) 188,144 Asset-backed and other securities Asset-backed securities........ 4,982,587 6,894 (78) 4,989,403 Variable corporate bonds....... 523,469 451 - 523,920 Commercial paper............... 31,373 - - 31,373 Other securities............... 55,794 - - 55,794 ---------- -------- ------- ---------- Total available-for-sale investment securities........................ $6,590,626 $501,306 $(1,039) $7,090,893 ========== ======== ======= ========== HELD-TO-MATURITY Other.................................. $ 571,458 $ 64 $ (439) $ 571,083 ========== ======== ======= ==========
DECEMBER 31, 1996 ---------------------------------------------------- GROSS GROSS AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies obligations U.S. Treasury securities....... $ 809,164 $508,758 $ (41) $1,317,881 State and political subdivisions of the United States Student loan revenue bonds..... 201,248 5,563 (431) 206,380 Asset-backed and other securities Asset-backed securities........ 4,645,046 4,746 (167) 4,649,625 Variable corporate bonds....... 634,925 489 - 635,414 Commercial paper............... 24,395 - - 24,395 ---------- -------- ------ ---------- Total available-for-sale investment securities........................ $6,314,778 $519,556 $ (639) $6,833,695 ========== ======== ====== ========== HELD-TO-MATURITY Other.................................. $ 601,887 $ 125 $ (267) $ 601,745 ========== ======== ====== ==========
F-22 135 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 6. INVESTMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1995 ---------------------------------------------------- GROSS GROSS AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies obligations U.S. Treasury securities....... $ 728,584 $596,577 $(56,661) $1,268,500 State and political subdivisions of the United States Student loan revenue bonds..... 271,514 9,152 (4) 280,662 Asset-backed and other securities Asset-backed securities........ 4,305,127 1,180 (334) 4,305,973 Variable corporate bonds....... 611,344 312 (2) 611,654 Commercial paper............... 121,410 - - 121,410 Federal funds and bank deposits..................... 400,000 - - 400,000 ---------- -------- -------- ---------- Total available-for-sale investment securities........................ $6,437,979 $607,221 $(57,001) $6,988,199 ========== ======== ======== ========== HELD-TO-MATURITY Other.................................. $ 625,856 $ 928 $ (97) $ 626,687 ========== ======== ======== ==========
Sallie Mae sold available-for-sale securities with a carrying value of $749 million, $1.8 billion, $4.6 billion and $6.6 billion for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. There were no sales of available-for-sale securities in 1994. As of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, stated maturities and maturities if accelerated to the put or call dates for investments are shown in the following table:
MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- HELD-TO- AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE HELD-TO- AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE MATURITY ------------------------- MATURITY ------------------------- -------- MATURITY TO -------- MATURITY TO STATED STATED PUT OR STATED STATED PUT OR YEAR OF MATURITY MATURITY MATURITY CALL DATE MATURITY MATURITY CALL DATE ------------------ -------- ---------- ----------- -------- ---------- ----------- 1997.............. $ 74,797 $ 184,859 $ 285,825 $106,823 $ 216,807 $ 275,955 1998.............. 13,155 277,852 228,210 12,493 278,153 278,528 1999.............. 9,896 470,474 429,491 9,229 532,975 488,182 2000.............. 103,462 310,969 320,994 102,879 142,401 150,981 2001.............. 5,273 1,003,355 1,018,084 4,721 1,059,148 1,073,776 2002-2006......... 45,036 2,454,874 2,437,918 46,058 2,534,058 2,514,787 After 2006........ 319,839 2,388,510 2,370,371 319,684 2,070,153 2,051,486 -------- ---------- ----------- -------- ---------- ----------- $571,458 $7,090,893 $ 7,090,893 $601,887 $6,833,695 $ 6,833,695 ======== ========== =========== ======== ========== ===========
F-23 136 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 7. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS Short-term borrowings have an original or remaining term to maturity of one year or less. The following tables summarize outstanding short-term notes at March 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the weighted average interest rates at the end of each period, and the related average balances, weighted average interest rates and weighted average effective interest rates, which include the effects of related off-balance sheet financial instruments (see Note 10) during the periods.
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AT MARCH 31, 1997 --------------------------------- ---------------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE EFFECTIVE ENDING INTEREST AVERAGE INTEREST INTEREST BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE RATE ----------- -------- ----------- -------- -------- Six month floating rate notes........... $ 3,099,428 5.37% $ 2,986,097 5.35% 5.46% Other floating rate notes............... 2,380,596 5.41 2,186,023 5.39 5.43 Discount notes.......................... 2,242,575 6.40 5,858,466 5.28 5.33 Fixed rate notes........................ 5,120,889 5.91 4,466,944 6.03 5.52 Securities sold -- not yet purchased and repurchase agreements................. - - 329,092 5.27 5.27 Short-term portion of long-term notes... 10,160,109 5.60 10,525,909 5.67 5.50 ----------- ---- ----------- ---- ---- Total short-term notes.................. $23,003,597 5.70% $26,352,531 5.58% 5.45% =========== ==== =========== ==== ==== Maximum outstanding at any month end.... $27,678,979 ===========
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 --------------------------------- ---------------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE EFFECTIVE ENDING INTEREST AVERAGE INTEREST INTEREST BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE RATE ----------- -------- ----------- -------- -------- Six month floating rate notes........... $ 2,699,477 5.23% $ 2,485,322 5.32% 5.42% Other floating rate notes............... 1,827,643 5.28 1,960,926 5.47 5.39 Discount notes.......................... 2,377,976 6.43 3,072,019 5.31 5.36 Fixed rate notes........................ 3,964,777 6.01 1,211,197 6.07 5.53 Securities sold -- not yet purchased and repurchase agreements................. - - 165,792 4.93 4.93 Short-term portion of long-term notes... 11,286,675 5.55 11,956,008 5.75 5.45 ----------- ---- ----------- ---- ---- Total short-term notes.................. $22,156,548 5.67% $20,851,264 5.62% 5.43% =========== ==== =========== ==== ==== Maximum outstanding at any month end.... $25,051,644 ===========
F-24 137 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 7. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS -- (CONTINUED)
AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 ---------------------- --------------------------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE EFFECTIVE ENDING INTEREST AVERAGE INTEREST INTEREST BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE RATE ----------- -------- ----------- -------- -------- Six month floating rate notes........... $ 2,699,595 5.64% $ 3,608,930 5.78% 5.86% Other floating rate notes............... 1,942,360 5.82 1,221,480 5.60 5.78 Discount notes.......................... 1,074,257 5.58 1,427,363 5.81 5.86 Fixed rate notes........................ 350,000 6.97 903,670 7.99 5.82 Securities sold -- not yet purchased and repurchase agreements................. 131,112 6.38 311,797 6.10 6.10 Short-term portion of long-term notes... 11,249,676 5.79 7,937,658 5.83 5.90 ----------- ---- ----------- ---- ---- Total short-term notes.................. $17,447,000 5.79% $15,410,898 5.93% 5.88% =========== ==== =========== ==== ==== Maximum outstanding at any month end.... $18,046,974 ===========
AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 ---------------------- --------------------------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE EFFECTIVE ENDING INTEREST AVERAGE INTEREST INTEREST BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE RATE ----------- -------- ----------- -------- -------- Six month floating rate notes........... $ 3,849,125 5.39% $ 3,410,090 4.40% 4.52% Other floating rate notes............... 811,550 5.75 596,894 3.96 4.43 Discount notes.......................... 2,696,122 5.89 3,244,158 4.28 4.45 Fixed rate notes........................ 1,397,717 9.04 836,816 9.27 4.95 Securities sold -- not yet purchased and repurchase agreements................. 402,015 6.29 245,169 5.36 5.36 Short-term portion of long-term notes... 6,859,065 5.90 8,243,360 5.75 4.35 ----------- ---- ----------- ---- ---- Total short-term notes.................. $16,015,594 6.05% $16,576,487 5.29% 4.45% =========== ==== =========== ==== ==== Maximum outstanding at any month end.... $19,030,670 ===========
At both March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the short-term portion of long-term notes included issues totaling $80 million repayable in U.S. dollars, with principal repayment obligations tied to foreign currency exchange rates. At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the short-term portion of long-term notes also included issues totaling $774 million and $771 million, respectively which require the payment of interest and principal in foreign currencies. To eliminate its exposure to the effect of currency fluctuations on these contractual obligations, Sallie Mae has entered into various foreign currency agreements with independent parties (see Note 10). To match the interest rate characteristics on short-term notes with the rate characteristics of its assets, Sallie Mae enters into interest rate swaps with independent parties. Under these agreements, Sallie Mae makes periodic payments, indexed to the related asset rates, in exchange for periodic payments which generally match Sallie Mae's interest obligations on fixed or variable rate notes (see Note 10). F-25 138 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 8. LONG-TERM NOTES The following tables summarize outstanding long-term notes at March 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996 and 1995, the weighted average interest rates and related notional amount of derivatives at the end of the periods, and the related average balances and weighted average effective interest rates, which include the effects of related off-balance sheet financial instruments (see Note 10), during the periods.
THREE MONTHS ENDED AT MARCH 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1997 ----------------------------------------- ----------------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE NOTIONAL EFFECTIVE ENDING INTEREST AMOUNT AVERAGE INTEREST BALANCE RATE OF DERIVATIVES BALANCE RATE ----------- -------- -------------- ----------- -------- Floating rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing, due 1998-2003................... $ 7,360,772 5.37% $ 1,763,223 $ 8,013,855 5.45% ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Fixed rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing, due 1998-2018................... 11,900,604 6.22 19,590,971 12,477,420 5.58 Zero coupon, due 1998-2022.... 333,345 8.27 360,394 330,119 7.63 Dual currency, due 1998.......... 249,947 7.63 272,000 249,192 6.74 Foreign currency: Interest bearing, due 1999-2000................... 257,100 5.39 495,785 257,100 5.43 ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Total fixed rate notes............. 12,740,996 6.28 20,719,150 13,313,831 5.65 ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Total long-term notes.............. $20,101,768 5.95% $22,482,373 $21,327,686 5.57% =========== ==== =========== =========== ====
YEAR ENDED AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1996 ----------------------------------------- ----------------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE NOTIONAL EFFECTIVE ENDING INTEREST AMOUNT AVERAGE INTEREST BALANCE RATE OF DERIVATIVES BALANCE RATE ----------- -------- -------------- ----------- -------- Floating rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing, due 1998-2003................... $ 8,844,825 5.27% $ 2,022,044 $12,740,190 5.46% ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Fixed rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing, due 1998-2018................... 12,928,983 6.35 21,676,042 11,971,640 5.59 Zero coupon, due 1998-2022.... 326,875 8.25 358,071 304,990 7.68 Dual currency, due 1998.......... 248,443 7.63 272,000 245,569 6.65 Foreign currency: Interest bearing, due 1999-2000................... 257,100 5.34 495,785 577,592 5.31 Zero coupon, due 1997......... - - - 183,647 5.42 ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Total fixed rate notes............. 13,761,401 6.40 22,801,898 13,283,438 5.64 ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Total long-term notes.............. $22,606,226 5.96% $24,823,942 $26,023,628 5.55% =========== ==== =========== =========== ====
F-26 139 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 8. LONG-TERM NOTES --(CONTINUED)
YEAR ENDED AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1995 ----------------------------------------- ----------------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE NOTIONAL EFFECTIVE ENDING INTEREST AMOUNT AVERAGE INTEREST BALANCE RATE OF DERIVATIVES BALANCE RATE ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Floating rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing, due 1997-2002................... $16,995,853 5.58% $ 5,053,732 $21,998,541 5.95% ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Fixed rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing, due 1997-2018................... 11,430,127 6.70 17,050,772 12,035,074 5.99 Zero coupon, due 1997-2022.... 400,023 8.27 435,001 283,282 7.99 Dual currency, due 1998.......... 242,775 7.63 206,000 240,182 7.02 Foreign currency: Interest bearing, due 1997-2000................... 767,100 4.01 1,486,130 627,900 5.78 Zero coupon, due 1997......... 246,737 5.79 253,626 188,399 5.85 ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Total fixed rate notes............. 13,086,762 6.59 19,431,529 13,374,837 6.02 ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- ---- Total long-term notes.............. $30,082,615 6.02% $24,485,261 $35,373,378 5.98% =========== ==== =========== =========== ====
At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae had outstanding long-term debt issues with call features totaling $13.7 billion and $14.1 billion, respectively. As of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the stated maturities and maturities if accelerated to the call dates for long-term notes are shown in the following table:
MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996 -------------------------- -------------------------- STATED MATURITY TO STATED MATURITY TO YEAR OF MATURITY MATURITY CALL DATE MATURITY CALL DATE ---------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 1997.............................. $ - $11,640,415 $ - $12,794,908 1998.............................. 4,871,914 3,856,622 7,466,131 5,510,293 1999.............................. 7,876,747 2,285,849 7,676,221 2,185,610 2000.............................. 4,037,732 1,683,932 4,077,772 1,483,972 2001.............................. 2,366,525 79,200 2,465,758 79,200 2002-2022......................... 948,850 555,750 920,344 552,243 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- $20,101,768 $20,101,768 $22,606,226 $22,606,226 =========== =========== =========== ===========
F-27 140 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 8. LONG-TERM NOTES --(CONTINUED) For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, Sallie Mae repurchased certain long-term notes prior to their scheduled maturity to lower future years' interest expense. The following table summarizes these transactions (dollars in millions):
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------- 1996 1995 1994 ---- ---- ---- Maturity value.................................................... $90 $62 $138 ==== ==== ==== Carrying value.................................................... $ 8 $ 8 $ 21 ==== ==== ==== Premiums.......................................................... $ 7 $ 8 $ 14 ==== ==== ====
Sallie Mae issues debt with interest and/or principal payment characteristics tied to foreign currency indices to attempt to minimize its cost of funds. At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and 1995, Sallie Mae had outstanding long-term foreign currency notes which require the payment of principal and interest in foreign currencies, and dual currency notes which require the payment of interest in foreign currencies. To eliminate the corporation's exposure to the effect of currency fluctuations on these contractual obligations, Sallie Mae has entered into various foreign currency agreements with independent parties (see Note 10). To match the interest rate characteristics on its long-term borrowings with the interest rate characteristics of its assets, Sallie Mae enters into interest rate swaps with independent parties. Under these agreements, Sallie Mae makes periodic payments, indexed to the related asset rates, in exchange for periodic payments which generally match Sallie Mae's interest obligations on fixed or variable rate borrowings (see Note 10). 9. STUDENT LOAN SECURITIZATION For the first three months of 1997 and 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1996 and in October 1995, SLM Funding Corporation, a wholly-owned special purpose finance subsidiary, purchased from Sallie Mae and sold $2 billion, $1.5 billion, $6 billion and $1 billion, respectively, of student loans to trusts which issued floating rate student loan asset-backed securities in underwritten public offerings. At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, securitized student loans outstanding totaled $8.0 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively. In November 1995, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia ruled, contrary to the Secretary of Education's ruling, that student loans owned by the trusts are not subject to the 30 basis point annual offset fee. The Department of Education appealed this decision and in January 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia issued a decision affirming the District Court's ruling. However, the Court of Appeals remanded the case to the District Court with instructions to remand to the Department of Education and on April 29, 1997, the District Court Judge ordered the Department of Education to decide by July 31, 1997, on its final position with respect to whether the fee applies to securitized loans. It is therefore uncertain what the final outcome of this litigation will be. If the final outcome following the remand is that the offset fee is not applicable to loans securitized by Sallie Mae, the gains resulting from prior securitizations would be increased. As of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, such increases would amount to approximately $75 million, pre-tax, and $55 million, pre-tax, respectively. Offset fees relating to securitizations have not been paid pending final resolution of the case. Management considers this increase in gains as a contingent asset which will be recognized upon a favorable final ruling in this matter. Gains on future securitizations will vary F-28 141 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 9. STUDENT LOAN SECURITIZATION -- (CONTINUED) depending on the characteristics of the loan portfolios securitized as well as the outcome of the offset fee ruling. 10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Derivative Financial Instruments Held or Issued for Purposes Other than Trading Sallie Mae enters into various financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business primarily to reduce interest rate risk and foreign currency exposure on certain borrowings. These financial instruments include interest rate swaps, interest rate cap and collar agreements, foreign currency swaps, forward currency exchange agreements, options on currency exchange agreements, options on securities and financial futures contracts. Sallie Mae enters into three general types of interest rate swaps under which it pays the following: 1) a floating rate in exchange for a fixed rate (standard swaps); 2) a fixed rate in exchange for a floating rate (reverse swaps); and 3) a floating rate in exchange for another floating rate, based upon different market indices (basis/reverse basis swaps). At March 31, 1997, Sallie Mae had outstanding $18.1 billion, $1.1 billion, and $17.0 billion of notional principal amount of standard swaps, reverse swaps, and basis/reverse basis swaps, respectively. Of Sallie Mae's $36.2 billion of interest rate swaps outstanding at March 31, 1997, $35.1 billion was related to debt and $1.1 billion was related to assets. At December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae had outstanding $18.2 billion, $1.1 billion, and $17.8 billion of notional principal amount of standard swaps, reverse swaps, and basis/reverse basis swaps, respectively. Of Sallie Mae's $37.1 billion of interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 1996, $36 billion was related to debt and $1.1 billion was related to assets. F-29 142 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The following tables summarize the ending balances of the borrowings that have been matched with interest rate swaps and foreign currency agreements at March 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996 and 1995 (dollars in billions).
AT MARCH 31, 1997 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SWAPS ------------------------------------ FOREIGN BASIS/ CURRENCY TOTAL BORROWINGS STANDARD REVERSE REVERSE BASIS AGREEMENTS DERIVATIVES ---------- -------- ------- ------------- ---------- ----------- SHORT-TERM NOTES Six month floating rate notes..... $ .3 $ - $ - $ .3 $ - $ .3 Other floating rate notes......... .3 - - .6 - .6 Discount notes.................... .1 - - .1 - .1 Fixed rate notes.................. 4.5 4.5 - 2.4 - 6.9 Securities sold -- not yet purchased and repurchase agreements...................... - - - - - - Short-term portion of long-term notes........................... 3.8 1.6 - 3.3 .9 5.8 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total short-term notes....... 9.0 6.1 - 6.7 .9 13.7 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- LONG-TERM NOTES Floating rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated interest bearing...................... 1.2 .3 - 1.5 - 1.8 Fixed rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing............. 11.3 11.3 - 8.3 - 19.6 Zero coupon.................. .2 .2 - .2 - .4 Dual currency................... .2 .2 - .1 - .3 Foreign currency: Interest bearing............. .3 - - .2 .3 .5 Zero coupon.................. - - - - - - ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total long-term notes...... 13.2 12.0 - 10.3 .3 22.6 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total notes................ $22.2 $18.1 $ - $17.0 $1.2 $36.3 ===== ===== ===== ===== ==== =====
F-30 143 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SWAPS ------------------------------------ FOREIGN BASIS/ CURRENCY TOTAL BORROWINGS STANDARD REVERSE REVERSE BASIS AGREEMENTS DERIVATIVES ---------- -------- ------- ------------- ---------- ----------- SHORT-TERM NOTES Six month floating rate notes..... $ .3 $ - $ - $ .3 $ - $ .3 Other floating rate notes......... .3 - - .6 - .6 Discount notes.................... - - - - - - Fixed rate notes.................. 3.4 3.4 - 2.2 - 5.6 Securities sold -- not yet purchased and repurchase agreements...................... - - - - - - Short-term portion of long-term notes........................... 4.5 1.8 - 3.2 .9 5.9 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total short-term notes....... 8.5 5.2 - 6.3 .9 12.4 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- LONG-TERM NOTES Floating rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated interest bearing...................... 1.4 .3 - 1.8 - 2.1 Fixed rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing............. 12.3 12.3 - 9.3 - 21.6 Zero coupon.................. .2 .2 - .1 - .3 Dual currency................... .2 .2 - .1 - .3 Foreign currency: Interest bearing............. .3 - - .2 .3 .5 Zero coupon.................. - - - - - - ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total long-term notes...... 14.4 13.0 - 11.5 .3 24.8 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total notes................ $22.9 $18.2 $ - $17.8 $1.2 $37.2 ===== ===== ===== ===== ==== =====
F-31 144 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SWAPS ------------------------------------ FOREIGN BASIS/ CURRENCY TOTAL BORROWINGS STANDARD REVERSE REVERSE BASIS AGREEMENTS DERIVATIVES ---------- -------- ------- ------------- ---------- ----------- SHORT-TERM NOTES Six month floating rate notes..... $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Other floating rate notes......... 1.5 - - 2.8 - 2.8 Discount notes.................... - - - - - - Fixed rate notes.................. .3 .3 - - - .3 Securities sold -- not yet purchased and repurchase agreements...................... - - - - - - Short-term portion of long-term notes........................... 5.7 1.4 .3 6.7 .3 8.7 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total short-term notes....... 7.5 1.7 .3 9.5 .3 11.8 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- LONG-TERM NOTES Floating rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated interest bearing...................... 3.9 .9 - 4.1 - 5.0 Fixed rate notes: U.S. dollar denominated: Interest bearing............. 10.8 10.8 - 6.1 .2 17.1 Zero coupon.................. .3 .3 - .2 - .5 Dual currency................... .2 .2 - - - .2 Foreign currency: Interest bearing............. .8 - - .7 .8 1.5 Zero coupon.................. .2 - - - .2 .2 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total long-term notes...... 16.2 12.2 - 11.1 1.2 24.5 ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- Total notes................ $23.7 $13.9 $.3 $20.6 $1.5 $36.3 ===== ===== ===== ===== ==== =====
F-32 145 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The following table summarizes the activity for Sallie Mae's interest rate swaps, foreign currency agreements and futures contracts held or issued for purposes other than trading for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1997 (dollars in millions).
NOTIONAL PRINCIPAL --------------------------- FOREIGN FUTURES INTEREST RATE CURRENCY CONTRACT SWAPS AGREEMENTS AMOUNTS ------------- ---------- -------- Balance, December 31, 1993........................... $ 23,253 $1,500 $ 1,805 Issuances/Opens.................................... 15,402 510 4,437 Maturities/Expirations............................. (9,518) (575) (3,088) Terminations/Closes................................ (99) (37) (2,598) ----------- -------- -------- Balance, December 31, 1994........................... 29,038 1,398 556 Issuances/Opens.................................... 19,549 466 2,370 Maturities/Expirations............................. (10,634) (380) (535) Terminations/Closes................................ (1,773) - (2,211) ----------- -------- -------- Balance, December 31, 1995........................... 36,180 1,484 180 Issuances/Opens.................................... 14,571 14 2,631 Maturities/Expirations............................. (13,369) (310) (708) Terminations/Closes................................ (300) - (1,925) ----------- -------- -------- Balance, December 31, 1996........................... 37,082 1,188 178 Issuances/Opens.................................... 2,870 3 350 Maturities/Expirations............................. (3,789) - (225) Terminations/Closes................................ - - (178) ----------- -------- -------- Balance, March 31, 1997.............................. $ 36,163 $1,191 $ 125 ========= ======== ========
Interest Rate Swaps Net payments related to the debt-related swaps are recorded in interest expense. For the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, Sallie Mae received net payments on all debt-related swaps reducing interest expense by $38 million, $41 million, $165 million, $94 million and $262 million, respectively. F-33 146 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED) As of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, stated maturities of interest rate swaps and maturities if accelerated to the put dates, are shown in the following table (dollars in millions). The maturities of interest rate swaps generally coincide with the maturities of the associated assets or borrowings.
MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996 ----------------------- ----------------------- STATED MATURITY TO STATED MATURITY TO YEAR OF MATURITY MATURITY PUT DATE MATURITY PUT DATE --------------------------------------------- -------- ----------- -------- ----------- 1997......................................... $ 5,376 $12,718 $ 7,599 $15,161 1998......................................... 8,379 8,208 7,102 7,001 1999......................................... 10,741 8,025 10,541 7,925 2000......................................... 7,110 4,760 7,225 4,560 2001......................................... 3,135 1,350 3,235 1,350 2002-2008.................................... 1,422 1,102 1,380 1,085 -------- ----------- -------- ----------- $ 36,163 $36,163 $ 37,082 $37,082 ======= ======== ======= ========
Foreign Currency Agreements At March 31, 1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, Sallie Mae had borrowings repayable in U.S. dollars, with principal repayment obligations tied to foreign currency exchange rates of $80 million, $80 million and $235 million, respectively, and borrowings with principal repayable in foreign currencies of $1.0 billion. Such debt issuances were hedged by forward currency exchange agreements, foreign currency swaps, and options on currency exchange agreements. Such agreements typically mature concurrently with the maturities of the debt. At both March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae also had outstanding $80 million, $1.0 billion and $80 million of notional principal in foreign currency exchange agreements, foreign currency swaps and foreign currency options, respectively. The following table summarizes the outstanding amount of these borrowings and their currency translation values at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and 1995, using spot rates at the respective dates (dollars in millions).
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, ---------------------- 1997 1996 1995 --------- --------- --------- Carrying value of outstanding foreign currency debt....... $ 1,111 $ 1,108 $ 1,249 Currency translation value of outstanding foreign currency debt.................................................... 965 1,002 1,149
Futures Contracts Sallie Mae enters into financial futures contracts to hedge the risk of future interest rate changes. The contracts are typically anticipatory hedges of debt to be issued to fund Sallie Mae's assets, mainly the portfolio of student loans in the PLUS program. These student loans pay interest that are indexed to the one-year Treasury bill, reset annually on the final auction prior to June 1. The gains and losses on these hedging transactions are deferred and included in other assets and will be recognized as an adjustment of interest expense. At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the futures contracts sold by the Company hedged approximately $125 million and $178 million, respectively, of anticipated funding. Approximately $2 million and $7 million of realized losses have been deferred at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, respectively, related to futures contracts. F-34 147 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED) Derivative Financial Instruments Held or Issued for Trading Purposes From time to time Sallie Mae maintains a small number of active trading positions in derivative financial instruments which are designed to generate additional income based on market conditions. Trading results for these positions were immaterial to Sallie Mae's financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994. During December 1995, Sallie Mae entered into a derivative contract of $1.5 billion notional amount whose value is determined by both the market value and the yield of certain AAA rated variable rate asset-backed securities. The contract, which had an original maturity date of January 1997, was extended to January 1998. The mark-to-market gain on this contract was $4 million at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and immaterial at December 31, 1995. 11. FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS FAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires estimation of the fair values of financial instruments. The following is a summary of the assumptions and methods used to estimate those values. Student Loans Fair value was determined by analyzing amounts which Sallie Mae has paid recently to acquire similar loans in the secondary market. Warehousing Advances and Academic Facilities Financings The fair values of both warehousing advances and academic facilities financings were determined through standard bond pricing formulas using current interest rates and credit spreads. Cash and Investments For investments with remaining maturities of three months or less, carrying value approximated fair value. Investments in U.S. Treasury securities were valued at market quotations. All other investments were valued through standard bond pricing formulas using current interest rates and credit spreads. Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Notes For borrowings with remaining maturities of three months or less, carrying value approximated fair value. Where available the fair value of financial liabilities was determined from market quotations. If market quotations were unavailable standard bond pricing formulas were applied using current interest rates and credit spreads. Off-balance Sheet Financial Instruments The fair values of off-balance sheet financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, interest rate cap and collar agreements, foreign currency swaps, forward exchange agreements and financial futures contracts, were estimated at the amount that would be required to terminate such agreements, taking into account current interest rates and credit spreads. F-35 148 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 11. FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The following table summarizes the fair values of Sallie Mae's financial assets and liabilities, including off-balance sheet financial instruments (dollars in millions):
DECEMBER 31, ----------------------------------------------------------------------- MARCH 31, 1997 1996 1995 ------------------------------- ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------- FAIR CARRYING FAIR CARRYING FAIR CARRYING VALUE VALUE DIFFERENCE VALUE VALUE DIFFERENCE VALUE VALUE DIFFERENCE ------- -------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- EARNING ASSETS Student loans...... $33,127 $ 32,847 $280 $ 34,005 $ 33,754 $251 $ 34,551 $ 34,336 $215 Warehousing advances......... 2,535 2,533 2 2,793 2,790 3 3,878 3,865 13 Academic facilities financings....... 1,393 1,405 (12) 1,473 1,473 - 1,347 1,313 34 Cash and investments...... 7,738 7,738 - 7,706 7,706 - 8,868 8,867 1 ------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ----- Total earning assets........... 44,793 44,523 270 45,977 45,723 254 48,644 48,381 263 ------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ----- INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES Short-term borrowings....... 22,856 23,003 147 22,096 22,157 61 17,423 17,447 24 Long-term notes.... 19,850 20,102 252 22,519 22,606 87 30,252 30,083 (169) ------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ----- Total interest bearing liabilities...... 42,706 43,105 399 44,615 44,763 148 47,675 47,530 (145) ------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ----- OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Interest rate swaps............ (158) - (158) (21) - (21) 245 - 245 Forward exchange agreements and foreign currency swaps............ (204) - (204) (161) - (161) (184) - (184) Warehousing advance commitments...... - - - - - - - - - Academic facilities financing commitments...... - - - - - - - - - Letters of credit........... - - - - - - - - - ----- ----- ----- Excess of fair value over carrying value... $307 $220 $179 ==== ==== ====
At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and 1995, substantially all interest rate swaps and foreign exchange agreements and foreign currency swaps were hedging liabilities. 12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Sallie Mae has committed to purchase student loans during specified periods and to lend funds under the warehousing advance commitment, academic facilities financing commitment and letters of credit programs. Letters of credit support the issuance of state student loan revenue bonds. They represent unconditional guarantees of Sallie Mae to repay holders of the bonds in the event of a default. In the event that letters of credit are drawn upon, such loans are collateralized by the student loans underlying the bonds. F-36 149 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -- (CONTINUED) Commitments outstanding are summarized below:
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, -------------------------- 1997 1996 1995 ----------- ----------- ----------- Student loan purchase commitments............. $20,149,339 $15,845,821 $14,244,234 Warehousing advance commitments............... 2,261,818 2,367,288 698,019 Academic facilities financing commitments..... 172,927 9,930 6,330 Letters of credit............................. 3,717,441 3,743,892 3,063,390 ----------- ----------- ----------- $26,301,525 $21,966,931 $18,011,973 ========== ========== ==========
The following schedules summarize expirations of commitments outstanding at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996:
MARCH 31, 1997 ------------------------------------------------------- ACADEMIC STUDENT LOAN WAREHOUSING FACILITIES LETTERS OF PURCHASES ADVANCES FINANCINGS CREDIT ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- 1997................................... $ 2,220,978 $ 220,237 $ 2,166 $ 251,392 1998................................... 2,041,135 175,488 30,346 1,092,378 1999................................... 7,049,562 128,332 10,700 816,630 2000................................... 753,354 31,860 - 826,875 2001................................... - - 70,000 137,620 2002-2017.............................. 8,084,310 1,705,901 59,715 592,546 ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- Total............................. $ 20,149,339 $2,261,818 $ 172,927 $3,717,441 ========== ========= ======== ========= DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------------------------------------------------- ACADEMIC STUDENT LOAN WAREHOUSING FACILITIES LETTERS OF PURCHASES ADVANCES FINANCINGS CREDIT ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- 1997................................... $ 3,299,173 $ 348,072 $ 1,230 $ 367,829 1998................................... 1,793,359 172,647 - 1,122,724 1999................................... 4,367,745 103,609 8,700 861,630 2000................................... 272,743 34,859 - 826,690 2001................................... - - - 207,620 2002-2017.............................. 6,112,801 1,708,101 - 357,399 ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- Total............................. $ 15,845,821 $2,367,288 $ 9,930 $3,743,892 ========== ========= ======== =========
Litigation On June 11, 1996, Orange County, California filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California. The case is currently pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The complaint alleges that the Company made fraudulent representations and omitted material facts in offering circulars on various bond offerings purchased by Orange County, which contributed to Orange County's market losses and subsequent bankruptcy. The complaint seeks to hold Sallie Mae responsible for losses resulting from Orange County's bankruptcy, but does not specify the amount of damages claimed. In addition, the complaint includes counts under the California F-37 150 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -- (CONTINUED) Corporations Code, as well as a count for common law fraud. The Company believes that the complaint is without merit and intends to defend the case vigorously. At this time, Management believes the impact of the lawsuit will not be material to the Company. 13. PREFERRED STOCK Sallie Mae's 4.3 million outstanding shares of non-voting adjustable rate cumulative preferred stock, par value $50.00 per share, pay cumulative quarterly dividends at a per annum rate of 4.5 percentage points below the highest yield of certain United States Treasury obligations. However, the dividend rate for any dividend period will not be less than 5 percent per annum nor greater than 14 percent per annum. The dividend rate was 5 percent for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994. The stock is redeemable, at the option of Sallie Mae, in whole or in part, at $50.00 per share plus accrued dividends. In May 1986, the Board of Directors authorized management, under certain circumstances, to repurchase up to $50 million of Sallie Mae's adjustable rate cumulative preferred stock at market prices. As of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae had repurchased 722,350 shares at an average price of $45.23 per share, totalling $32.7 million. 14. COMMON STOCK The Board of Directors has reserved 11 million common shares for issuance under various compensation and benefit plans with 6 million shares remaining at both March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996. Sallie Mae has engaged in repurchases of its common stock since 1986. In December 1996, Sallie Mae retired 59 million shares of common stock held as treasury stock at an average price of $44.36. As a result, treasury stock decreased by $2.6 billion with a corresponding decrease of $12 million to common stock, par; $568 million to additional paid-in capital; and $2.0 billion to retained earnings. As of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae held as treasury stock 13.3 million common shares purchased at an average price of $50.63 and 12 million common shares purchased at an average price of $44.75, respectively. Earnings per common share are computed based on net income less dividends on preferred stock divided by the weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding for the period. Average common and common equivalent shares outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 totaled 53,643,811; 57,479,252; 55,811,279; 67,450,889; and 79,776,993, respectively. 15. STOCK OPTION PLANS Sallie Mae maintains a stock option plan for key employees which permits grants of stock options for the purchase of common stock with exercise prices equal to the market value on the date of the grant. Stock options are exercisable one year after date of grant and have ten year terms. Sallie Mae's 1993-1998 Employee F-38 151 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 15. STOCK OPTION PLANS -- (CONTINUED) Stock Option Plan authorized the grant of options for up to 5.1 million shares of common stock. The following table summarizes employee stock options plan activity.
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, THREE MONTHS ENDED ------------------------------------------------------------------- MARCH 31, 1997 1996 1995 1994 ------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------- AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE -------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- -------- ------- Outstanding at beginning of period.............. 931,857 $ 60.80 1,094,975 $48.80 931,255 $54.49 698,550 $58.80 Granted.................. 336,385 107.63 325,545 73.08 517,800 37.15 367,150 48.03 Exercised................ (310,852) 62.52 (485,363) 41.88 (223,180) 42.76 (13,445) 31.56 Canceled................. (14,250) 108.00 (3,300) 73.00 (130,900) 53.52 (121,000) 62.33 -------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- -------- ------- Outstanding at end of period................. 943,140 $ 76.22 931,857 $60.80 1,094,975 $48.80 931,255 $54.49 ========= ------- ========= ------- ========= ------- ========= ------- Exercisable at end of period................. 616,255 $ 59.79 609,612 $54.30 641,075 $57.09 587,855 $58.34 ========= ------- ========= ------- ========= ------- ========= ------- Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the period................. $ 46.98 $25.87 $10.18 ------- ------- -------
The following table summarizes the number, weighted-average of exercise prices (which ranged from $34 to $112) and weighted-average remaining contractual life of the employee stock options outstanding at March 31, 1997.
AVERAGE REMAINING EXERCISE PRICES OPTIONS AVERAGE PRICE CONTRACTUAL LIFE ---------------------- ------- ------------- ----------------- Under $40 125,420 $ 36.74 7.5 yrs. $40-$80 495,535 65.74 6.5 Above $80 322,185 107.71 10.0 ------- ------- -------- Total 943,140 $ 76.22 8.0 yrs. ======= ------- --------
The following table summarizes the number, weighted-average of exercise prices (which ranged from $29 to $95) and weighted-average remaining contractual life of the employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 1996.
AVERAGE REMAINING EXERCISE PRICES OPTIONS AVERAGE PRICE CONTRACTUAL LIFE ---------------------- ------- ------------- ----------------- Under $40 178,938 $ 36.63 7.5 yrs. $40-$80 751,419 66.48 7.0 Above $80 1,500 94.75 10.0 ------- ------- -------- Total 931,857 $ 60.80 7.0 yrs. ======= ------- --------
In May 1996, shareholders approved the Board of Directors Stock Option Plan, which authorized the grant of options to acquire up to 200,000 shares of common stock. Options under this plan are exercisable on F-39 152 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 15. STOCK OPTION PLANS -- (CONTINUED) the date of grant and have ten year terms. The following table summarizes the Board of Directors Stock Option Plan activity.
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------------ ------------------ AVERAGE AVERAGE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE ------- ------- ------- ------- Outstanding at beginning of period................. 63,000 $ 73.00 - $ - Granted............................................ 21,000 108.00 63,000 73.00 Exercised.......................................... (4,500) 73.00 - - Canceled........................................... - - - - ------- ------- ------- ------- Outstanding at end of period....................... 79,500 $ 82.25 63,000 $ 73.00 ====== ------- ====== ------- Exercisable at end of period....................... 79,500 $ 82.25 63,000 $ 73.00 ====== ------- ====== ------- Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the period................................ $ 47.26 $ 25.84 ------- -------
At both March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the outstanding Board of Directors options had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 9 years. Sallie Mae accounts for its stock option plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," which results in no compensation expense for stock options granted under the plans. The following table summarizes pro forma disclosures for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, as if Sallie Mae had accounted for employee and Board of Directors stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994 under the fair market value method as set forth in FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using the Extended Binomial Options Pricing Model, a variation of the Black-Sholes option pricing model, with the following weighted average assumptions for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively: risk-free interest rate of 7 percent, 6 percent, 6 percent and 8 percent; volatility factor of the expected market price of Sallie Mae common stock of 30 percent, 29 percent, 29 percent and 29 percent; dividend growth rate of 8 percent; vesting period of one year from date of grant; and time of exercise-expiration date.
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, -------------------- -------------------- 1997 1996 1996 1995 -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income.................................. $118,837 $102,900 $419,410 $366,279 ======== ======== ======== ======== Pro forma net income........................ $116,575 $101,451 $413,121 $363,500 ======== ======== ======== ======== Earnings per common share................... $ 2.17 $ 1.74 $ 7.32 $ 5.27 ======== ======== ======== ======== Pro forma earnings per common share......... $ 2.12 $ 1.72 $ 7.21 $ 5.23 ======== ======== ======== ========
F-40 153 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 16. BENEFIT PLANS Pension Plans Sallie Mae has a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the "Plan") covering substantially all employees who meet certain service requirements. The Plan's benefits are based on years of service and the employee's compensation. Effective April 1, 1995, Sallie Mae modified the Plan to compute plan benefits on 5-year highest average base salary, a maximum service accrual period of 30 years, and normal retirement age of 62. Prior to these modifications, plan benefits were computed based on 3-year highest average base salary, a maximum service accrual period of 26.67 years, and a normal retirement age of 60. The Plan is funded annually based on the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. The assets of the plan are primarily invested in equities and fixed income securities. The following table sets forth the Plan's actuarially determined funded status and amounts recognized in Sallie Mae's consolidated financial statements.
1996 1995 -------- -------- Accumulated Benefits: Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligations: Vested........................................................ $ 39,949 $ 34,232 Nonvested..................................................... 5,099 6,840 -------- -------- Total...................................................... $ 45,048 $ 41,072 ======== ======== Pension Asset (Liability): Actuarial present value of projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date................................... $(75,106) $(72,361) Plan assets at fair value..................................... 75,587 54,222 -------- -------- Plan assets (less than) greater than projected benefit obligation................................................. 481 (18,139) Unrecognized prior service cost............................... (4,023) (4,444) Unrecognized transition obligation............................ 1,286 1,500 Unrecognized (gain) loss...................................... (7,149) 12,613 -------- -------- Accrued pension cost....................................... $ (9,405) $ (8,470) ======== ========
In determining the projected benefit obligation, the weighted-average assumed discount rate used was 7.5 percent in 1996, 7.0 percent in 1995 and 8.0 percent in 1994, while the assumed average rate of compensation increase was 6.0 percent in 1996 and in 1995 and 7.0 percent in 1994. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets used in determining net periodic pension cost was 8.0 percent in 1996, 1995 and 1994. Net periodic pension cost included the following components:
1996 1995 1994 -------- -------- ------- Service cost -- benefits earned during the period...... $ 8,369 $ 8,867 $ 6,737 Interest cost on project benefit obligations........... 5,055 3,659 3,345 Actual return on plan assets........................... (13,009) (11,736) (1,228) Net amortization and deferral.......................... 8,429 8,327 (220) -------- -------- ------- Net periodic pension cost............................ $ 8,844 $ 9,117 $ 8,634 ======== ======== =======
Sallie Mae maintains a non-qualified pension plan for certain key employees as designated by the Board of Directors and a nonqualified pension plan for its Board of Directors. Total pension expense for these plans in 1996, 1995 and 1994 was $11.9 million, $11.2 million and $11.7 million, respectively. F-41 154 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 16. BENEFIT PLANS -- (CONTINUED) Thrift and Savings Plans Sallie Mae's Thrift and Savings Plan ("the Plan") is a defined contribution plan that is intended to qualify under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan covers substantially all employees who have been employed by Sallie Mae for one or more years and have completed at least a thousand hours of service. Participating employees may contribute up to 6 percent of base salary and these contributions are matched 100 percent by Sallie Mae. Sallie Mae also maintains a non-qualified Thrift and Savings Plan to assure that designated participants receive the full amount of benefits to which they would have been entitled under the Thrift and Savings Plan but for limits on compensation and contribution levels imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Total expenses related to the Thrift and Savings Plan was $5.0 million, $4.9 million and $4.8 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. 17. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the company's deferred tax liabilities and assets as of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and 1995 under the liability method are as follows:
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, ---------------------- 1997 1996 1995 --------- --------- --------- Deferred tax liabilities: Leases.............................................. $ 346,170 $ 351,093 $ 344,438 Unrealized investment gains......................... 178,243 188,050 199,686 Other............................................... 35,839 32,669 19,574 --------- --------- --------- 560,252 571,812 563,698 --------- --------- --------- Deferred tax assets: ExportSS operating costs............................ 68,411 68,874 54,953 Student loan reserves............................... 50,334 47,004 31,566 In-substance defeasance transactions................ 30,707 30,788 31,014 Asset valuation allowances.......................... 24,490 24,842 25,512 Securitization transactions......................... 16,274 13,076 - Other............................................... 33,104 31,211 25,522 --------- --------- --------- 223,320 215,795 168,567 --------- --------- --------- Net deferred tax liabilities.......................... $ 336,932 $ 356,017 $ 395,131 ======== ======== ========
Sallie Mae is exempt from all state, local and District of Columbia taxes except for real property taxes. Deferred tax assets on in-substance defeasance transactions resulted from premiums on the debt extinguished. These premiums are capitalized and amortized over the life of the defeasance trust for tax purposes. F-42 155 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 17. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES -- (CONTINUED) Reconciliations of the statutory United States federal income tax rates to Sallie Mae's effective tax rate follow:
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 31, ------------ ---------------------- 1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Statutory rate...................................... 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% Tax exempt interest and dividends received deduction......................................... (3.0) (3.2) (3.8) (6.4) (5.7) Other, net.......................................... (.7) (1.2) (1.3) (1.2) (.4) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Effective tax rate.................................. 31.3% 30.6% 29.9% 27.4% 28.9% ==== ==== ==== ==== ====
Federal income taxes paid for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were $37 million, $39 million, $202 million, $122 million and $188 million, respectively. 18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
1997 1996 -------- -------------------------------------------- FIRST FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net interest income....................... $199,026 $232,679 $219,561 $208,988 $205,208 Other income.............................. 75,940 21,754 27,899 35,211 62,052 Operating expenses........................ 101,559 98,773 100,145 100,075 106,659 Federal income taxes...................... 54,570 47,968 44,340 42,877 48,313 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income before premiums on debt extinguished............................ 118,837 107,692 102,975 101,247 112,288 Premiums on debt extinguished, net of tax..................................... - (4,792) - - - -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income................................ $118,837 $102,900 $102,975 $101,247 $112,288 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Earnings per common share before premiums on debt extinguished.................... $ 2.17 $ 1.82 $ 1.79 $ 1.79 $ 2.01 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Earnings per common share................. $ 2.17 $ 1.74 $ 1.79 $ 1.79 $ 2.01 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
F-43 156 STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) (INFORMATION AT MARCH 31, 1997 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) -- (CONTINUED)
1995 -------------------------------------------- FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER -------- -------- -------- -------- Net interest income................................. $221,147 $222,694 $227,952 $228,948 Other operating income.............................. 321 7,883 8,971 33,238 Operating expenses.................................. 101,768 111,368 118,325 107,240 Federal income taxes................................ 30,906 31,187 32,031 47,139 -------- -------- -------- -------- Income before premiums on debt extinguished......... 88,794 88,022 86,567 107,807 Premiums on debt extinguished, net of tax........... - - - (4,911) -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income.......................................... $ 88,794 $ 88,022 $ 86,567 $102,896 ======== ======== ======== ======== Earnings per common share before premiums on debt extinguished...................................... $ 1.17 $ 1.20 $ 1.28 $ 1.76 ======== ======== ======== ======== Earnings per common share........................... $ 1.17 $ 1.20 $ 1.28 $ 1.67 ======== ======== ======== ========
19. COLLEGE CONSTRUCTION LOAN INSURANCE ASSOCIATION In 1987, Sallie Mae assisted in creating the College Construction Loan Insurance Association ("Connie Lee"), a private, for-profit, stockholder-owned corporation, authorized by Congress to insure and reinsure educational facilities obligations. At both March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the carrying value of Sallie Mae's investment in Connie Lee was approximately $44 million, and as of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, through its ownership of preferred and common stock and through agreements with other shareholders, Sallie Mae effectively controlled 42 percent and 36 percent, respectively of Connie Lee's outstanding voting stock. In February 1997, Connie Lee converted to a private, shareholder-controlled corporation pursuant to statutory provisions under Pub. L. No. 104-208 that required Connie Lee to repurchase shares of its stock owned by the U.S. government at a purchase price determined by an independent appraisal. On February 28, 1997 Sallie Mae loaned Connie Lee $18 million to repurchase the shares. On May 27, 1997 the term of this loan was extended to June 29, 1997. F-44 157 APPENDIX A AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the "Agreement") is dated as of April 7, 1997 among the STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION, a federally chartered corporation ("Sallie Mae"), SLM Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sallie Mae ("Holding Company") and SALLIE MAE MERGER COMPANY, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Holding Company ("MergerCo"). WHEREAS, Sallie Mae has an authorized capitalization consisting of: (i) 250,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.20 per share ("Sallie Mae Common Stock"), of which 53,690,595 shares were issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996; and (ii) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $50 per share ("Sallie Mae Preferred Stock") of which 4,277,650 shares were issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996. WHEREAS, MergerCo has an authorized capitalization consisting of 1000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("MergerCo Common Stock"), all of which are issued and outstanding and owned beneficially and of record by Holding Company; and WHEREAS, Holding Company has an authorized capitalization consisting of 250,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.20 per share ("Holding Company Common Stock"), of which 1000 shares are issued and outstanding and owned beneficially and of record by Sallie Mae; and WHEREAS, The Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 (the "Privatization Act") authorizes Sallie Mae to reorganize through the formation of a state-chartered holding company that would own all issued and outstanding Sallie Mae Common Stock; and WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of Sallie Mae, MergerCo and Holding Company, deem it advisable for MergerCo to merge with and into Sallie Mae (the "Merger") in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the "DGCL"), and this Agreement and have, by resolutions duly adopted, approved this Agreement and directed that it be executed by the undersigned officers and that it be submitted to a vote of the respective shareholders of Sallie Mae and MergerCo; and WHEREAS, Holding Company, as sole stockholder of MergerCo, has approved the Agreement. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties to this Agreement agree that MergerCo shall merge with and into Sallie Mae and Sallie Mae shall be the corporation surviving the Merger. The terms and conditions of the Merger, the mode of carrying it into effect and the manner and basis of converting shares in the Merger shall be as follows: ARTICLE I THE MERGER At the Effective Time (as herein defined), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the DGCL, MergerCo shall be merged with and into Sallie Mae, whereupon the separate corporate existence of MergerCo shall cease and Sallie Mae shall continue as the surviving corporation (the "Surviving Corporation"). Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the parties hereto shall consummate the Merger by filing a certificate of merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and making all other filings or recordings required by the DGCL in connection with the Merger. The Merger shall become effective at such time as the certificate of merger is duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "Effective Time"). The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto and to any other applicable laws, at the Effective time all A-1 158 the properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Sallie Mae and MergerCo shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities, restrictions, disabilities and duties of Sallie Mae and MergerCo shall become the debts, liabilities, restrictions, disabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation. ARTICLE II TERMS OF CONVERSION OF SHARES At the Effective Time: (a) Each share of Sallie Mae Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall thereupon, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of Holding Company Common Stock. (b) Each share of Sallie Mae Common Stock held in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall thereupon be cancelled and retired and all rights in respect thereof shall cease. (c) The shares of Sallie Mae Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall not be converted or otherwise affected by the Merger, and each such share shall continue to be issued and outstanding and to be one fully paid and nonassessable share of the Sallie Mae Preferred Stock of the Surviving Corporation. (d) Each share of MergerCo Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of the Surviving Corporation. (e) Each share of Holding Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and restored to the status of authorized and unissued Holding Company Common Stock. ARTICLE III CHARTER AND BYLAWS (a) From and after the Effective Time, and until thereafter amended as provided by law, the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the "Sallie Mae Charter"), as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be and continue to be the governing statute of the Surviving Corporation. (b) From and after the Effective Time, the Bylaws of Sallie Mae as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be and continue to be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until amended. ARTICLE IV STOCK CERTIFICATES Following the Effective Time, each holder of an outstanding certificate or certificates theretofore representing shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock may, but shall not be required to, surrender the same to Holding Company for cancellation, exchange or transfer, and each such holder or transferee thereof will be entitled to receive a certificate or certificates representing the same number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock as the number of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock previously represented by the stock certificate or certificates so surrendered. Until so surrendered or presented for cancellation, exchange or transfer, each outstanding certificate which, prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock shall be deemed and treated for all corporate purposes to represent the ownership of the same number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock as though such surrender for cancellation, exchange or transfer thereof had taken place. If any certificate representing shares of Holding Company Common Stock is to be issued in a name other than that of the registered holder of the certificate formerly representing shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock presented for transfer, it shall be a condition of issuance that (a) the certificate so A-2 159 surrendered shall be properly endorsed or accompanied by a stock power and shall otherwise be in proper form for transfer and (b) the person requesting such issuance shall pay to Holding Company's transfer agent any transfer or other taxes required by reason of issuance of certificates representing Holding Company Common Stock in a name other than that of the registered holder of the certificate presented, or establish to the satisfaction of Holding Company or its registered agent that such taxes have been paid or are not applicable. The stock transfer books for Sallie Mae Common Stock shall be deemed to be closed at the Effective Time, and no transfer of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall thereafter be made on such books. Following the Effective Time, the holders of certificates representing Sallie Mae Common Stock outstanding immediately before the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to stock of the Surviving Corporation and their sole rights shall be with respect to the Holding Company Common Stock into which their shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock shall have been converted in the Merger. ARTICLE V CONDITIONS OF THE MERGER Consummation of the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions: (a) The Merger shall have received such approval of the shareholders of Sallie Mae as is required by the Privatization Act. (b) Sallie Mae shall have received an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sallie Mae, dated as of the Effective Time, substantially to the effect that, on the basis of facts, representations and assumptions set forth in such opinion which are consistent with the state of facts existing at the Effective Time, the Merger will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a nonrecognition transfer of shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock by those holders thereof to the Holding Company for shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (c) The shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be issued and to be reserved for issuance as a result of the Merger shall have been approved for listing, upon official notice of issuance, by the New York Stock Exchange. (d) A registration statement on Form S-4 relating to the shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be issued or reserved for issuance as a result of the Merger, shall be declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and shall not be the subject of any "stop order." ARTICLE VI AMENDMENT AND WAIVER The parties hereto, by mutual consent of their respective Boards of Directors, may amend, modify or supplement this Agreement, or waive any condition set forth herein, in such manner as may be agreed upon by them in writing, at any time before or after approval of this Agreement by the shareholders of Sallie Mae, to the extent permitted by the DGCL. ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS (a) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. (b) This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware. A-3 160 (c) The parties hereto shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate the Merger. In case at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the officers and directors of each of the parties hereto shall take all such further action. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sallie Mae, MergerCo and Holding Company, have executed this Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first written above. STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION By: ------------------------------------ Name: Lawrence A. Hough Title: President and Chief Executive Officer SALLIE MAE MERGER COMPANY By: ------------------------------------ Name: Lawrence A. Hough Title: President and Chief Executive Officer SLM HOLDING CORPORATION By: ------------------------------------ Name: Lawrence A. Hough Title: President and Chief Executive Officer A-4 161 APPENDIX B Set forth below is the text of certain pertinent provisions of Title VI of U.S. Public Law 104-208, also known as the "Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996" (the "Privatization Act"). The Privatization Act has three principal provisions relating to Sallie Mae: (1) Section 602(a) adds to Part B of Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (the "Higher Education Act") a new Section 440 that provides for the reorganization of the Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae") into a subsidiary of a new holding company; (2) Section 602(b) amends Section 439(r) of the Higher Education Act to require certain enhanced regulatory oversight of Sallie Mae to ensure its financial safety and soundness; and (3) Section 602(c) adds to Section 439 of the Higher Education Act a new subsection (s) that requires Sallie Mae to eventually dissolve in the event Sallie Mae does not reorganize in accordance with the provisions of the new Section 440 (added by Section 602(a)). TITLE VI -- REORGANIZATION AND PRIVATIZATION OF SALLIE MAE SEC.601. SHORT TITLE. This title may be cited as the "Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996". SEC.602. REORGANIZATION OF THE STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION THROUGH THE FORMATION OF A HOLDING COMPANY. Sec. 602(a) AMENDMENT. -- Part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 439 (20 U.S.C. 1087-2) the following new section: "SEC.440. REORGANIZATION OF THE STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION THROUGH THE FORMATION OF A HOLDING COMPANY. "(a) ACTIONS BY THE ASSOCIATION'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS. -- The Board of Directors of the Association shall take or cause to be taken all such action as the Board of Directors deems necessary or appropriate to effect, upon the shareholder approval described in subsection (b), a restructuring of the common stock ownership of the Association, as set forth in a plan of reorganization adopted by the Board of Directors (the terms of which shall be consistent with this section) so that all of the outstanding common shares of the Association shall be directly owned by a Holding Company. Such actions may include, in the Board of Director's discretion, a merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company with and into the Association, which would have the effect provided in the plan of reorganization and the law of the jurisdiction in which such subsidiary is incorporated. As part of the restructuring, the Board of Directors may cause -- "(1) the common shares of the Association to be converted, on the reorganization effective date, to common shares of the Holding Company on a one for one basis, consistent with applicable State or District of Columbia law; and "(2) Holding Company common shares to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. "(b) SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. -- The plan of reorganization adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to subsection (a) shall be submitted to common shareholders of the Association for their approval. The reorganization shall occur on the reorganization effective date, provided that the plan of reorganization has been approved by the affirmative votes, cast in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Association common stock. B-1 162 "(c) TRANSITION. -- In the event the shareholders of the Association approve the plan of reorganization under subsection (b), the following provisions shall apply beginning on the reorganization effective date: "(1) IN GENERAL. -- Except as specifically provided in this section, until the dissolution date the Association shall continue to have all of the rights, privileges and obligations set forth in, and shall be subject to all of the limitations and restrictions of, section 439, and the Association shall continue to carry out the purposes of such section. The Holding Company and any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association) shall not be entitled to any of the rights, privileges, and obligations, and shall not be subject to the limitations and restrictions, applicable to the Association under section 439, except as specifically provided in this section. The Holding Company and any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association or a subsidiary of the Association) shall not purchase loans insured under this Act until such time as the Association ceases acquiring such loans, except that the Holding Company may purchase such loans if the Association is merely continuing to acquire loans as a lender of last resort pursuant to section 439(q) or under an agreement with the Secretary described in paragraph (6). "(2) TRANSFER OF CERTAIN PROPERTY. -- "(A) IN GENERAL. -- Except as provided in this section, on the reorganization effective date or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Association shall use the Association's best efforts to transfer to the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company (or both), as directed by the Holding Company, all real and personal property of the Association (both tangible and intangible) other than the remaining property. Subject to the preceding sentence, such transferred property shall include all right, title and interest in -- "(i) direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Association (excluding special purpose funding companies in existence on the date of enactment of this section and any interest in any government-sponsored enterprise); "(ii) contracts, leases, and other agreements of the Association; "(iii) licenses and other intellectual property of the Association; and "(iv) any other property of the Association. "(B) CONSTRUCTION. -- Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prohibit the Association from transferring remaining property from time to time to the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, subject to the provisions of paragraph (4). "(3) TRANSFER OF PERSONNEL. -- On the reorganization effective date, employees of the Association shall become employees of the Holding Company (or any subsidiary of the Holding Company), and the Holding Company (or any subsidiary of the Holding Company) shall provide all necessary and appropriate management and operational support (including loan servicing) to the Association, as requested by the Association. The Association, however, may obtain such management and operational support from persons or entities not associated with the Holding Company. "(4) DIVIDENDS. -- The Association may pay dividends in the form of cash or noncash distributions so long as at the time of the declaration of such dividends, after giving effect to the payment of such dividends as of the date of such declaration by the Board of Directors of the Association, the Association's capital would be in compliance with the capital standards and requirements set forth in section 439(r). If, at any time after the reorganization effective date, the Association fails to comply with such capital standards, the Holding Company shall transfer with due diligence to the Association additional capital in such amounts as are necessary to ensure that the Association again complies with the capital standards. "(5) CERTIFICATION PRIOR TO DIVIDEND. -- Prior to the payment of any dividend under paragraph (4), the Association shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury that the payment B-2 163 of the dividend will be made in compliance with paragraph (4) and shall provide copies of all calculations needed to make such certification. "(6) RESTRICTIONS ON NEW BUSINESS ACTIVITY OR ACQUISITION OF ASSETS BY ASSOCIATION. -- "(A) IN GENERAL. -- After the reorganization effective date, the Association shall not engage in any new business activities or acquire any additional program assets described in section 439(d) other than in connection with -- "(i) student loan purchases through September 30, 2007; "(ii) contractual commitments for future warehousing advances, or pursuant to letters of credit or standby bond purchase agreements, which are outstanding as of the reorganization effective date; "(iii) the Association serving as a lender-of-last-resort pursuant to section 439(q); and "(iv) the Association's purchase of loans insured under this part, if the Secretary, with approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, enters into an agreement with the Association for the continuation or resumption of the Association's secondary market purchase program because the Secretary determines there is inadequate liquidity for loans made under this part. "(B) AGREEMENT. -- The Secretary is authorized to enter into an agreement described in clause (iv) of subparagraph (A) with the Association covering such secondary market activities. Any agreement entered into under such clause shall cover a period of 12 months, but may be renewed if the Secretary determines that liquidity remains inadequate. The fee provided under section 439(h)(7) shall not apply to loans acquired under any such agreement with the Secretary. "(7) ISSUANCE OF DEBT OBLIGATIONS DURING THE TRANSITION PERIOD; ATTRIBUTES OF DEBT OBLIGATIONS. -- After the reorganization effective date, the Association shall not issue debt obligations which mature later than September 30, 2008, except in connection with serving as a lender-of-last-resort pursuant to section 439(q) or with purchasing loans under an agreement with the Secretary as described in paragraph (6). Nothing in this section shall modify the attributes accorded the debt obligations of the Association by section 439, regardless of whether such debt obligations are incurred prior to, or at any time following, the reorganization effective date or are transferred to a trust in accordance with subsection (d). "(8) MONITORING OF SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS. -- "(A) OBLIGATION TO OBTAIN, MAINTAIN, AND REPORT INFORMATION. -- The Association shall obtain such information and make and keep such records as the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time prescribe concerning -- "(i) the financial risk to the Association resulting from the activities of any associated person, to the extent such activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial condition of the Association, including the Association's capital ratio, the Association's liquidity, or the Association's ability to conduct and finance the Association's operations; and "(ii) the Association's policies, procedures, and systems for monitoring and controlling any such financial risk. "(B) SUMMARY REPORTS. -- The Secretary of the Treasury may require summary reports of the information described in subparagraph (A) to be filed no more frequently than quarterly. If, as a result of adverse market conditions or based on reports provided pursuant to B-3 164 this subparagraph or other available information, the Secretary of the Treasury has concerns regarding the financial or operational condition of the Association, the Secretary of the Treasury may, notwithstanding the preceding sentence and subparagraph (A), require the Association to make reports concerning the activities of any associated person whose business activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial or operational condition of the Association. "(C) SEPARATE OPERATION OF CORPORATIONS. -- "(i) IN GENERAL. -- The funds and assets of the Association shall at all times be maintained separately from the funds and assets of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company and may be used by the Association solely to carry out the Association's purposes and to fulfill the Association's obligations. "(ii) BOOKS AND RECORDS. -- The Association shall maintain books and records that clearly reflect the assets and liabilities of the Association, separate from the assets and liabilities of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company. "(iii) CORPORATE OFFICE. -- The Association shall maintain a corporate office that is physically separate from any office of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company. "(iv) DIRECTOR. -- No director of the Association who is appointed by the President pursuant to section 439(c)(1)(A) may serve as a director of the Holding Company. "(v) ONE OFFICER REQUIREMENT. -- At least one officer of the Association shall be an officer solely of the Association. "(vi) TRANSACTIONS. -- Transactions between the Association and the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, including any loan servicing arrangements, shall be on terms no less favorable to the Association than the Association could obtain from an unrelated third party offering comparable services. "(vii) CREDIT PROHIBITION. -- The Association shall not extend credit to the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company nor guarantee or provide any credit enhancement to any debt obligations of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company. "(viii) AMOUNTS COLLECTED. -- Any amounts collected on behalf of the Association by the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company with respect to the assets of the Association, pursuant to a servicing contract or other arrangement between the Association and the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, shall be collected solely for the benefit of the Association and shall be immediately deposited by the Holding Company or such subsidiary to an account under the sole control of the Association. "(D) ENCUMBRANCE OF ASSETS. -- Notwithstanding any federal or State law, rule, or regulation, or legal or equitable principle, doctrine, or theory to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the assets of the Association be available or used to pay claims or debts of or incurred by the Holding Company. Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to limit the right of the Association to pay dividends not otherwise prohibited under this subparagraph or to limit any liability of the Holding Company explicitly provided for in this section. "(E) HOLDING COMPANY ACTIVITIES. -- After the reorganization effective date and prior to the dissolution date, all business activities of the Holding Company shall be conducted through subsidiaries of the Holding Company. B-4 165 "(F) CONFIDENTIALITY. -- Any information provided by the Association pursuant to this section shall be subject to the same confidentiality obligations contained in section 439(r)(12). "(G) DEFINITION. -- For purposes of this paragraph, the term 'associated person' means any person, other than a natural person, who is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Association. "(9) ISSUANCE OF STOCK WARRANTS. -- "(A) IN GENERAL. -- On the reorganization effective date, the Holding Company shall issue to the District of Columbia Financial Responsibility and Management Assistance Authority a number of stock warrants that is equal to one percent of the outstanding shares of the Association, determined as of the last day of the fiscal quarter preceding the date of enactment of this section, with each stock warrant entitling the holder of the stock warrant to purchase from the Holding Company one share of the registered common stock of the Holding Company or the Holding Company's successors or assigns, at any time on or before September 30, 2008. The exercise price for such warrants shall be an amount equal to the average closing price of the common stock of the Association for the 20 business days prior to the date of enactment of this section on the exchange or market which is then the primary exchange or market for the common stock of the Association. The number of shares of Holding Company common stock subject to each stock warrant and the exercise price of each stock warrant shall be adjusted as necessary to reflect -- "(i) the conversion of Association common stock into Holding Company common stock as part of the plan of reorganization approved by the Association's shareholders; and "(ii) any issuance or sale of stock (including issuance or sale of treasury stock), stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, or other corporate event, if agreed to by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Association. "(B) AUTHORITY TO SELL OR EXERCISE STOCK WARRANTS; DEPOSIT OF PROCEEDS. -- The District of Columbia Financial Responsibility and Management Assistance Authority is authorized to sell or exercise the stock warrants described in subparagraph (A). The District of Columbia Financial Responsibility and Management Assistance Authority shall deposit into the account established under section 3(e) of the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996 amounts collected from the sale and proceeds resulting from the exercise of the stock warrants pursuant to this subparagraph. "(10) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF ASSOCIATION SHARES AND BANKRUPTCY OF ASSOCIATION. -- After the reorganization effective date, the Holding Company shall not sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer the outstanding shares of the Association, or agree to or cause the liquidation of the Association or cause the Association to file a petition for bankruptcy under title 11, United States Code, without prior approval of the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Education. "(d) TERMINATION OF THE ASSOCIATION. -- In the event the shareholders of the Association approve a plan of reorganization under subsection (b), the Association shall dissolve, and the Association's separate existence shall terminate on September 30, 2008, after discharge of all outstanding debt obligations and liquidation pursuant to this subsection. The Association may dissolve pursuant to this subsection prior to such date by notifying the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Treasury of the Association's intention to dissolve, unless within 60 days after receipt of such notice the Secretary of Education notifies the Association that the Association continues to be needed to serve as a lender of last resort pursuant to section 439(q) or continues to be needed to purchase loans under an B-5 166 agreement with the Secretary described in subsection (c)(6). On the dissolution date, the Association shall take the following actions: "(1) ESTABLISHMENT OF A TRUST. -- The Association shall, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement that is in form and substance satisfactory to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Association and the appointed trustee, irrevocably transfer all remaining obligations of the Association to the trust and irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited into such trust, to be held as trust funds solely for the benefit of holders of the remaining obligations, money or direct noncallable obligations of the United States or any agency thereof for which payment the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged, maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be sufficient, without consideration of any significant reinvestment of such interest, to pay the principal of, and interest on, the remaining obligations in accordance with their terms. To the extent the Association cannot provide money or qualifying obligations in the amount required, the Holding Company shall be required to transfer money or qualifying obligations to the trust in the amount necessary to prevent any deficiency. "(2) USE OF TRUST ASSETS. -- All money, obligations, or financial assets deposited into the trust pursuant to this subsection shall be applied by the trustee to the payment of the remaining obligations assumed by the trust. "(3) OBLIGATIONS NOT TRANSFERRED TO THE TRUST. -- The Association shall make proper provision for all other obligations of the Association not transferred to the trust, including the repurchase or redemption, or the making of proper provision for the repurchase or redemption, of any preferred stock of the Association outstanding. Any obligations of the Association which cannot be fully satisfied shall become liabilities of the Holding Company as of the date of dissolution. "(4) TRANSFER OF REMAINING ASSETS. -- After compliance with paragraphs (1) and (3), any remaining assets of the trust shall be transferred to the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, as directed by the Holding Company. "(e) OPERATION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY. -- In the event the shareholders of the Association approve the plan of reorganization under subsection (b), the following provisions shall apply beginning on the reorganization effective date: "(1) HOLDING COMPANY BOARD OF DIRECTORS. -- The number of members and composition of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall be determined as set forth in the Holding Company's charter or like instrument (as amended from time to time) or bylaws (as amended from time to time) and as permitted under the laws of the jurisdiction of the Holding Company's incorporation. "(2) HOLDING COMPANY NAME. -- The names of the Holding Company and any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association) -- "(A) may not contain the name 'Student Loan Marketing Association'; and "(B) may contain, to the extent permitted by applicable State or District of Columbia law, 'Sallie Mae' or variations thereof, or such other names as the Board of Directors of the Association or the Holding Company deems appropriate. "(3) USE OF SALLIE MAE NAME. -- Subject to paragraph (2), the Association may assign to the Holding Company, or any subsidiary of the Holding Company, the 'Sallie Mae' name as a trademark or service mark, except that neither the Holding Company nor any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association or any subsidiary of the Association) may use the 'Sallie Mae' name on, or to identify the issuer of, any debt obligation or other security offered or sold by the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than a debt obligation or other security issued to and held by the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Holding B-6 167 Company). The Association shall remit to the account established under section 3(e) of the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996, $5,000,000 within 60 days of the reorganization effective date as compensation for the right to assign the 'Sallie Mae' name as a trademark or service mark. "(4) DISCLOSURE REQUIRED. -- Until 3 years after the dissolution date, the Holding Company, and any subsidiary of the Holding Company (other than the Association), shall prominently display -- "(A) in any document offering the Holding Company's securities, a statement that the obligations of the Holding Company and any subsidiary of the Holding Company are not guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and "(B) in any advertisement or promotional materials which use the 'Sallie Mae' name or mark, a statement that neither the Holding Company nor any subsidiary of the Holding Company is a government-sponsored enterprise or instrumentality of the United States. "(f) STRICT CONSTRUCTION. -- Except as specifically set forth in this section, nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the authority of the Association as a federally chartered corporation, or of the Holding Company as a State or District of Columbia chartered corporation. "(g) RIGHT TO ENFORCE. -- The Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury, as appropriate, may request that the Attorney General bring an action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for the enforcement of any provision of this section, or may, under the direction or control of the Attorney General, bring such an action. Such court shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance with this section. "(h) DEADLINE FOR REORGANIZATION EFFECTIVE DATE. -- This section shall be of no further force and effect in the event that the reorganization effective date does not occur on or before 18 months after the date of enactment of this section. "(i) DEFINITIONS. -- For purposes of this section: "(1) ASSOCIATION. -- The term 'Association' means the Student Loan Marketing Association. "(2) DISSOLUTION DATE. -- The term 'dissolution date' means September 30, 2008, or such earlier date as the Secretary of Education permits the transfer of remaining obligations in accordance with subsection (d). "(3) HOLDING COMPANY. -- The term 'Holding Company' means the new business corporation established pursuant to this section by the Association under the laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia for the purposes of the reorganization and restructuring described in subsection (a). "(4) REMAINING OBLIGATIONS. -- The term 'remaining obligations' means the debt obligations of the Association outstanding as of the dissolution date. "(5) REMAINING PROPERTY. -- The term 'remaining property' means the following assets and liabilities of the Association which are outstanding as of the reorganization effective date: "(A) Debt obligations issued by the Association. "(B) Contracts relating to interest rate, currency, or commodity positions or protections. "(C) Investment securities owned by the Association. "(D) Any instruments, assets, or agreements described in section 439(d) (including, without limitation, all student loans and agreements relating to the purchase and sale of student loans, forward purchase and lending commitments, warehousing advances, academic facilities B-7 168 obligations, letters of credit, standby bond purchase agreements, liquidity agreements, and student loan revenue bonds or other loans). "(E) Except as specifically prohibited by this section or section 439, any other nonmaterial assets or liabilities of the Association which the Association's Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate to the Association's operations. "(6) REORGANIZATION. -- The term 'reorganization' means the restructuring event or events (including any merger event) giving effect to the Holding Company structure described in subsection (a). "(7) REORGANIZATION EFFECTIVE DATE. -- The term 'reorganization effective date' means the effective date of the reorganization as determined by the Board of Directors of the Association, which shall not be earlier than the date that shareholder approval is obtained pursuant to subsection (b) and shall not be later than the date that is 18 months after the date of enactment of this section. "(8) SUBSIDIARY. -- The term 'subsidiary' means one or more direct or indirect subsidiaries." Sec. 602(b) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS. -- (1) ELIGIBLE LENDER. -- (A) AMENDMENTS TO THE HIGHER EDUCATION ACT. -- (i) DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE LENDER. -- Section 435(d)(1)(F) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(d)(1)(F)) is amended by inserting after "Student Loan Marketing Association" the following: "or the Holding Company of the Student Loan Marketing Association, including any subsidiary of the Holding Company, created pursuant to section 440,". (ii) DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE LENDER AND FEDERAL CONSOLIDATION LOANS. -- Sections 435(d)(1)(G) and 428C(a)(1)(A) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1085(d)(1)(G) and 1078-3(a)(1)(A)) are each amended by inserting after "Student Loan Marketing Association" the following: "or the Holding Company of the Student Loan Marketing Association, including any subsidiary of the Holding Company, created pursuant to section 440". (B) EFFECTIVE DATE. -- The amendments made by this paragraph shall take effect on the reorganization effective date as defined in section 440(h) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (as added by subsection (a)). (2) ENFORCEMENT OF SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS REQUIREMENTS. -- Section 439(r) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-2(r)) is amended -- (A) in the first sentence of paragraph (12), by inserting "or the Association's associated persons" after "by the Association"; (B) by redesignating paragraph (13) as paragraph (15); and (C) by inserting after paragraph (12) the following new paragraph: "(13) ENFORCEMENT OF SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS REQUIREMENTS. -- The Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury, as appropriate, may request that the Attorney General bring an action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for the enforcement of any provision of this section, or may, under the direction or control of the Attorney General, bring such an action. Such court shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance with this section.". B-8 169 (3) FINANCIAL SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS. -- Section 439(r) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.1087-2(r)) is further amended -- (A) in paragraph (1) -- (i) by striking "and" at the end of subparagraph (A); (ii) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (B) and inserting "; and" and (iii) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: "(C)(i) financial statements of the Association within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter; and "(ii) reports setting forth the calculation of the capital ratio of the Association, within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter."; (B) in paragraph (2) -- (i) by striking clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A) and inserting the following: "(i) appoint auditors or examiners to conduct audits of the Association from time to time to determine the condition of the Association for the purpose of assessing the Association's financial safety and soundness and to determine whether the requirements of this section and section 440 are being met; and "(ii) obtain the services of such experts as the Secretary of the Treasury determines necessary and appropriate, as authorized by section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, to assist in determining the condition of the Association for the purpose of assessing the Association's financial safety and soundness, and to determine whether the requirements of this section and section 440 are being met."; and (ii) by adding at the end of the following new subparagraph:" (D) ANNUAL ASSESSMENT. -- "(i) IN GENERAL. -- For each fiscal year beginning on or after October 1, 1996, the Secretary of the Treasury may establish and collect from the Association an assessment (or assessments) in amounts sufficient to provide for reasonable costs and expenses of carrying out the duties of the Secretary of the Treasury under this section and section 440 during such fiscal year. In no event may the total amount so assessed exceed, for any fiscal year, $800,000 adjusted for each fiscal year ending after September 30, 1997, by the ratio of the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics) for the final month of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the assessment is made to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for September 1997. "(ii) DEPOSIT. -- Amounts collected from assessments under this subparagraph shall be deposited in an account within the Treasury of the United States as designated by the Secretary of the Treasury for that purpose. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to pay out of any funds available in such account the reasonable costs and expenses of carrying out the duties of the Secretary of the Treasury under this section and section 440. None of the funds deposited into such account shall be available for any purpose other than making payments for such costs and expenses."; and B-9 170 (C) by inserting after paragraph (13) (as added by paragraph (2)(C)) the following new paragraph:" (14) ACTIONS BY SECRETARY. -- "(A) IN GENERAL. -- For any fiscal quarter ended after January 1, 2000, the Association shall have a capital ratio of at least 2.25 percent. The Secretary of the Treasury may, whenever such capital ratio is not met, take any one or more of the actions described in paragraph (7), except that -- "(i) the capital ratio to be restored pursuant to paragraph (7)(D) shall be 2.25 percent; and "(ii) if the relevant capital ratio is in excess of or equal to 2 percent for such quarter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall defer taking any of the actions set forth in paragraph (7) until the next succeeding quarter and may then proceed with any such action only if the capital ratio of the Association remains below 2.25 percent. "(B) APPLICABILITY. -- The provisions of paragraphs (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (10), and (11) shall be of no further application to the Association for any period after January 1, 2000." (4) INFORMATION REQUIRED; DIVIDENDS. -- Section 439(r) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-2(r)) is further amended -- (A) by adding at the end of paragraph (2) (amended in paragraph (3)(B)(ii)) the following new subparagraph: "(E) OBLIGATION TO OBTAIN, MAINTAIN, AND REPORT INFORMATION. -- "(i) IN GENERAL. -- The Association shall obtain such information and make and keep such records as the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time prescribe concerning -- "(I) the financial risk to the Association resulting from the activities of any associated person, to the extent such activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial condition of the Association, including the Association's capital ratio, the Association's liquidity, or the Association's ability to conduct and finance the Association's operations; and "(II) the Association's policies, procedures, and systems for monitoring and controlling any such financial risk. "(ii) SUMMARY REPORTS. -- The Secretary of the Treasury may require summary reports of such information to be filed no more frequently than quarterly. If, as a result of adverse market conditions or based on reports provided pursuant to this subparagraph or other available information, the Secretary of the Treasury has concerns regarding the financial or operational condition of the Association, the Secretary of the Treasury may, notwithstanding the preceding sentence and clause (i), require the Association to make reports concerning the activities of any associated person, whose business activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial or operational condition of the Association. "(iii) DEFINITION. -- For purposes of this subparagraph, the term 'associated person' means any person, other than a natural person, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Association."; and B-10 171 (B) by adding at the end the following new paragraphs: (16) DIVIDENDS. -- The Association may pay dividends in the form of cash or noncash distributions so long as at the time of the declaration of such dividends, after giving effect to the payment of such dividends as of the date of such declaration by the Board of Directors of the Association, the Association's capital would be in compliance with the capital standards set forth in this section. "(17) CERTIFICATION PRIOR TO PAYMENT OF DIVIDEND. -- Prior to the payment of any dividend under paragraph (16), the Association shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury that the payment of the dividend will be made in paragraph (16) and shall provide copies of all calculations needed to make such certification." "Sec. 602(c) SUNSET OF THE ASSOCIATION'S CHARTER IF NO REORGANIZATION PLAN OCCURS. -- Section 439 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-2) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: "(s) CHARTER SUNSET. -- "(1) APPLICATION OF PROVISIONS. -- This subsection applies beginning 18 months and one day after the date of enactment of this subsection if no reorganization of the Association occurs in accordance with the provisions of section 440. "(2) SUNSET PLAN. -- "(A) PLAN SUBMISSION BY THE ASSOCIATION. -- Not later than July 1, 2007, the Association shall submit to the Secretary of the Treasury and to the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Economic and Educational Opportunities of the House of Representatives, a detailed plan for the orderly winding up, by July 1, 2013, of business activities conducted pursuant to the charter set forth in this section. Such plan shall -- "(i) ensure that the Association will have adequate assets to transfer to a trust, as provided in this subsection, to ensure full payment of remaining obligations of the Association in accordance with the terms of such obligations; "(ii) provide that all assets not used to pay liabilities shall be distributed to shareholders as provided in this subsection; and "(iii) provide that the operations of the Association shall remain separate and distinct from that of any entity to which the assets of the Association are transferred; "(B) AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN BY THE ASSOCIATION. -- The Association shall from time to time amend such plan to reflect changed circumstances, and submit such amendments to the Secretary of the Treasury and to the Chairman and Ranking Minority Member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and Chairman and Ranking Minority Member of the Committee on Economic and Educational Opportunities of the House of Representatives. In no case may any amendment extend the date for full implementation of the plan beyond the dissolution date provided in paragraph (3). "(C) PLAN MONITORING. -- The Secretary of the Treasury shall monitor the Association's compliance with the plan and shall continue to review the plan (including any amendments thereto). "(D) AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN BY THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY. -- The Secretary of the Treasury may require the Association to amend the plan (including any amendments to the plan), if the Secretary of the Treasury deems such amendments are necessary to ensure full payment of all obligations of the Association. B-11 172 "(E) IMPLEMENTATION BY THE ASSOCIATION. -- The Association shall promptly implement the plan (including any amendments to the plan, whether such amendments are made by the Association or are required to be made by the Secretary of the Treasury). "(3) DISSOLUTION OF THE ASSOCIATION. -- The Association shall dissolve and the Association's separate existence shall terminate on July 1, 2013, after discharge of all outstanding debt obligations and liquidation pursuant to this subsection. The Association may dissolve pursuant to this subsection prior to such date by notifying the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Treasury of the Association's intention to dissolve, unless within 60 days of receipt of such notice the Secretary of Education notifies the Association that the Association continues to be needed to serve as a lender of last resort pursuant to subsection (q) or continues to be needed to purchase loans under an agreement with the Secretary described in paragraph (4)(A). On the dissolution date, the Association shall take the following actions: "(A) ESTABLISHMENT OF A TRUST. -- The Association shall, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Association, and the appointed trustee, irrevocably transfer all remaining obligations of the Association to a trust and irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited into such trust, to be held as trust funds solely for the benefit of holders of the remaining obligations, money or direct noncallable obligations of the United States or any agency thereof for which payment the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged, maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be sufficient, without consideration of any significant reinvestment of such interest, to pay the principal of, and interest on, the remaining obligations in accordance with their terms. "(B) USE OF TRUST ASSETS. -- All money, obligations, or financial assets deposited into the trust pursuant to this subsection shall be applied by the trustee to the payment of the remaining obligations assumed by the trust. Upon the fulfillment of the trustee's duties under the trust, any remaining assets of the trust shall be transferred to the persons who, at the time of the dissolution, were the shareholders of the Association, or to the legal successors or assigns of such persons. "(C) OBLIGATIONS NOT TRANSFERRED TO THE TRUST. -- The Association shall make proper provision for all other obligations of the Association, including the repurchase or redemption, or the making of proper provision for the repurchase or redemption, of any preferred stock of the Association outstanding. "(D) TRANSFER OF REMAINING ASSETS. -- After compliance with subparagraphs (A) and (C), the Association shall transfer to the shareholders of the Association any remaining assets of the Association. (4) RESTRICTIONS RELATING TO WINDING UP. -- "(A) RESTRICTIONS ON NEW BUSINESS ACTIVITY OR ACQUISITION OF ASSETS BY THE ASSOCIATION. -- "(i) IN GENERAL. -- Beginning on July 1, 2009, the Association shall not engage in any new business activities or acquire any additional program assets (including acquiring assets pursuant to contractual commitments) described in subsection (d) other than in connection with the Association -- "(I) serving as a lender of last resort pursuant to subsection (q); and "(II) purchasing loans insured under this part, if the Secretary, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, enters into an agreement with the Association for the continuation or resumption of the Association's secondary market B-12 173 purchase program because the Secretary determines there is inadequate liquidity for loans made under this part. "(ii) AGREEMENT. -- The Secretary is authorized to enter into an agreement described in subclause (II) of clause (i) with the Association covering such secondary market activities. Any agreement entered into under such subclause shall cover a period of 12 months, but may be renewed if the Secretary determines that liquidity remains inadequate. The fee provided under subsection (h)(7) shall not apply to loans acquired under any such agreement with the Secretary." "(B) ISSUANCE OF DEBT OBLIGATIONS DURING THE WIND UP PERIOD; ATTRIBUTES OF DEBT OBLIGATIONS. -- The Association shall not issue debt obligations which mature later than July 1, 2013, except in connection with serving as a lender of last resort pursuant to subsection (q) or with purchasing loans under an agreement with the Secretary as described in subparagraph (A). Nothing in this subsection shall modify the attributes accorded the debt obligations of the Association by this section, regardless of whether such debt obligations are transferred to a trust in accordance with paragraph (3). "(C) USE OF ASSOCIATION NAME. -- The Association may not transfer or permit the use of the name 'Student Loan Marketing Association', 'Sallie Mae', or any variation thereof, to or by any entity other than a subsidiary of the Association." Sec. 602(d) REPEALS. -- (1) IN GENERAL. -- Sections 439 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.1087-2) and 440 of such Act (as added by subsection (a) of this section) are repealed. (2) EFFECTIVE DATE. -- The repeals made by paragraph (1) shall be effective one year after -- (A) the date on which all of the obligations of the trust established under section 440(d)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (as added by subsection (a)) have been extinguished, if a reorganization occurs in accordance with section 440 of such Act; or (B) the date on which all of the obligations of the trust established under subsection 439(s)(3)(A) of such Act (as added by subsection (c)) have been extinguished, if a reorganization does not occur in accordance with section 440 of such Act. Sec. 602(e) ASSOCIATION NAMES. -- Upon dissolution in accordance with section 439(s) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-2), the names "Student Loan Marketing Association", "Sallie Mae", and any variations thereof may not be used by any entity engaged in any business similar to the business conducted pursuant to section 439 of such Act (as such section was in effect on the date of enactment of this Act) without the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury. Sec. 602(f) RIGHT TO ENFORCE. -- The Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the Treasury, as appropriate, may request that the Attorney General bring an action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for the enforcement of any provision of subsection (e), or may, under the direction or control of the Attorney General, bring such an action. Such court shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance with subsection (e). B-13 174 APPENDIX C THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM GENERAL The Federal Family Education Loan Program ("FFELP") (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan Program ("GSLP")) under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (the "Act") provides for loans to be made to students or parents of dependent students enrolled in eligible institutions to finance a portion of the costs of attending school. If a borrower defaults on a student loan, becomes totally or permanently disabled, dies, files for bankruptcy or attends a school that closes prior to the student earning a degree, or if the applicable education institution falsely certifies the borrower's eligibility for a Student Loan (collectively "insurance triggers"), the holder of the loan (which must be an eligible lender) may file a claim with the applicable Guarantee Agency. Provided that the loan has been properly originated and serviced, the Guarantee Agency pays the holder all or a portion of the unpaid principal balance on the loan as well as accrued interest. Origination and servicing requirements, as well as procedures to cure deficiencies, are established by the U.S. Department of Education (the "Department") and the various Guarantee Agencies. Under the FFELP, payment of principal and interest with respect to the student loans is guaranteed against default, death, bankruptcy or disability of the applicable borrower by the applicable Guarantee Agency. As described herein, the guarantee agencies are entitled, subject to certain conditions, to be reimbursed for all or a portion of Guarantee Payments they make by the Department pursuant to a program of federal reinsurance under the Act. See "Guarantee Agencies". Guarantee Agencies enter into reinsurance agreements with the Secretary of Education pursuant to which the Secretary agrees to reimburse the Guarantee Agency for all or a portion of the amount expended by the Guarantee Agency in discharge of its guarantee obligation with respect to default claims provided the loans have been properly originated and serviced. Except for claims resulting from death, disability or bankruptcy of a borrower, in which case the Secretary pays the full amount of the claim, the amount of reinsurance depends on the default experience of the Guarantee Agency. See " -- Federal Insurance and Reinsurance of Guarantee Agencies". In the event of a shortfall between the amounts of claims paid to holders of defaulted loans and reinsurance payments from the federal government, Guarantee Agencies pay the claims from their reserves. These reserves come from four principal sources: insurance premiums they charge on student loans (currently up to 1 percent of loan principal), administrative cost allowances from the Department (payment of which is currently discretionary on the part of the Department)(1), debt collection activities (generally, the Guarantee Agency may retain 27 percent of its collections on defaulted student loans), and investment income from reserve funds. Claims which a Guarantee Agency is financially unable to pay will be paid by the Secretary or transferred to a financially sound Guarantee Agency, if the Secretary makes the necessary determination that the guarantor is financially unable to pay. Several types of guaranteed student loans are currently authorized under the Act: (i) loans to students who pass certain financial need tests ("Subsidized Stafford Loans"); (ii) loans to students who do not pass the Stafford need tests or who need additional loans to supplement their Subsidized Stafford Loans ("Unsubsidized Stafford Loans"); (iii) loans to parents of students ("PLUS Loans") who are dependents and whose need exceed the financing available from Subsidized Stafford Loans and/or Unsubsidized Stafford Loans; and (iv) loans to consolidate the borrower's obligations under various federally authorized student loan programs into a single loan ("Consolidation Loans"). Prior to July 1, 1994 the Act also permitted loans to graduate and professional students and independent undergraduate students and, under certain circumstances, dependent - --------------- (1) The Fiscal Year 1996 Omnibus Appropriations Act provided that for the 1995 and 1996 federal fiscal years, the Secretary must pay an administrative cost allowance to guaranty agencies equal to .085 percent of each agency's loan originations. C-1 175 undergraduate students who needed additional loans to supplement their Subsidized Stafford Loans ("Supplemental Loans to Students" or "SLS Loans"). The FFELP is subject to statutory and regulatory revision from time to time. The most recent significant revisions are contained in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 ("the 1992 Amendments"), the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 ("the 1993 Act") and the "Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1993" (the "Technical Amendments"). As part of the 1992 Amendments the name of the Guaranteed Student Loan Program was changed to the FFELP. The 1993 Act contains significant changes to the FFELP and creates a direct loan program funded directly by the U.S. Department of Treasury (each loan under such program, a "Federal Direct Student Loan"). Following enactment of the 1992 Amendments, Subsidized Stafford Loans, Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, PLUS Loans and Consolidation Loans are officially referred to as "Federal Stafford Loans," "Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loans," "Federal PLUS Loans" and "Federal Consolidation Loans," respectively. The description and summaries of the Act, the FFELP, the Guarantee Agreements and the other statutes and regulations referred to in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus do not purport to be comprehensive, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to each such statute or regulation. The Act is codified at 20 U.S.C. (LOGO) 1071 et seq., and the regulations promulgated thereunder can be found at 34 C.F.R. Part 682. There can be no assurance that future amendments or modifications will not materially change any of the terms or provisions of the programs described in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus or of the statutes and regulations implementing these programs. LEGISLATIVE AND ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS The Act was amended by enactment of the 1992 Amendments, the general provisions of which became effective on July 23, 1992 and which extend the principal provisions of the FFELP to September 30, 1998 (or in the case of borrowers who have received loans prior to that date, September 30, 2002, except that authority to make Consolidation Loans expires on September 30, 1998). The Technical Amendments became effective on December 20, 1993. The 1993 Act, effective on August 10, 1993, implements a number of changes to the federal guaranteed student loan programs, including imposing on lenders or holders of guaranteed student loans certain fees, providing for 2 percent lender risk sharing, reducing interest rates and Special Allowance Payments for certain loans, effectively reducing the interest payable to holders of Consolidation Loans and affecting the Department's financial assistance to Guarantee Agencies, including by reducing the percentage of claims the Department will reimburse Guarantee Agencies and reducing more substantially the premiums and default collections that Guarantee Agencies are entitled to receive and/or retain. In addition, such legislation also contemplates replacement of at least 60 percent of the federal guaranteed student loan programs with direct lending by the Department by the 1998-99 academic year. ELIGIBLE LENDERS, STUDENTS AND INSTITUTIONS Lenders eligible to make and/or hold loans under the FFELP generally include banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, pension funds, insurance companies and, under certain conditions, schools and guarantee agencies. Sallie Mae is an eligible lender for making Consolidation Loans and as a lender of last resort and for holding FFELP loans. A FFELP loan may be made only to qualified borrowers. Generally a qualified borrower is an individual or parent of an individual who (a) has been accepted for enrollment or is enrolled and is maintaining satisfactory progress at an eligible institution, (b) is carrying or will carry at least one-half of the normal full-time academic workload for the course of study the student is pursuing, as determined by such institution, (c) has agreed to notify promptly the holder of the loan of any address change and (d) meets the applicable "need" requirements for the particular loan program. Each loan is to be evidenced by an unsecured promissory note signed by the qualified borrower. C-2 176 Eligible institutions are post-secondary schools which meet the requirements set forth in the Act. They include institutions of higher education, proprietary institutions of higher education and post-secondary vocational institutions. With specified exceptions, institutions are excluded from consideration as eligible institutions if the institution (i) offers more than 50 percent of its courses by correspondence; (ii) enrolls 50 percent or more of its students in correspondence courses; (iii) has a student enrollment in which more than 25 percent of the students are incarcerated; or (iv) has a student enrollment in which more than 50 percent of the students are admitted without a high school diploma or its equivalent on the basis of their ability to benefit from the education provided (as defined by statute and regulation). Further, schools are specifically excluded from participation if (i) the institution has filed for bankruptcy or (ii) the institution, the owner or its chief executive officer, has been convicted or pleaded nolo contendere or guilty to a crime involving the acquisition, use or expenditure of federal student aid funds, or has been judicially determined to have committed fraud involving funds under the student aid program. In order to participate in the program, the eligibility of a school must be approved by the Department under standards established by regulation. FINANCIAL NEED ANALYSIS Student loans may generally be made in amounts, subject to certain limits and conditions, to cover the student's estimated costs of attendance, including tuition and fees, books, supplies, room and board, transportation and miscellaneous personal expenses (as determined by the institution). Each borrower must undergo a need analysis, which requires the borrower to submit a need analysis form which is forwarded to the federal central processor. The central processor evaluates the parents' and student's financial condition under federal guidelines and calculates the amount that the student and/or the family is expected to contribute towards the student's cost of education (the "family contribution"). After receiving information on the family contribution, the institution then subtracts the family contribution from its cost of attendance to determine the student's eligibility for grants, Subsidized Stafford Loans and work assistance. The difference between (a) the sum of the (i) amount of grants, (ii) the amount earned through work assistance and (iii) the amount of Subsidized Stafford Loans for which the borrower is eligible and (b) the student's estimated cost of attendance (the "Unmet Need") may be borrowed through Unsubsidized Stafford Loans. Parents may finance the family contribution amount through their own resources or through PLUS Loans. SPECIAL ALLOWANCE PAYMENTS The Act provides for quarterly special allowance payments ("Special Allowance Payments") to be made by the Department to holders of student loans to the extent necessary to ensure that such holder receives at least a specified market interest rate of return on such loans. The rates for Special Allowance Payments are based on formulas that differ according to the type of loan and the date the loan was originally made or insured. A Special Allowance Payment is made for each of the 3-month periods ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31. The Special Allowance Payments equal the average unpaid principal balance (including interest permitted to be capitalized) of all eligible loans held by such holder during such period multiplied by the special allowance percentage. The special allowance percentage shall be computed by (i) determining the average of the bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 3-month period, (ii) subtracting the applicable borrower interest rate on such loans from such average, (iii) adding the applicable Special Allowance Margin (defined below) to the resultant percentage, and (iv) dividing the resultant percentage by 4.
DATE OF DISBURSEMENT SPECIAL ALLOWANCE MARGIN - --------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- Prior to 10/17/86............................ 3.50% 10/17/86-9/30/92............................. 3.25% 10/01/92-6/30/95............................. 3.10% 7/1/95-6/30/98............................... 2.50% (Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, in school, grace or deferment) 3.10% (Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, in repayment and all other loans)
C-3 177 Special Allowance Payments are available on variable rate PLUS Loans and SLS Loans as described below under "PLUS and SLS Loan Programs" only to cover any amount by which the variable rate, which is reset annually based on the 52-week Treasury Bill, would exceed the applicable maximum rate. As part of the amendments made to the Act by the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, the method for calculating borrower interest and special allowance payment is scheduled to be altered for loans made on or after July 1, 1998. As of that date, the borrower interest rate on Stafford Loans and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans will be established annually at the "bond equivalent rate of the securities with the comparable maturity", as determined by the Secretary of Education, plus 1.0 percent. This rate will apply for loans both during the in-school and repayment periods. For PLUS loans, the rate will be the same, except that 2.10 percent will be added to the rate basis. Special allowance payments on these loans will be paid at the "bond equivalent rate of the securities with comparable maturities" plus 1.0 percent and reset at intervals established by the Secretary of Education. The Secretary of Education has yet to issue formal guidance on the rate basis or on the method or timing of special allowance payments for these loans. ORIGINATION FEES The eligible lender charges borrowers an origination fee, which in turn is passed on to the federal government, on Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans and PLUS Loans equal to 3 percent of the principal balance of each loan. The amount of the origination fee may be deducted from each disbursement pursuant to a loan on a pro rata basis. No origination fee is paid on Consolidation Loans. Lenders must refund all origination fees attributable to a disbursement that was returned to the lender by the school or repaid or not delivered within 120 days of the disbursement. Such origination fees must be refunded by crediting the borrower's loan balance with the applicable lender. STAFFORD LOANS The Act provides for (i) federal insurance or reinsurance of Subsidized Stafford Loans made by eligible lenders to qualified students, (ii) federal interest subsidy payments on certain eligible Subsidized Stafford Loans to be paid by the Department to holders of the loans in lieu of the borrower making interest payments ("Interest Subsidy Payments"), and (iii) Special Allowance Payments representing an additional subsidy paid by the Department to the holders of eligible Subsidized Stafford Loans (collectively referred to herein as "Federal Assistance"). Subsidized Stafford Loans are loans under the FFELP that may be made, based on need, only to post-secondary students accepted or enrolled in good standing at an eligible institution who are carrying at least one-half the normal full-time course load at that institution. The Act limits the amount a student can borrow in any academic year and the amount he or she can have outstanding in the aggregate. The following chart sets forth the historic loan limits. C-4 178 MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNTS FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN PROGRAM
ALL STUDENTS(1) --------------- INDEPENDENT STUDENTS(3) BASE AMOUNT ------------------------ SUBSIDIZED AND ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIZED UNSUBSIDIZED UNSUBSIDIZED SUBSIDIZED ON OR AFTER ON OR AFTER ONLY ON OR TOTAL BORROWER'S ACADEMIC LEVEL PRE-1/1/87 1/1/87 7/7/93(2) AFTER 7/1/94 AMOUNT - -------------------------------------- ---------- ----------- --------------- ------------ -------- Undergraduate (per year) 1st year.............................. $ 2,500 $ 2,625 $ 2,625 $ 4,000 $ 6,625 2nd year.............................. $ 2,500 $ 2,625 $ 3,500 $ 4,000 $ 7,500 3rd year & above...................... $ 2,500 $ 4,000 $ 5,500 $ 5,000 $ 10,500 Graduate (per year)................... $ 5,000 $ 7,500 $ 8,500 $ 10,000 $ 18,500 Aggregate Limit Undergraduate....................... $ 12,500 $17,250 $23,000 $ 23,000 $ 46,000 Graduate (including undergraduate)................... $ 25,000 $54,750 $65,500 $ 73,000 $138,500
- --------------- (1) The loan limits are inclusive of both Federal Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Student Loans. (2) These amounts represent the combined maximum loan amount per year for Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans. Accordingly, the maximum amount that a student may borrow under an Unsubsidized Loan is the difference between the combined maximum loan amount and the amount the student received in the form of a Subsidized Loan. (3) Independent undergraduate students, graduate students or professional students may borrow these additional amounts. In addition, dependent undergraduate students may also receive these additional loan amounts if the parents of such students are unable to provide the family contribution amount and it is unlikely that the student's parents will qualify for a Federal PLUS Loan. (4) Some graduate health profession students otherwise eligible to borrow under HEAL may be entitled to increase unsubsidized loan limits not to exceed HEAL statutory limits for each course of study per academic year. The interest rate paid by borrowers on a Subsidized Stafford Loan is dependent on the date of the loan except for loans made prior to October 1, 1992, whose interest rate depends on any outstanding borrowings of that borrower as of such date. The rate for variable rate Subsidized Stafford Loans applicable for any 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, is determined on the preceding June 1 and is equal to the lesser of (a) the applicable Maximum Rate or, (b) the sum of (i) the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1, and (ii) the applicable Interest Rate Margin. C-5 179 SUBSIDIZED STAFFORD LOANS
DATE OF DISBURSEMENT BORROWER RATE MAXIMUM RATE INTEREST RATE MARGIN - ------------------------------ -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- 09/13/83-06/30/88............. 8% 8.00% 07/01/88-09/30/92............. 8% for 48 months; 8.00% for 48 months, 3.25% thereafter, 91-Day then 10% Treasury + Interest Rate Margin 10/01/92-06/30/94............. 91-Day Treasury + 9.00% 3.10% Interest Rate Margin 07/01/94-06/30/95............. 91-Day Treasury + 8.25% 3.10% Interest Rate Margin 07/01/95-06/30/98............. 91-Day Treasury + 8.25% 2.50% (in school, Interest Rate Margin grace, or deferment) 3.10% (in repayment) After 07/01/98................ The bond equivalent 8.25% 1.0% rate of the securities with a comparable maturity as established by the Secretary + Interest Rate Margin
The Technical Amendments provide that, for fixed rate loans made on or after July 23, 1992 and for certain loans made to new borrowers on or after July 1, 1988, the lender must convert the loan to a variable rate loan capped at the interest rate existing prior to the conversion. This conversion must have been completed by January 1, 1995. Holders of Subsidized Stafford Loans are eligible to receive Special Allowance Payments. The Department is responsible for paying interest on Subsidized Stafford Loans while the borrower is a qualified student, during a grace period or during certain deferment periods. The Department makes quarterly Interest Subsidy Payments to the owner of Subsidized Stafford Loans in the amount of interest accruing on the unpaid balance thereof prior to the commencement of repayment or during any deferment periods. The Act provides that the owner of an eligible Subsidized Stafford Loan shall be deemed to have a contractual right against the United States to receive Interest Subsidy Payments (and Special Allowance Payments) in accordance with its provisions. Receipt of Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments is conditioned on compliance with the requirements of the Act and continued eligibility of such loan for federal reinsurance. Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments are generally received within 45 days to 60 days after the end of any given calendar quarter (provided that the applicable claim form is properly filed with the Department), although there can be no assurance that such payments will in fact be received from the Department within that period. Repayment of principal on a Subsidized or Unsubsidized Stafford Loan typically does not commence while a student remains a qualified student, but generally begins upon expiration of the applicable grace period, as described below. Any borrower may voluntarily prepay without premium or penalty any loan and in connection therewith may waive any grace period or deferment period. In general, each loan must be scheduled for repayment over a period of not more than ten years after the commencement of repayment. The Act currently requires minimum annual payments of $600 including principal and interest, unless the borrower and the lender agree to lesser payments. As of July 1, 1995, lenders are required to offer borrowers a choice among standard, graduated and income-sensitive repayment schedules. These repayment options must be offered to all new borrowers who enter repayment on or after July 1, 1995. If a borrower fails to elect a C-6 180 particular repayment schedule or fails to submit the documentation necessary for the option the borrower chooses, the standard repayment schedule is used. Repayment of principal on a Subsidized Stafford Loan must generally commence following a period of (a) not less than 9 months or more than 12 months (with respect to loans for which the applicable interest rate is 7 percent per annum) and (b) not more than 6 months (with respect to loans for which the applicable interest rate is 9 percent per annum or 8 percent per annum and for loans to first time borrowers on or after July 1, 1988) after the borrower ceases to pursue at least a half-time course of study (a "Grace Period"). However, during certain other periods (each a "Deferment Period") and subject to certain conditions, no principal repayments need be made, including periods when the student has returned to an eligible educational institution on a full-time (or in certain cases half time) basis or is pursuing studies pursuant to an approved graduate fellowship program, or when the student is a member of the Armed Forces or a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act or the Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973, or when the borrower is temporarily or totally disabled, or periods during which the borrower may defer principal payments because of temporary financial hardship. For new borrowers to whom loans are first disbursed on or after July 1, 1993, payment of principal may be deferred only while the borrower is at least a half-time student or is in an approved graduate fellowship program or is enrolled in a rehabilitation program, or when the borrower is seeking but unable to find full-time employment, or when for any reason the lender determines that payment of principal will cause the borrower economic hardship; in the case of unemployment or economic hardship the deferment is subject to a maximum deferment period of three years. The 1992 Amendments also require forbearance of loans in certain circumstances and permit forbearance of loans in certain other circumstances (each such period, a "Forbearance Period"). The Unsubsidized Stafford Loan program created under the 1992 Amendments is designed for students who do not qualify for Subsidized Stafford Loans and for independent graduate and professional students whose Unmet Need exceeds what they can borrow under the Subsidized Stafford Loan Program. The basic requirements for Unsubsidized Stafford Loans are essentially the same as those for the Subsidized Stafford Loans, including with respect to provisions governing the interest rate, the annual loan limits and the Special Allowance Payments. The terms of the Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, however, differ in some respects. The federal government does not make Interest Subsidy Payments on Unsubsidized Stafford Loans. The borrower must either pay interest on a periodic basis beginning 60 days after the time the loan is disbursed or capitalize the interest that accrues until repayment begins. Effective July 1, 1994, the maximum insurance premium was set at 1 percent. Subject to the same loan limits established for Subsidized Stafford Loans, the student may borrow up to the amount of such student's Unmet Need. Lenders are authorized to make Unsubsidized Stafford Loans applicable for periods of enrollment beginning on or after October 1, 1992. PLUS AND SLS LOAN PROGRAMS The Act also provides for the PLUS Program. The Act authorizes PLUS Loans to be made to parents of eligible dependent students. The 1993 Act eliminated the SLS Program after July 1, 1994. The PLUS program permits parents of dependent students to borrow an amount equal to each student's Unmet Need. Under the former SLS program, independent graduate or professional school students and certain dependent undergraduate students were permitted to borrow subject to the same loan limitations. The first payment of principal and interest is due within 60 days of full disbursement of the loan except for borrowers eligible for deferment who may defer principal and interest payments while eligible for deferment; deferred interest is then capitalized periodically or at the end of the deferment period under specific arrangements with the borrower. The maximum repayment term is 10 years. PLUS and SLS loans carry no in-school interest subsidy. The interest rate determination for a PLUS or SLS loan is dependent on when the loan was originally made or disbursed. Some PLUS or SLS loans carry a variable rate. The rate varies annually for each 12-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30. The variable rate is determined on the preceding June 1 and is equal to the lesser of (a) the applicable Maximum Rate or (b) the sum of (i) the bond C-7 181 equivalent rate of 52-week Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1, and (ii) the applicable Interest Rate Margin as set forth below. PLUS/SLS LOANS
DATE OF DISBURSEMENT BORROWER RATE MAXIMUM RATE INTEREST RATE MARGIN - ----------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------ -------------------- Prior to 10/01/81........................ 9% 9% 10/01/81-10/31/82........................ 14% 14% 11/01/82-06/30/87........................ 12% 12% 07/01/87-09/30/92........................ 52-Week Treasury + 12% 3.25% Interest Rate Margin 10/01/92-06/30/94........................ 52-Week Treasury + PLUS 10% 3.10% Interest Rate Margin SLS 11% After 06/30/94 (SLS repealed 07/01/94)................ 52-Week Treasury + 9% 3.10% Interest Rate Margin
A holder of a PLUS or SLS loan is eligible to receive Special Allowance Payments during any such 12-month period if (a) the sum of (i) the bond equivalent rate of 52-week Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction held prior to such June 1, and (ii) the Interest Rate Margin, exceeds (b) the Maximum Rate. THE CONSOLIDATION LOAN PROGRAM The Act authorizes a program under which certain borrowers may consolidate their various student loans into Consolidation Loans which will be insured and reinsured to the same extent as other loans made under the FFELP. Under this program, a lender may make a Consolidation Loan only if (a) such lender holds one of the borrower's outstanding student loans that is selected for consolidation, or (b) the borrower has unsuccessfully sought a Consolidation Loan from the holders of the Student Loans selected for consolidation. Consolidation Loans are made in an amount sufficient to pay outstanding principal and accrued unpaid interest and late charges on all FFELP loans, as well as loans made pursuant to various other federal student loan programs, which were selected by the borrower for consolidation. The unpaid principal balance of a Consolidation Loan made prior to July 1, 1994 bears interest at a rate not less than 9 percent. The interest rate on a Consolidation Loan made on or after July 1, 1994 is equal to the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans selected for consolidation, rounded upward to the nearest whole percent. The holder of a Consolidation Loan made on or after October 1, 1993 must pay the Secretary a monthly rebate fee calculated on an annual basis equal to 1.05 percent of the principal plus accrued unpaid interest on any such loan. The repayment term under a Consolidation Loan varies depending upon the aggregate amount of the loans being consolidated. In no case may the repayment term exceed 30 years. A Consolidation Loan is evidenced by an unsecured promissory note and entitles the borrower to prepay the loan, in whole or in part, without penalty. GUARANTEE AGENCIES The Act authorizes Guarantee Agencies to support education financing and credit needs of students at post-secondary schools. Under various programs throughout the United States, Guarantee Agencies insure student loans. The Guarantee Agencies are reinsured by the federal government for 80 percent to 100 percent of claims paid, depending on their claims experience for loans disbursed prior to October 1, 1993 and for 78 percent to 98 percent of claims paid for loans disbursed on or after October 1, 1993. Guarantee Agencies collect a one-time insurance fee of up to 1 percent of the principal amount of each loan, other than Consolidation Loans, that the agency guarantees. C-8 182 The Guarantee Agencies generally guarantee loans for students attending institutions in their particular state or region or for residents of their particular state or region attending schools in another state. Certain Guarantee Agencies have been designated as the Guarantee Agency for more than one state. Some Guarantee Agencies contract with other entities to administer their guarantee agency programs. FEDERAL INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE OF GUARANTEE AGENCIES A student loan is considered to be in default for purposes of the Act when the borrower fails to make an installment payment when due, or to comply with other terms of the loan, and if the failure persists for 180 days in the case of a loan repayable in monthly installments or for 240 days in the case of a loan repayable in less frequent installments. If the loan is guaranteed by a Guarantee Agency, the eligible lender is reimbursed by the Guarantee Agency for 100 percent (98 percent for loans disbursed on or after October 1, 1993) of the unpaid principal balance of the loan plus accrued interest on any loan defaulted so long as the eligible lender has properly originated and serviced such loan. Under certain circumstances a loan deemed ineligible for reimbursement may be restored to eligibility. Under the Act, the Department enters into a reinsurance agreement with each Guarantee Agency, which provides for federal reinsurance of amounts paid to eligible lenders by the Guarantee Agency. Pursuant to such agreements, the Department agrees to reimburse a Guarantee Agency for 100 percent of the amounts expended in connection with a claim resulting from the death, bankruptcy, or total and permanent disability of a borrower, the death of a student whose parent is the borrower of a PLUS Loan, or claims by borrowers who received loans on or after January 1, 1986 and who are unable to complete the programs in which they are enrolled due to school closure, or borrowers whose borrowing eligibility was falsely certified by the eligible institution; such claims are not included in calculating a Guaranty Agency's claims experience for federal reinsurance purposes, as set forth below. The Department is also required to repay the unpaid balance of any loan if collection is stayed under the Bankruptcy Code, and is authorized to acquire the loans of borrowers who are at high risk of default and who request an alternative repayment option from the Department. With respect to FFELP loans in default, the Department is required to pay the applicable Guarantee Agency a certain percentage ("Reinsurance Rate") of the amount such agency paid pursuant to default claims filed by the lender on a reinsured loan. The amount of such Reinsurance Rate is subject to specified reductions when the total reinsurance claims paid by the Department to a Guarantee Agency during a fiscal year equals or exceeds 5 percent of the aggregate original principal amount of FFELP loans guaranteed by such agency that are in repayment on the last day of the prior fiscal year. Accordingly, the amount of the reinsurance payment received by the Guarantee Agency may vary. The Reinsurance Rates are set forth in the following table.
GUARANTEE AGENCY'S CLAIMS EXPERIENCE APPLICABLE REINSURANCE RATE - --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- 0% up to 5%.................................. 98% (100% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993) 5% up to 9%.................................. 88% (90% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993) 9% and over.................................. 78% (80% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993)
- --------------- The claims experience is not cumulative. Rather, the claims experience for any given Guarantee Agency is determined solely on the basis of claims for any one federal fiscal year compared with the original principal amount of loans in repayment at the beginning of that year. The 1992 Amendments addressed industry concerns regarding the Department's commitment to providing support in the event of Guarantee Agency failures. Pursuant to the 1992 Amendments, Guarantee Agencies are required to maintain specified reserve fund levels. Such levels are defined as 0.5 percent of the total attributable amount of all outstanding loans guaranteed by the agency for the fiscal year of the agency that begins in 1993, 0.7 percent for the agency's fiscal year beginning in 1994, 0.9 percent for the agency's fiscal year beginning in 1995, and 1.1 percent for the agency's fiscal year beginning on or after January 1, 1996. C-9 183 If (i) the Guarantee Agency fails to achieve the minimum reserve level in any two consecutive years, (ii) the Guarantee Agency's federal reimbursements are reduced to 80 percent (or 78 percent after October 1, 1993) or (iii) the Department determines the Guarantee Agency's administrative or financial condition jeopardizes its continued ability to perform its responsibilities, the Department must require the Guarantee Agency to submit and implement a management plan to address the deficiencies. The Department may terminate the Guarantee Agency's agreements with the Department if the Guarantee Agency fails to submit the required plan, or fails to improve its administrative or financial condition substantially, or if the Department determines the Guarantee Agency is in danger of financial collapse. In such event, the Department is authorized to undertake specified actions to assure the continued payment of claims, including making advances to guarantee agencies to cover immediate cash needs, transferring of guarantees to another Guarantee Agency, or transfer of guarantees to the Department itself. The Act provides that, subject to compliance with the Act, the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of federal reinsurance claims. It further provides that Guarantee Agencies are deemed to have a contractual right against the United States to receive reinsurance in accordance with its provisions. In addition, the 1992 Amendments provide that if the Department determines that a Guarantee Agency is unable to meet its insurance obligations, holders of loans may submit insurance claims directly to the Department until such time as the obligations are transferred to a new Guarantee Agency capable of meeting such obligations or until a successor Guarantee Agency assumes such obligations. There can be no assurance that the Department would under any given circumstances assume such obligation to assure satisfaction of a guarantee obligation by exercising its right to terminate a reimbursement agreement with a Guarantee Agency or by making a determination that such Guarantee Agency is unable to meet its guarantee obligations. Lastly, the 1993 Act provides the Secretary of Education with broad authority to manage the finances and affairs of Guarantee Agencies. In general, the Act provides that agency reserve funds are federal property and may be taken by the Secretary if he determines such action is in the best interests of the loan program. Also, the Secretary has broad authority to terminate a Guarantee Agency's reinsurance agreement with the Department. Within each fiscal year, the applicable Reinsurance Rate steps down incrementally with respect to claims made only after the claims experience thresholds are reached. C-10 184 APPENDIX D INTENTIONALLY OMITTED D-1 185 APPENDIX E DISSENT TO THE REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE The following statement has been included at the written request of the directors listed below and represents solely their views. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro voted against the executive officer bonus and stock option awards that were approved by the Compensation and Personnel Committee (the "Committee"). This statement summarizes the reasons they dissent from the Report on Executive Compensation submitted by the Committee. GENERAL POLICY. At Sallie Mae, a majority of executive officers' compensation is based on the Committee's subjective evaluations. While peer company compensation data is compiled and distributed to Committee members, for 1996 neither base salaries nor overall compensation levels were targeted to those of peer companies, and the Committee did not assign a specified weight to any particular factor considered in setting annual bonuses and annual stock option grants. For the reasons discussed below, Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that the Committee's subjective evaluations of performance resulted in 1996 compensation being excessive relative to the Company's performance. ANNUAL BONUS. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that a true "at risk" bonus system should result in bonuses that vary based on performance. They believe that 1996 bonuses do not sufficiently reflect such a link. In reaching this conclusion, Messrs. Daley and Shapiro noted that Sallie Mae's performance in 1996 had both positive and negative aspects. They believe that management cannot claim credit for some of the factors that resulted in positive performance, such as the influence that the Company's stock repurchase program, a generally improved political environment and a strong stock market had on the Company's stock price increase. In contrast, they believe that performance in areas where management had more direct control and responsibility was not satisfactory. In reaching this conclusion, Messrs. Daley and Shapiro noted that in three significant areas management failed to exceed or even achieve stated objectives. Student loan purchase volume was below planned levels without a significant increase in yield. Importantly, both the amount of student loans originated from the ExportSS product and the number of ExportSS lending clients declined. Additionally, operating expenses exceeded management's plan and, after accounting for the elimination of expenses as a result of the Company's disposition of its CyberMark venture, continued at levels that Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe to be above what reasonably should be expected. STOCK OPTIONS. Sallie Mae grants stock options in January of each year, after evaluating performance for the previous year. Thus, the number of options reported in the Summary Compensation Table and the Option Grants Table as having been granted in 1996 relates to 1995 performance. Options granted in January 1997 after the Committee's evaluation of 1996 performance are not reflected in those tables. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that the Company's option grant activity is not guided by a formal methodology. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that three factors should be considered in determining the size of option grants: (1) corporate performance, (2) the size and value of previous years' option grants, and (3) the extent to which optionees have retained shares issued upon the exercise of previously granted options. Based on these considerations, Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that the Committee's January 1997 option grants to executive officers were too large. In reaching this conclusion, they considered the performance issues discussed above under "Annual Bonus" and the fact that the approximately 40% increase in the Company's stock price between January 1996 and January 1997 resulted in a January 1997 option having a significantly higher value than the January 1996 option grant. CEO COMPENSATION. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro voted in favor of an increase in Mr. Hough's salary because of the modest size of the increase. However, the chairman of the Committee has stated that he believes Mr. Hough's salary is relatively low and that the Committee will address this in the coming year. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro do not believe that the CEO's salary is relatively low. For 1996, the Committee established a $500,000 bonus for Mr. Hough, which it then reduced to $440,000 to reflect the recommendation of the Board's Audit Committee. Specifically, following an internal inquiry into E-1 186 the source of a document which is the subject of a complaint filed with the Federal Election Commission involving the Company, the Audit Committee suggested that the Compensation Committee take into consideration the Audit Committee's findings relative to Mr. Hough's supervisory responsibility when considering Mr. Hough's 1996 compensation. The 1996 bonus established by the Committee for Mr. Hough, even after the purported reduction described above, resulted in a 1996 annual bonus (cash and restricted stock) equal to approximately 81% of Mr. Hough's 1996 base salary, compared to a 1995 bonus equal to approximately 80% of Mr. Hough's 1995 base salary. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro do not believe that the Committee's actions resulted in an appropriate reduction in Mr. Hough's compensation given the Audit Committee's findings, and do not believe that the Company's operating results justify a bonus of the magnitude granted to Mr. Hough. They also do not believe that the other factors considered by the Committee -- board relations, congressional relations and team building -- offset the Company's operating performance so as to justify Mr. Hough's bonus. As to board relations, they believe that Mr. Hough failed to respond to requests and concerns raised by eight directors (including themselves) who were nominated by The Committee to Restore Value at Sallie Mae and first elected to the board by stockholders in 1995. As to Congressional relations, Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that the incident leading to the filing of a complaint with the Federal Election Commission referred to above damaged the Company's relationship with the Clinton Administration and with some in Congress. In particular, they believe that following that incident, the relationship of presidentially appointed directors were a more important factor than Mr. Hough's congressional relations in obtaining passage of privatization legislation. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that "team building" is too subjective a criteria to be afforded much weight in awarding bonuses. Finally, in determining to vote against the bonus awarded to Mr. Hough, Messrs. Daley and Shapiro noted that the chairman of the Committee requested Committee members to consider Mr. Hough's establishment and execution of a longer term strategy in evaluating his performance. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro view privatization as a means to implementing a business strategy, and do not view Congressional passage of privatization legislation as a strategy in itself. They believe that Mr. Hough has not presented to the Board any significant strategy for taking advantage of privatization to enhance the value of stockholders' investment in the Company. Accordingly, they do not believe that Mr. Hough has performed strongly under this criteria. In consideration of all of the foregoing, Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that a lower annual bonus award would have been more appropriate for the Company's CEO. Messrs. Daley and Shapiro believe that the 27,000 share option grant awarded to Mr. Hough in January 1997 -- following a 30,000 share option grant for Mr. Hough in January 1996 -- is excessive. Their determination is based on the same factors discussed above regarding Mr. Hough's annual bonus, as well as their view as to valuation factors that they believe should be considered in granting options, as discussed above in this dissent under "Stock Options." E-2 187 APPENDIX F PROVIDED SEPARATELY BY MAJORITY DIRECTORS F-1 188 APPENDIX G PROVIDED SEPARATELY BY THE CRV G-1 189 PROXY TIME SENSITIVE STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD JULY __, 1997 The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints David J. Vitale and [Regina T. Montoya], and each or any of them, as true and lawful agents and proxies with full power of substitution in each to represent and to vote all the shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock which the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Student Loan Marketing Association to be held on Thursday, July __, 1997, at 11:00 a.m., eastern time, at the [ ], Washington, DC [ ], and at any adjournments thereof, and to vote upon any other business as may properly come before said Special Meeting, or any adjournment thereof, hereby revoking all proxies heretofore given. You are encouraged to specify your choices by marking the appropriate boxes on the reverse side of this card. If you sign and return this card but do not mark any boxes, your shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock will be voted FOR the proposal to approve and adopt the Reorganization Agreement, as more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated June __, 1997, as such may be supplemented from time to time, and FOR the nominees to the Holding Company Board included in the Majority Director Slate, as more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors, as such may be supplemented from time to time. The persons listed above cannot vote your shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock as directed by you unless you sign and return this card. If you need assistance in voting your shares, please call the Majority Directors' proxy solicitor, D. F. King & Co., Inc., toll free at 1-800-848-3410. (CONTINUED AND TO BE SIGNED ON REVERSE SIDE.) SEE REVERSE SIDE 190 THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN [X] Please mark RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR: [ ] [ ] [ ] your votes as this THE PROPOSAL TO APPROVE AND ADOPT THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT, which provides for the Reorganization of the Student Loan Marketing Association PLEASE MARK BOX into a subsidiary of the Holding Company BELOW IF and the conversion of each SHAREHOLDER WILL BE outstanding share of Sallie Mae Common ATTENDING THE Stock into one share of Holding SPECIAL MEETING Company Common Stock, as more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement/Prospectus, as such may be supplemented from time to time. [ ] THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR: THE NOMINEES TO THE HOLDING COMPANY FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN BOARD INCLUDED IN THE MAJORITY [ ] [ ] [ ] NOTE: Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the DIRECTOR SLATE, which nominees Notice of Special Meeting and the include Messrs. Arceneaux, Daberko, accompanying Proxy Statement/Prospectus Huber, Jacobsen, Ricciardi, Spiegel and and the Proxy Statement Supplement of the Vitale and Mmes. Cross, Duff-Bloom and Majority Directors. This Proxy revokes all Reese, as more fully described in the proxies previously given by the undersigned accompanying Proxy Statement Supplement with respect to all shares of Sallie Mae of the Majority Directors, as such may Common Stock as to which the undersigned be supplemented from time to time. has voting power. This Proxy, when properly executed by the undersigned, will be voted in the manner directed. If the votes are not directed otherwise, this Proxy will be voted for approval and adoption of the Reorganization Agreement and for the nominees to the Holding Company Board included in the Majority Director Slate. Votes for the Majority Director Slate will be deemed votes for each of the nominees included therein, nothwithstanding any marks or purported withdrawal of authority with respect to any individual nominee. A majority (or if only one, then that one) of the proxies or substitutes acting at the Special Meeting, or at any adjournment thereof, may exercise the powers conferred by this Proxy. Signature Signature Date -------------------- ----------------------- ---------
NOTE: Please sign exactly as name appears hereon. Joint owners should each sign. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. 191 PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. Article IX of the Registrant's By-Laws provides for indemnification of the officers and directors of SLM Holding Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in relevant part, that a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware shall have the power, and in certain cases the obligation, to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any suit or proceeding because such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving, at the request of the corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, against all costs actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, he had no reason to believe his conduct was unlawful. Similar indemnity is permitted to be provided to such persons in connection with an action or suit by or in right of the corporation, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and provided further (unless a court of competent jurisdiction otherwise determines) that such person shall not have been adjudged liable to the corporation. The directors and officers of the Registrant and its subsidiaries will be covered by a policy of insurance under which they will be insured, within limits and subject to certain limitations, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of actions, suits or proceedings, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of such actions, suits or proceedings in which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement.
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT - ----------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *2 -- Form of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among the Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae"), SLM Holding Corporation ("Registrant"), and Sallie Mae Merger Company ("MergerCo") (Appendix A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus contained in this Registration Statement) *3.1A -- Majority Director Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant ***3.1B -- CRV Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant *3.2A -- Majority Director Form of By-Laws of Registrant ***3.2B -- CRV Form By-Laws of Registrant *4 -- Reference is made to Article Fourth of the Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant (Exhibit 3.1A herein) **5 -- Opinion of Timothy G. Greene, Executive Vice President and General Counsel, as to the legality of the securities being registered **8 -- Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP as to certain tax matters **10.1 -- Board of Directors' Restricted Stock Plan **10.2 -- Board of Directors' Stock Option Plan **10.3 -- Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors **10.4 -- Incentive Performance Plan **10.5 -- Stock Compensation Plan **10.6 -- 1993-1998 Stock Option Plan **10.7 -- Supplemental Pension Plan **10.8 -- Supplemental Employees' Thrift & Savings Plan *10.9 -- Letter Agreement dated May 27, 1997 by and between Sallie Mae and the CRV **21 -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant *23.1 -- Consent of Ernst & Young LLP *23.2 -- Consents of Persons Who Have Agreed to Serve as Directors of the Holding Company *27 -- Financial Data Schedule
II-1 192
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT - ----------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- **99.1 -- Charter of Sallie Mae **99.2 -- By-Laws of Sallie Mae *99.3 -- Appendix F--Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors ***99.4 -- Appendix G--Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV
- --------------- * Filed herewith. ** Previously filed. *** To be filed. (b) Financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X and Item 14(e), Item 17(a) or Item 17(b)(9) of S-4 -- None ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows: (1) That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form. (2) That every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. (3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. (4) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective. II-2 193 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement, as amended to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Washington, District of Columbia, on June 13, 1997. SLM Holding Corporation By: /s/ LAWRENCE A. HOUGH ------------------------------------ Lawrence A. Hough President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement, as amended has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. /s/ LAWRENCE A. HOUGH - ---------------------------------------------------- Lawrence A. Hough President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ DENISE B. MCGLONE - ---------------------------------------------------- Denise B. McGlone Chief Financial Officer and Controller (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) II-3 194 EXHIBIT INDEX
PAGE IN SEQUENTIAL NUMBERING EXHIBIT NO. SYSTEM - ----------- --------- *2 -- Form of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among the Student Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae"), SLM Holding Corporation ("Registrant"), and Sallie Mae Merger Company ("MergerCo") (Appendix A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus contained in this Registration Statement)........................................................... *3.1A -- Majority Director Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant ***3.1B -- CRV Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant *3.2A -- Majority Director Form of By-Laws of Registrant ***3.2B -- CRV Form of By-Laws of Registrant *4 -- Reference is made to Article Fourth of the Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant (Exhibit 3.1A herein).............................................................. **5 -- Opinion of Timothy G. Greene, Executive Vice President and General Counsel, as to the legality of the securities being registered....... **8 -- Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP as to certain tax matters.............................................................. **10.1 -- Board of Directors' Restricted Stock Plan............................ **10.2 -- Board of Directors' Stock Option Plan................................ **10.3 -- Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors............................. **10.4 -- Incentive Performance Plan........................................... **10.5 -- Stock Compensation Plan.............................................. **10.6 -- 1993-1998 Stock Option Plan.......................................... **10.7 -- Supplemental Pension Plan............................................ **10.8 -- Supplemental Employees' Thrift & Savings Plan........................ *10.9 -- Letter Agreement dated May 27, 1997 by and between Sallie Mae and the CRV **21 -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant....................................... *23.1 -- Consent of Ernst & Young LLP......................................... *23.2 -- Consent of persons who have agreed to serve as Directors of the Holding Company...................................................... *27 -- Financial Data Schedule.............................................. **99.1 -- Charter of Sallie Mae................................................ **99.2 -- By-Laws of Sallie Mae................................................ *99.3 -- Appendix F--Proxy Statement Supplement of the Majority Directors ***99.4 -- Appendix G--Proxy Statement Supplement of the CRV
- --------------- * Filed herewith. ** Previously filed. *** To be filed.
   1
 
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.1A
    
 
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            SLM HOLDING CORPORATION
 
     SLM Holding Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), does hereby certify as
follows:
 
          (1) The name of the Corporation is SLM Holding Corporation.
 
          (2) The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated
     was SLM Holding Corporation, the original Certificate of Incorporation of
     the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
     Delaware on February 3, 1997 and an Amended and Restated Certificate of
     Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
     Delaware on May 5, 1997.
 
          (3) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly
     adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the sole
     stockholder of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of
     Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
     Delaware.
 
          (4) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates
     and integrates and further amends the Amended and Restated Certificate of
     Incorporation of the Corporation filed with the Secretary of State of the
     State of Delaware on May 5, 1997.
 
          (5) The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
     of the Corporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
     Delaware on May 5, 1997 is amended and restated in its entirety, as
     follows:
 
                     RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            SLM HOLDING CORPORATION
 
     FIRST: The name of the Corporation is SLM Holding Corporation (hereinafter
the "Corporation").
 
     SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of
New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation
Trust Company.
 
     THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the
"GCL").
 
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall
have authority to issue is Two Hundred Seventy Million (270,000,000) shares of
capital stock, consisting of (i) Two Hundred Fifty Million (250,000,000) shares
of common stock, par value $.20 per share (the "Common Stock"), and (ii) Twenty
Million (20,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value $.20 per share (the
"Preferred Stock").
 
          a. Common Stock.  The powers, preferences and rights, and the
     qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of the Common Stock are as
     follows:
 
             (1) Voting.  Except as otherwise expressly required by law or
        provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to
        any voting rights provided to holders of Preferred Stock at any time
        outstanding, at each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each
        holder of record of shares of Common Stock on the relevant record date
        shall be entitled to cast one vote in person or by proxy for each share
        of the Common Stock standing in such holder's name on the stock transfer
        records of the Corporation.
   2
 
             (2) Dividends.  Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred
        Stock, and subject to any other provisions of this Restated Certificate
        of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of
        shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and
        other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation when,
        as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time
        out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.
 
             (3) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc.  In the event of any
        liquidation, dissolution or winding up (either voluntary or involuntary)
        of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be
        entitled to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation available
        for distribution after payments to creditors and to the holders of any
        Preferred Stock of the Corporation that may at the time be outstanding,
        in proportion to the number of shares held by them.
 
             (4) No Preemptive or Subscription Rights.  No holder of shares of
        Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.
 
          b. Preferred Stock.  The Board of Directors is hereby expressly
     authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the
     Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such
     class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers,
     and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or
     other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions
     thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions
     adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class
     or series, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any
     such class or series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times
     and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may
     be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at
     such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the
     dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii)
     entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution
     of the assets of, the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or
     exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any
     other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the
     Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with
     such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.
 
          c. Power to Sell and Purchase Shares.  Subject to the requirements of
     applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all
     or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter
     authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of
     Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or
     not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the
     same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.
     Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have
     the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter
     authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of
     Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or
     not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number
     of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law; provided,
     however, that unless approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding
     capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of
     directors, the Corporation shall not take any action that would result in
     the acquisition by the Corporation, directly or indirectly, from any person
     or "group" (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, as amended), of five percent or more of the shares of Common Stock
     then outstanding, in one or a series of related transactions, at a price in
     excess of the prevailing market price of such stock, other than pursuant to
     a tender offer made to all holders of Common Stock or to all holders of
     less than 100 shares of Common Stock.
 
          d. Limitation on Stockholder Rights Plan.  Notwithstanding any other
     powers set forth in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board
     of Directors shall not adopt a stockholders "rights plan" (which for this
     purpose shall mean any arrangement pursuant to which directly or
     indirectly, Common Stock or Preferred Stock purchase rights may be
     distributed to stockholders that provide all stockholders, other than
     persons who meet certain criteria specified in the arrangement, the right
     to purchase the Common Stock or Preferred Stock at less than the prevailing
     market price of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock), unless (i) such
     rights plan is ratified by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting
 
                                        2
   3
 
     power of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to
     vote at an election of directors, (ii) by its terms, such rights plan
     expires within thirty-seven (37) months from the date of its adoption,
     unless extended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power
     of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at
     an election of directors; and (iii) at any time the rights issued
     thereunder will be redeemed by the Corporation upon the affirmative vote of
     a majority of the voting power of the shares of capital stock of the
     Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
 
     FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the
business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further
definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of
its directors and stockholders:
 
          (1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or
     under the direction of the Board of Directors.
 
   
          (2) (a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall initially be
     15, and thereafter shall be such number as from time to time is fixed by
     resolution of the Board of Directors, provided that the number of directors
     shall not be less than nine nor more than 19.
    
 
             (b) A director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
        stockholders of the Corporation and until his or her successor shall be
        elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death,
        resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.
 
             (c) Subject to the terms of any one or more classes or series of
        Preferred Stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled
        only by stockholders of the Corporation at any annual meeting or at a
        special meeting called for that purpose. Subject to the rights, if any,
        of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all
        of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any
        time only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority
        of the voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding capital stock
        entitled to vote at an election of directors. Notwithstanding the
        foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of
        Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting
        separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or
        special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling
        of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed
        by the terms of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation applicable
        thereto.
 
          (3) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any
     of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
     director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
     loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions
     not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
     violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any
     transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
     Any repeal or modification of this Article FIFTH by the stockholders of the
     Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a
     director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or
     modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such
     repeal or modification.
 
          (4) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute
     expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to
     exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be
     exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the
     provisions of the GCL, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any
     By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws
     hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the
     directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.
 
     SIXTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of
Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. In addition to any other rights provided
in the By-Laws, special meetings of stockholders shall be called by the
Secretary of the Corporation at the request in writing of the holders of
one-third of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and
then entitled to vote at an election of directors. The books of the Corporation
may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of
Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the
Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.
 
                                        3
   4
 
     SEVENTH: No action by stockholders shall be valid unless taken at a duly
constituted meeting pursuant to the terms of the By-Laws of the Corporation.
 
     EIGHTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in
the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. In furtherance and
not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of
Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or
repeal the Corporation's By-Laws. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of
the entire Board of Directors shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal
the Corporation's By-Laws.
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf this   day of June,
1997.
 
                                          SLM HOLDING CORPORATION
 
                                          By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                    LAWRENCE A. HOUGH
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer
 
                                        4
   1
 
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.2A
    
 
                                    BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                            SLM HOLDING CORPORATION
                     (HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "CORPORATION")
 
                                   ARTICLE I
 
                                    OFFICES
 
     SECTION 1. Registered Office.  The registered office of the Corporation
shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
 
     SECTION 2. Offices.  The principal office of the Corporation shall be
located in the City and Jurisdiction as the Board of Directors may, from time to
time, determine. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both
within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time
to time determine.
 
                                   ARTICLE II
 
                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
 
     SECTION 1. Place of Meetings.  Meetings of the stockholders for the
election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and
place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated
from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the
meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
 
     SECTION 2. Annual Meetings.  The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be
held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by
the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which
meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors,
and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the
meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not
less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.
 
     SECTION 3. Special Meetings.  Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose
or purposes, shall be called by the Secretary (i) at the direction of either (x)
the Chairman or (y) the President, if the President is a member of the Board of
Directors, or (ii) at the request in writing of either (x) a majority of the
Board of Directors or (y) the holders of one-third of the capital stock of the
Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at an election of
directors. Any such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed
meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of
the meeting and purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be
given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting
to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
 
     SECTION 4. Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not
be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders
entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have
power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after
the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the
   2
 
adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.
 
     SECTION 5. Voting.  Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of
stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the
stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at
a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of
the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes
may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after three
years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board
of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at
a meeting of stockholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at
such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.
 
     SECTION 6. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.  The officer of the
Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare
and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete
list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is
present.
 
     SECTION 7. Stock Ledger.  The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the
only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock
ledger, the list required by Section 6 of this Article II or the books of the
Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
 
     SECTION 8. Meeting Business.  No business shall be brought before any
meeting of shareholders unless it has been properly brought before the meeting
in accordance with the procedures set forth in these By-laws; provided, however,
that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any
shareholder of any business properly brought before such meeting.
 
     To be properly brought before an annual meeting, such business must be
either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given
by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized
committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by
or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee
thereof), or (c) otherwise brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder
of the Corporation who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of
the notice provided for in Section 2 of this Article and on the record date for
the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at the such annual meeting.
To be properly brought before an annual meeting, such business also must be a
proper subject for action by shareholders, provided that the law of Delaware
shall govern whether such business is a proper subject for action by
shareholders.
 
     In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must
have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the
Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed
and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than
sixty (60) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary date of the
immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that
the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days
before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder in order to be
timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day
following the day on which such notice of the date of such annual meeting was
mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made,
whichever first occurs. When a date is set for the determination of the
timeliness of a shareholder's notice, such date shall apply to any adjournment
of such meeting. To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the
Secretary must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring
before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be
brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business
at the annual meeting, (b) the name and record address of such shareholder, (c)
the number of shares of the
 
                                        2
   3
 
Corporation which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such shareholder, (d)
a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and
any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the
proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such
shareholder in such business, and (e) a representation that such shareholder
intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such
business before the meeting. This provision shall not prevent the consideration
and approval or disapproval at the annual meeting of the reports of officers and
committees, but in connection with such reports no new business shall be acted
upon at such annual meeting unless brought before the meeting in accordance with
the procedures set forth in this Section.
 
     The business conducted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be
limited to the purposes stated in the notice of a special meeting.
 
     The Chairman shall determine the order of business and the procedure at any
shareholder meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the
conduct of discussion as seem to the Chairman in order and not inconsistent with
these By-laws. If the Chairman determines that business was not properly brought
before the meeting in accordance with these By-laws, the Chairman shall so
declare and such business shall not be conducted.
 
     No action by shareholders shall be valid unless taken at a duly constituted
meeting pursuant to Section 2 or Section 3 of this Article II.
 
     SECTION 9. Board Nominations.  Only persons who are nominated in accordance
with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors at any
annual meeting of shareholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board
of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders (a) by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof),
or (b) by any shareholder of the Corporation who is a shareholder of record on
the date of the giving of the notice provided for in Section 2 of this Article
II and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote
at such annual meeting.
 
     In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be
made by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in
proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a
shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty (60) nor more
than ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding
annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is
called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such
anniversary date, notice by the shareholder in order to be timely must be so
received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day
on which such notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or such
public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first
occurs. When a date is set for the determination of the timeliness of a
shareholder's notice, such date shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting.
To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must set
forth (a) as to each person whom such shareholder proposes to nominate for
election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address
of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person and the
purported basis for such person's eligibility to serve on the Board of
Directors, if elected, (iii) the number of shares of the Corporation which are
owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information
relating to the person that would be required by law to be disclosed in a proxy
statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations
of proxies for election of directors including information required pursuant to
Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act") and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the
shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such
shareholder, (ii) the number of shares of the Corporation which are owned
beneficially or of record by such shareholder, (iii) a description of all
arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed
nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to
which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (iv) a
representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at
the annual meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other
information relating to such shareholder that would be required by law to be
disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in
 
                                        3
   4
 
connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors including
information required pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a
written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to
serve as a director if elected.
 
     If the Chairman determines that a nomination was not properly brought
before the meeting in accordance with these By-laws, the Chairman shall so
declare and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.
 
                                  ARTICLE III
 
                                   DIRECTORS
 
     SECTION 1. Election of Directors.  Except as provided in Section 2 of this
Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual
Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until
the Annual Meeting for the year in which his term expires and until his
successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or
removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation.
Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time
be not specified, upon the receipt thereof and, unless otherwise specified
therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective. Directors need not be stockholders.
 
     SECTION 2. Vacancies.  Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled in
accordance with the provisions of the Corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation.
 
     SECTION 3. Duties and Powers.  The business of the Corporation shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise
all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are
not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws
directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
 
     SECTION 4. Meetings.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold
meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such time
and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of
Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called by the
Secretary (i) at the direction of (x) the Chairman or (y) the President, if the
President is a member of the Board of Directors, or (ii) at the written request
of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Notice of a meeting of the Board
of Directors stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to
each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the
date of such meeting, by telephone or telegram or facsimile transmission not
less than twenty-four (24) hours before the date of such meeting, or on such
shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary
or appropriate under the circumstances.
 
     SECTION 5. Quorum.  Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by
law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, at all meetings of the
Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the
directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of
the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the
Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from
time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a
quorum shall be present.
 
     SECTION 6. Actions of Board.  Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate
of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken
at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be
taken without a meeting, if all of the members of the Board of Directors or
committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or
writings, setting forth the action so taken, are filed with the minutes of
proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
 
     SECTION 7. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone.  Unless otherwise
provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the
Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board
of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such
committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by means of which all
 
                                        4
   5
 
persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a
meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such
meeting.
 
     SECTION 8. Committees.  The Board of Directors shall adopt resolutions
establishing the following committees: (i) Executive, (ii) Audit, (iii)
Nominations and Board Affairs and (iv) Compensation and Personnel. In addition,
the Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire
Board of Directors, designate one or more additional committees. Each committee
shall consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of
Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of
any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a
committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an
alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether
or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or
disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in
the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and
report to the Board of Directors when required.
 
     SECTION 9. Compensation.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any,
of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed
sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary
as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.
 
     SECTION 10. Interested Directors.  No contract or transaction between the
Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the
Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other
organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or
officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for
this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or
participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which
authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are
counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or
are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors
or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the
affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to
his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are
disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the
contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the
stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of
Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested
directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of
the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or
transaction.
 
     SECTION 11. Qualification of Directors.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of these By-Laws, (i) the Board of Directors shall consist of a
majority of Independent directors, (ii) the Executive Committee of the Board of
Directors shall consist of a majority of Independent directors, and (iii) the
Audit, Nominations and Board Affairs and Compensation and Personnel Committees
of the Board of Directors shall consist entirely of Independent directors. For
purposes hereof, a director will not generally be considered Independent if he
or she: (a) has been employed by the Corporation or one of its affiliates in an
executive capacity; (b) is an employee or owner of a firm that is one of the
Corporation's or its affiliate's paid advisers or consultants; (c) is employed
by a significant customer or supplier; (d) has a personal services contract with
the Corporation or one of its affiliates; (e) is employed by a foundation or
university that receives significant grants or endowments from the Corporation
or one of its affiliates; (f) is a relative of an executive of the Corporation
or one of its affiliates; or (g) is part of an interlocking directorate in which
an executive officer of the Corporation serves on the board of another
corporation that employs the director.
 
                                        5
   6
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
 
                                    OFFICERS
 
     SECTION 1. General.  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the
Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman of the Board (who must be a
director), a President, a General Counsel, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The
Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose one or more Vice
Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any
number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by
law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the
Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case
of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of
the Corporation.
 
     SECTION 2. Election.  The Board of Directors at its first meeting held
after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall elect the officers of the
Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such
powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the
Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until
their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or
removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any
time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any
vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board
of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by
the Board of Directors.
 
     SECTION 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation.  Powers of attorney,
proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating
to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on
behalf of the Corporation by the President or the General Counsel or such other
authorized officer of the Corporation, and any such officer may, in the name of
and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may
deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders
of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such
meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to
the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the
Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of
Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any
other person or persons.
 
     SECTION 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board
of Directors shall not be an executive officer of the Corporation unless another
member of the Board of Directors is appointed by such Chairman to serve as the
Lead Director, whose responsibilities as Lead Director shall include chairing
meetings of Independent directors or such other responsibilities as the
Independent directors as a whole might designate from time to time. The Chairman
of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and
of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also
perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to
time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.
 
     SECTION 5. President.  The President shall, subject to the control of the
Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general
supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and
resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall be the
Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall execute all bonds,
mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal,
under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to
be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the
Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws,
the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President shall preside at all meetings
of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The President shall also perform
such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be
assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.
 
     SECTION 6. Vice Presidents.  At the request of the President or in his
absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President
or the Vice Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the
Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the President. Each Vice President shall perform
 
                                        6
   7
 
such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time
to time may prescribe. If there be no Vice President, the Board of Directors
shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the
President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act,
shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all
the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.
 
     SECTION 7. The General Counsel.  The General Counsel shall (a) be the
principal consulting officer of the Corporation for all legal matters; (b) be
responsible for and direct all counsel, attorneys, employees and agents in the
performance of all legal duties and services for and on behalf of the
Corporation; (c) perform such other duties and have such other powers as are
ordinarily incident to the office of the General Counsel; and (d) perform such
other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by
the Board of Directors.
 
     SECTION 8. Secretary.  The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board
of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings
thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also
perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary
shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and
special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose
supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to
cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special
meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then
either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to
cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of
the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one,
shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when
so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the
signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give
general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and
to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books,
reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by
law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.
 
     SECTION 9. Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall
deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of
the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of
Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at
its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of
all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the
Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the
Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the
duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his
death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers,
vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under
his control belonging to the Corporation.
 
     SECTION 10. Assistant Secretaries.  Except as may be otherwise provided in
these By-Laws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties
and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board
of Directors, the President and Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary, and
in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability or refusal to
act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have
all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.
 
     SECTION 11. Assistant Treasurers.  Assistant Treasurers, if there be any,
shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be
assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President and Chief Executive
Officer, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event
of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer,
and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an
Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such
surety or sureties as shall be
 
                                        7
   8
 
satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the
duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his
death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers,
vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under
his control belonging to the Corporation.
 
     SECTION 12. Other Officers.  Such other officers as the Board of Directors
may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time
may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may
delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other
officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
 
     SECTION 13. Employee Conduct.  No officer or employee shall engage,
directly or indirectly, in any personal business transaction or private
arrangement for personal profit which accrues from or is based upon his official
position or authority or upon confidential information which he gains by reason
of such position or authority, and he shall reasonably restrict his personal
business affairs so as to avoid conflicts of interest with his official duties.
No officer or employee shall divulge confidential information to any
unauthorized person, or release any such information in advance of authorization
for its release, nor shall he accept, directly or indirectly, any valuable gift,
favor or service from any person with whom he transacts business on behalf of
the Corporation.
 
     SECTION 14. Outside or Private Employment.  No officer or employee shall
have any outside or private employment or affiliation with any firm or
organization incompatible with his concurrent employment by the Corporation, and
he shall not accept or perform any outside or private employment which the
President of the Corporation determines will interfere with the efficient
performance of his official duties.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
 
                                     STOCK
 
     SECTION 1. Form of Certificates.  Every holder of stock in the Corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation
(i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President
and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by
him in the Corporation.
 
     SECTION 2. Signatures.  Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may
be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed
or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have
ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate
is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he
were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
 
     SECTION 3. Lost Certificates.  The Board of Directors may direct a new
certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the
Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of
an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the
Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the
issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner
as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in
such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made
against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been
lost, stolen or destroyed.
 
     SECTION 4. Transfers.  Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in
the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be
made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate
or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the
certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate shall be
issued.
 
     SECTION 5. Record Date.  In order that the Corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or
any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of
any other lawful action, the Board of
 
                                        8
   9
 
Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty
days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty
days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may
fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
 
     SECTION 6. Beneficial Owners.  The Corporation shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable
for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of
shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or
interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not
it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by
law.
 
                                   ARTICLE VI
 
                                    NOTICES
 
     SECTION 1. Notices.  Whenever written notice is required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director,
member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail,
addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address
as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid,
and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be
deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally
or by telegram, telex or cable.
 
     SECTION 2. Waivers of Notice.  Whenever any notice is required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director,
member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by
the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
 
                                  ARTICLE VII
 
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
     SECTION 1. Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be
declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be
paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of
any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation
available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to
time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet
contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of
Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.
 
     SECTION 2. Disbursements.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the
Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
 
     SECTION 3. Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed
by resolution of the Board of Directors.
 
     SECTION 4. Corporate Seal.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon
the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words
"Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
 
                                  ARTICLE VIII
 
                                INDEMNIFICATION
 
     SECTION 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than
those by or in the Right of the Corporation.  Subject to Section 3 of this
Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was
 
                                        9
   10
 
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation,
or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any
action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a
plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
 
     SECTION 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the
Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a
director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made
in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall
determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such
other court shall deem proper.
 
     SECTION 3. Authorization of Indemnification.  Any indemnification under
this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation
only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances
because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or
Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be
made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action,
suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such
directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a
director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific
case.
 
     SECTION 4. Good Faith Defined.  For purposes of any determination under
Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful,
if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or
another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of the
Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the
advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on
information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another
enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or
other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another
enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section 4 shall mean
any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request
of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of
this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way
 
                                       10
   11
 
the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the
case may be.
 
     SECTION 5. Indemnification by a Court.  Notwithstanding any contrary
determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and
notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or
officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of
Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections
1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall
be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer
is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of
conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.
Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this
Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense
to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking
indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any
application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the
Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in
whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be
entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.
 
     SECTION 6. Expenses Payable in Advance.  Expenses incurred by a director or
officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or
proceeding may be paid by the Corporation, upon the determination by the Board
of Directors, in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not
entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article
VIII, provided the Corporation approves in advance counsel selected by the
director or officer (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).
 
     SECTION 7. Non-exclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of
Expenses.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or
granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be
entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation or any By-Law, agreement,
contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the
direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or
otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the
Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of
this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The
provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the
indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this
Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify
under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or
otherwise.
 
     SECTION 8. Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation,
or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any
such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such
liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.
 
     SECTION 9. Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VIII,
references to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting
corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a
constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate
existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its
directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of
such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such
constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in
the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the
resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of
this Article VIII, references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed
on a person with respect to an
 
                                       11
   12
 
employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the
Corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent
of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such
director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants
or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries
of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article
VIII.
 
     SECTION 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.  The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or his or her heirs,
executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses granted
pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized
or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer
and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of
such a person.
 
     SECTION 11. Limitation on Indemnification.  Notwithstanding anything
contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to
enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 hereof),
the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (in
connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless
such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.
 
     SECTION 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents.  The Corporation may,
to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide
rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and
agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to
directors and officers of the Corporation.
 
                                   ARTICLE IX
 
                                   AMENDMENTS
 
     SECTION 1. Amendments.  These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed,
in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the
Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration,
amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such
meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such
amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the
outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the
entire Board of Directors.
 
     SECTION 2. Entire Board of Directors.  As used in this Article IX and in
these By-Laws generally, the term "entire Board of Directors" means the total
number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
 
                                       12
   1
 
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9
    
 
                                          May 27, 1997
 
Committee to Restore Value
  at Sallie Mae
c/o Mr. Albert L. Lord
LCL, Ltd.
1317 F Street, N.W.
Suite 202
Washington, D.C. 20004
 
               Re:  Settlement Agreement
 
Dear Al:
 
     This letter sets forth the mutual understanding between the Student Loan
Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae") and the Committee to Restore Value at
Sallie Mae (the "CRV") regarding the procedures for obtaining shareholder
approval of the privatization of Sallie Mae and other matters to be presented to
shareholders in connection therewith.
 
   
     1. Sallie Mae, with the cooperation and assistance of counsel for Sallie
Mae and counsel for the CRV, shall use its best efforts to promptly prepare and,
within ten days from the effective date of this Letter Agreement, file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") a post-effective amendment,
including any subsequent amendments relating thereto filed in response to any
comments received from the SEC in respect of such post-effective amendment or
any related subsequent amendments (collectively, the "Amendment"), to its
Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-21217 (the "Form S-4"). Except with
respect to the part of the Amendment setting forth the information contained in
the annexes described in paragraph 2 hereof, the form, content and appearance of
the Amendment shall be mutually agreed upon by Sallie Mae and the CRV. Without
limiting the foregoing, any cover letter to shareholders prepared and filed with
the SEC as part of the Amendment shall be neutral in tone and in a form that is
mutually agreed upon by Sallie Mae and the CRV. The Amendment shall state that
shareholders of Sallie Mae are being asked to approve, by a separate vote, a
plan of reorganization (the "Reorganization Proposal") pursuant to which Sallie
Mae will become a subsidiary of SLM Holding Corporation, a Delaware-chartered
holding company (the "Holding Company"). Each of Sallie Mae and the CRV agree to
recommend that shareholders vote for the Reorganization Proposal. The
Reorganization Proposal will be implemented through consummation of the
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization contained as an appendix to the existing
Form S-4. In addition, the Amendment shall state that shareholders are being
asked to select, by a separate vote (on a non-cumulative basis), a slate of
nominees that will be appointed as the initial Holding Company Board of
Directors upon approval of the Reorganization Proposal (the "Board Slate
Proposal"). Each of the slate of nominees proposed by Sallie Mae (the "Sallie
Mae Slate") and the slate of nominees proposed by the CRV (the "CRV Slate")
shall consist of up to fifteen members, and the size of the Holding Company
Board shall be fixed at fifteen. It is understood that shareholders will not
have the opportunity to withhold authority for any individual nominee. Assuming
the presence of a quorum and shareholder approval of the Reorganization Proposal
under the terms of the Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of
1996 (the "Privatization Act"), the fifteen nominees receiving the highest
plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy, shall as soon as possible
after such shareholder approval of the Reorganization Proposal, be appointed by
Sallie Mae as directors of the Holding Company, which nominees shall not be
removed from the Holding Company Board prior to the consummation of the
reorganization. In the event that, as a result of the votes cast in respect of
the Board Slate Proposal, one party is entitled to minority representation on
the Holding Company Board, such party, since all of its nominees shall have
received the same number of votes cast in
    
 
                                        1
   2
 
respect of the Board Proposal, shall select the individual(s) to be appointed by
Sallie Mae to such minority position(s) on the Holding Company Board from among
any of its nominees who have consented to serve as a minority director with the
other party's nominees.
 
     2. The Amendment shall contain such updating of financial and other
information as is required by the rules and regulations of the SEC. In addition,
with respect to the Board Slate Proposal, each of Sallie Mae and the CRV shall
include appropriate information (the "Information") in annexes forming a portion
of the Amendment (or such other form acceptable to the SEC and mutually agreed
upon by Sallie Mae and the CRV) relating to the members of its proposed slate of
directors, the business plan that such slate intends to implement and the
charter and by-laws that such slate intends to adopt as the Holding Company's
governing documents immediately prior to privatization. The Information when
filed shall be complete and accurate. Should any portion of the Information
change, become inaccurate or be supplemented, the party responsible for such
changed, inaccurate or supplemental Information shall promptly file with the SEC
such changed, corrected or supplemental Information, as the case may be. Sallie
Mae shall cooperate with the CRV in causing any such filing to be promptly filed
electronically with the SEC. Each of Sallie Mae and the CRV acknowledges that
the Information may contain modifications or changes from that previously
furnished to shareholders as part of the solicitations made to date relating to
the special meetings of shareholders in respect of privatization. The
Information relating to each of Sallie Mae and the CRV shall be prepared by
Sallie Mae and the CRV, respectively, and shall be furnished in separate
documents to be filed by Sallie Mae as annexes to the Amendment. Each of Sallie
Mae and the CRV agree that each party shall be free to prepare its respective
portion of the Information as it deems, in its sole and absolute discretion,
appropriate. In addition, Sallie Mae and the CRV shall secure from their
respective slate of nominees written consent from each proposed nominee stating
each such nominee's consent to serve on the slate that nominated such nominee.
Such consents shall be filed as exhibits to the Amendment. In the Amendment,
each of the parties hereto shall be permitted to disclaim any and all
responsibility and liability for any of the Information furnished by the other
party. Each of Sallie Mae and the CRV shall be permitted to use its own form of
mutually agreed upon proxy card. The Amendment (other than the exhibits thereto,
the Information and the proxy cards) shall be mailed by Sallie Mae by first
class mail to all shareholders without proxy cards no earlier than four days
after the Record Date (as defined in paragraph 3 hereof) and in any event at
least one day prior to Sallie Mae's and the CRV's respective distributions of
the Information portion of the Amendment and their respective proxy cards.
 
     3. The votes on the Reorganization Proposal and the Board Slate Proposal
shall be held at a new special meeting of shareholders of Sallie Mae (the
"Special Meeting") to be called exclusively for such purpose. A record date for
the Special Meeting shall be fixed by the Sallie Mae Board for a date that is
ten days after the date of issuance of the joint press release contemplated by
paragraph 7 hereof (the "Record Date"). The Special Meeting shall be set by the
Sallie Mae Board to take place in Washington, D.C. at 11:00 a.m. on the first
Thursday following the date that is twenty days after the date on which the
Amendment is first mailed to shareholders.
 
     The Special Meeting shall be conducted pursuant to a mutually agreed upon
script and shall not be adjourned to a later date except by mutual agreement of
Sallie Mae and the CRV. Sallie Mae shall make arrangements for each of Sallie
Mae and the CRV to have access to comparable facilities at the Special Meeting.
Corporate Election Services shall serve as the independent inspector of
elections for the Special Meeting pursuant to instructions mutually agreed upon,
prior to the Special Meeting, by Sallie Mae and the CRV.
 
     Each of Sallie Mae and the CRV shall have equal access to shareholder
mailing and position information and shall be entitled to as many copies of the
Amendment as it may reasonably request.
 
     4. All members of the Sallie Mae Board shall vote to amend Sallie Mae's
By-laws to permit the next annual meeting of Sallie Mae to occur after the
Special Meeting.
 
     5. Each of Sallie Mae and the CRV agree, upon effectiveness of this Letter
Agreement, to cancel all special meetings of shareholders called to date in
respect of the privatization and to void all proxies solicited to date.
 
                                        2
   3
 
     6. The Sallie Mae Board agrees to abide by the results of the shareholders'
vote on the Reorganization Proposal and to cause Sallie Mae to appoint, as soon
as possible after shareholder approval of the Reorganization Proposal under the
terms of the Privatization Act, the fifteen nominees receiving the highest
plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal (with any
minority representation on the Holding Company Board to which any party may be
entitled to be determined in accordance with paragraph 1 hereof) as the Holding
Company Board, the members of which Board shall not be removed prior to the
consummation of the reorganization. If the slate so appointed consists of a
majority of members affiliated with the CRV, the CRV Slate, in their capacity as
Holding Company directors, shall designate new officers of the Holding Company
and Sallie Mae Merger Company to effectuate the reorganization, which officers
shall make or cause to be made any filing with the Delaware Secretary of State
to effect any necessary amendment to such companies' certificates of
incorporation and to effect the reorganization.
 
     7. The substance of this Letter Agreement shall be disclosed in a joint
press release approved by both Sallie Mae and the CRV.
 
     8. Prior to the Record Date, Sallie Mae shall not issue any additional
voting securities of Sallie Mae, other than pursuant to currently exercisable
stock options or as required by the terms of benefit plans currently in effect
on the date hereof.
 
     9. The parties hereto agree to take, or cause to be taken, all such further
action as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect privatization and the
other matters presented to shareholders in connection therewith consistent with
the terms of the Privatization Act and this Letter Agreement.
 
     10. The Sallie Mae Board shall authorize the payment of (i) all Approved
Expenses of the CRV incurred to date and upon the effectiveness of this
Agreement shall reimburse the CRV for all Approved Expenses incurred to date, in
each case in connection with the solicitations made to date relating to
privatization (including the solicitation to call a special meeting and all
litigation filed to date relating to such solicitation), (ii) all Approved
Expenses of the CRV incurred in connection with the preparation and filing with
the SEC of the Amendment and any supplemental Information, and (iii) all
Approved Expenses of the CRV incurred in connection with the solicitation of
proxies for the Special Meeting provided for under this Letter Agreement. Sallie
Mae agrees to pay and/or reimburse promptly such Approved Expenses upon being
presented with evidence thereof. For purposes of this paragraph, "Approved
Expenses" shall mean those expenses (including the payment of proxy solicitors,
costs of printing and distributing proxy cards and the annexes, advisors, travel
and related expenses, and attorneys fees) that have been determined to be
reasonable by Mr. Robert Huret, which in the case of expenses incurred to date
shall be consistent with the estimates of such expenses presented to the Sallie
Mae Board. The parties hereto acknowledge that all expenses of Sallie Mae in
connection with the privatization, including those expenses of the nature
addressed by this paragraph, have been authorized and approved previously by a
resolution of the Sallie Mae Board of Directors.
 
     11. Sallie Mae agrees to dismiss with prejudice the currently pending
litigation (Civil Action No. 97-784 (HHG)). Sallie Mae and the CRV each agree to
release the CRV and Sallie Mae, respectively, from any claim or counterclaim
that could have been brought against such party (and/or its directors, officers,
affiliates, members, agents, representatives, advisors or "participants" (as
such term is defined in SEC Regulation 14A) in its solicitation) relating to
such litigation. Each of Sallie Mae and the CRV further agree not to initiate or
authorize any action, claim or other litigation relating to the privatization or
the solicitation of proxies in respect thereof against the other party (and/or
its directors, officers, affiliates, members, agents, representatives, advisors
or "participants" (as such term is defined in SEC Regulation 14A) in its
solicitation) after the date hereof, unless such action, claim or other
litigation (i) if initiated or authorized by Sallie Mae, is authorized by a vote
of its Board of Directors and if initiated or authorized by the CRV, is
authorized by a majority of its members, and (ii) does not seek monetary relief
or recovery.
 
     12. The parties hereto represent and agree that this Letter Agreement shall
become effective upon approval by a majority of the Sallie Mae Board and a
majority of the CRV, respectively.
 
                                        3
   4
 
     If the foregoing accurately reflects our understanding, please so indicate
by signing and dating below.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
   
                                                 /s/ WILLIAM ARCENEAUX
    
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                    William Arceneaux
                                                  Chairman of the Board
 
Agreed:
 
/s/ ALBERT L. LORD
- ---------------------------------------------------
Name: Albert L. Lord
Title:
 
   
Date: May 27, 1997
    
 
                                        4
   1
 
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
    
 
   
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
    
 
   
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No.
333-21217) and related Prospectus of SLM Holding Corporation for the
registration of 54,600,000 shares of its common stock and to the use of our
report dated February 3, 1997, with respect to the balance sheet as of February
3, 1997 of SLM Holding Corporation and our report dated January 13, 1997 (except
as to the third and fourth paragraphs of Note 2, as to which the date is April
7, 1997), with respect to the consolidated financial statements of the Student
Loan Marketing Association for the year ended December 31, 1996 included in the
Prospectus and Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
    
 
   
                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
    
 
   
Washington, D.C.
    
   
June 12, 1997
    
   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I William Arceneaux, hereby consent to be named as a person about to
become a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Registration Statement on
Form S-4 dated February 5, 1997, as amended from time to time.
 
                                          Signature:                 /s/ WILLIAM
                                                     ARCENEAUX
                                                --------------------------------
                                                       William Arceneaux
 
Dated: March 11, 1997
   2
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I Dolores Cross, hereby consent to be named as a person about to become
a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Registration Statement on Form S-4
dated February 5, 1997, as amended from time to time.
 
                                          Signature:    /s/ DOLORES CROSS
                                                --------------------------------
                                                         Dolores Cross
 
Dated: April 3, 1997
   3
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I David A. Daberko, hereby consent to be named as a person about to
become a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Registration Statement on
Form S-4 dated February 5, 1997, as amended from time to time.
 
                                          Signature: /s/ DAVID A. DABERKO
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                        David A. Daberko
 
Dated: March 11, 1997
   4
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I Thomas H. Jacobsen, hereby consent to be named as a person about to
become a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Registration Statement on
Form S-4 dated February 5, 1997, as amended from time to time.
 
                                          Signature: /s/ THOMAS H. JACOBSEN
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                       Thomas H. Jacobsen
 
Dated: March 11, 1997
   5
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I Ann Reese, hereby consent to be named as a person about to become a
director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Registration Statement on Form S-4
dated February 5, 1997, as amended from time to time.
 
                                          Signature:      /s/ ANN REESE
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                           Ann Reese
 
Dated: March 11, 1997
   6
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I Lawrence Ricciardi, hereby consent to be named as a person about to
become a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Registration Statement on
Form S-4 dated February 5, 1997, as amended from time to time.
 
                                          Signature: /s/ LAWRENCE RICCIARDI
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                       Lawrence Ricciardi
 
Dated: March 11, 1997
   7
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I John W. Spiegel, hereby consent to be named as a person about to
become a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Registration Statement on
Form S-4 dated February 5, 1997, as amended from time to time.
 
                                          Signature:   /s/ JOHN W. SPIEGEL
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                        John W. Spiegel
 
Dated: March 12, 1997
   8
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I David J. Vitale, hereby consent to be named as a person about to
become a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Registration Statement on
Form S-4 dated February 5, 1997, as amended from time to time.
 
                                          Signature:   /s/ DAVID J. VITALE
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                        David J. Vitale
 
Dated: March 12, 1997
   9
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I Gale Duff-Bloom, hereby consent to be named as a person about to
become a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Post-Effective Amendment to
the Registration Statement on Form S-4.
 
                                          Signature:   /s/ GALE DUFF-BLOOM
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                        Gale Duff-Bloom
 
Dated: June 9, 1997
 
   
     Ms. Duff-Bloom's consent is subject to ratification by the Board of
Directors of J.C. Penney Company, Inc.
    
   10
 
                  CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
 
     Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, I Richard L. Huber, hereby consent to be named as a person about to
become a director of SLM Holding Corporation in the Post-Effective Amendment to
the Registration Statement on Form S-4.
 
                                          Signature: /s/ RICHARD L. HUBER
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                        Richard L. Huber
 
Dated: June 9, 1997
 

9 3-MOS DEC-31-1997 MAR-31-1997 42,648 0 33,000 0 7,957,146 571,458 571,083 35,919,162 87,378 46,330,210 0 23,003,597 2,215,088 20,101,768 0 213,883 13,213 782,661 46,330,210 691,718 154,440 0 846,158 0 647,132 199,026 5,818 3,183 101,559 173,407 118,837 0 0 118,837 2.17 2.17 1.75 0 1,600,000 0 0 84,063 5,596 3,093 87,378 87,378 0 0
   1
 
(LOGO)
STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION
1050 Thomas Jefferson Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20007-3871
(202) 298-2500
 
                                                                   June xx, 1997
 
Dear Sallie Mae Shareholder:
 
     With this letter, we enclose the proxy and registration materials for the
Special Meeting of Shareholders that will be held on July xx, 1997. A MAJORITY
OF SALLIE MAE'S EXISTING DIRECTORS STRONGLY URGE YOU TO COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND
PROMPTLY RETURN THE ENCLOSED BLUE PROXY CARD VOTING "FOR" ADOPTION OF THE
REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL AND "FOR" ELECTION OF THE MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE
DESCRIBED IN THE ACCOMPANYING MATERIALS.
 
     The members of the Board of Directors slate nominated by a majority of the
Sallie Mae Board have asked me to serve as the non-executive Chairman of the
Board if we are elected to lead the privatized company. I am writing to tell you
the views and recommendations of the Majority Director Slate nominees.
 
     PRIVATIZATION IS, UNQUESTIONABLY, THE CORNERSTONE OF OUR COMPANY'S
FUTURE.   The accompanying materials describe a plan of privatization endorsed
both by Management and by the CRV. The governance provisions proposed by the
Majority Director Slate nominees contain strong shareholder rights provisions
recommended to us by our shareholders during the last month. It is an excellent
plan, and it should serve our company well.
 
     IF PRIVATIZATION IS APPROVED, AS IT SHOULD BE, THE OUTSTANDING ISSUES
BEFORE YOU WILL BOIL DOWN TO THESE: WHICH BUSINESS PLAN SHOULD SALLIE MAE
FOLLOW? AND, WHO SHOULD LEAD OUR COMPANY?
 
     Management's post-privatization business plan builds on the additional
share value growth potential that privatization will make possible. The central
features of this plan are the following: maximize student loan revenue through
expansion of the highly successful school-based strategy and through disciplined
spot market purchases; significantly reduce operating expenses as a percent of
managed student loans; aggressively manage capital primarily through loan
securitizations and common share repurchases; invest in our servicing and
client-support systems to fuel earnings growth; minimize political risk; and
gradually introduce new revenue sources that draw on our operating skills, our
business relationships and our customer base. This plan has generated
exceptional growth in shareholder value over the last two years. Privatization
will enhance its potential for further growth.
 
     YOU WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO COMPARE OUR BUSINESS PLAN WITH THAT OF THE
CRV. OUR VIEW IS THAT SALLIE MAE'S BASIC BUSINESS, AS PRESENTLY CONSTITUTED, IS
A PARTICULARLY ATTRACTIVE INVESTMENT; THE CRV'S DECLARED INTENTIONS PLACE THIS
BUSINESS NEEDLESSLY AT RISK. We have lost a substantial volume of student loan
purchases in the last two months as a result of the CRV's publicly-declared
intention to originate student loans in head-to-head competition with our
principal business suppliers. We consider it essential to halt this business
erosion; the place to discuss these ideas is in the boardroom, not in the news
media.
   2
 
     BY NOW YOU SHOULD KNOW THAT LAWRENCE A. HOUGH HAS ANNOUNCED HIS RESIGNATION
AS PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER EFFECTIVE UPON COMPLETION OF THE
TRANSITION TO PRIVATIZATION AND THE SELECTION OF A NEW CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER.   Sallie Mae owes Larry Hough a large debt of gratitude for his
accomplishments as CEO, achieving landmark privatization legislation not least
among them. His initiative allows us to seek out a new chief executive officer
with a substantial record of share value creation outside the GSE context --
where Sallie Mae will soon be operating.
 
     INSTALLING A NEW CHIEF EXECUTIVE WILL BE THE NEW BOARD'S IMMEDIATE
PRIORITY. HOWEVER, THERE WILL BE NO GAP IN SALLIE MAE LEADERSHIP. UNTIL HIS
SUCCESSOR IS IN PLACE, LARRY HOUGH WILL REMAIN IN CHARGE, EXECUTING OUR BUSINESS
PLAN, WITH THE FULL SUPPORT OF THE BOARD AND THE MANAGEMENT TEAM. THIS WILL BE
AN ORDERLY, PRODUCTIVE AND PROFITABLE TRANSITION.
 
     OUR NEW CEO WILL BE GUIDED AND SUPPORTED BY A STRONG BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND
THE PROVEN EXISTING MANAGEMENT TEAM.   Our Board nominees, described in the
materials that follow, bring an impressive array of leadership experiences to
the Company.
 
     WE BELIEVE A MAJORITY OF SHAREHOLDERS DO NOT WISH THE CRV TO CONTROL SALLIE
MAE -- BUT THEY DO WANT MEANINGFUL CRV REPRESENTATION ON THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
ACCORDINGLY, WE HAVE RESERVED FIVE OF THE FIFTEEN PLACES ON OUR SLATE OF
DIRECTORS FOR REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CRV.   The Majority Director Slate nominees
believe this arrangement can be made to work for the benefit of shareholders.
 
     Sallie Mae possesses a unique business franchise for shareholder value
creation, as the last two years have clearly shown. The privatization plan,
business plan and Board slate we present here represent a consensus of Board
members, management and shareholders as to how to best maintain that business
leadership and that value creation. I URGE YOU TO READ CAREFULLY THE MATERIAL
THAT FOLLOWS -- AND TO VOTE FOR MAINTAINING THE MOMENTUM OF SALLIE MAE BY
COMPLETING, SIGNING, DATING AND RETURNING THE ENCLOSED BLUE PROXY CARD, USING
THE POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          David J. Vitale
 
     If you have any questions or need assistance in voting your shares, please
call the Majority Directors' proxy solicitor, D.F. King & Co., Inc., toll free
at 1-800-848-3410. Your vote is important. Please act promptly.
   3
 
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 13, 1997
 
                           PROXY STATEMENT SUPPLEMENT
                                       OF
                   THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
                       STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION
 
                            ------------------------
 
        SOLICITATION OF PROXIES IN FAVOR OF THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL
                AND THE SELECTION OF THE MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE
 
     This Proxy Statement Supplement (the "Majority Director Supplement") and
the enclosed BLUE proxy card are being furnished to shareholders of the Student
Loan Marketing Association ("Sallie Mae") in connection with the solicitation of
proxies by and on behalf of the majority of the Board of Directors of Sallie Mae
(the "Majority Directors") for use at the Special Meeting of shareholders of
Sallie Mae called for July   , 1997 (the "Special Meeting"). This Majority
Director Supplement describes the slate of nominees recommended by the Majority
Directors (the "Majority Director Slate"), the business strategy the Majority
Director Slate intends to pursue and the governance structure which will be
implemented for the Holding Company if the Majority Directors Slate is elected.
This Majority Director Supplement is being furnished to shareholders together
with the Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated June   , 1997 (the "Proxy Statement/
Prospectus") and comprises an integral part of such Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings
ascribed to such terms in the Proxy Statement/ Prospectus.
 
     The Majority Directors solicit your proxy in favor of (i) the approval and
adoption of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, as more fully described in
the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (such proposal, the "Reorganization Proposal"),
and (ii) if the Reorganization Proposal is approved, the selection of the
Majority Director Slate as the initial Holding Company Board of Directors in
connection with the Reorganization (such proposal, the "Board Slate Proposal").
To this end, the Majority Directors urge you to sign, date and return the BLUE
proxy card that accompanies this Majority Director Supplement.
 
     Shareholders will also be receiving, in a separate mailing, a proxy
statement supplement prepared by the Committee to Restore Value at Sallie Mae, a
group of shareholder dissidents, which includes eight of the 21 current Sallie
Mae directors, seeking control of the Company (the "CRV"). The Majority
Directors have not participated in the preparation of such CRV proxy statement
supplement and assume no responsibility for statements contained therein.
 
     The following legend is required by the Privatization Act (as defined
herein) in connection with the offering of securities by the Holding Company,
including the Holding Company Common Stock:
 
OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDING COMPANY AND ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE HOLDING COMPANY ARE
NOT GUARANTEED BY THE FULL FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE UNITED STATES AND NEITHER THE
HOLDING COMPANY NOR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE HOLDING COMPANY IS A
GOVERNMENT-SPONSORED ENTERPRISE (OTHER THAN SALLIE MAE) OR AN INSTRUMENTALITY OF
THE UNITED STATES.
 
     If you have any question or need assistance in voting your shares, please
call the Majority Directors' proxy solicitor, D.F. King & Co., Inc., toll free
at 1-800-848-3410.
 
          THE DATE OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT SUPPLEMENT IS JUNE   , 1997
   4
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PAGE ---- MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE SUMMARY....................................................... 1 MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE NOMINEES...................................................... 2 BUSINESS STRATEGY..................................................................... 5 Executive Summary................................................................ 5 Maximizing Income from the Student Loan Industry................................. 7 Controlling Operating Expenses................................................... 15 Maximizing Return Through Shareholder Value-Based Funding and Capital Management...................................................................... 18 COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS...................................................... 20
YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS URGE YOU TO PROMPTLY COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED BLUE PROXY CARD, USING THE ACCOMPANYING POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE, VOTING "FOR" ADOPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL AND SELECTION OF THE MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE. The Majority Directors also urge you NOT to sign or return any of the green proxy cards sent to you by the CRV. If you already have signed the CRV's green proxy card, you have every right to change your vote by signing, dating and returning the enclosed BLUE proxy card. Only your latest dated proxy counts. ATTENTION BROKER CLIENTS If your shares are held for you by a brokerage firm, only your broker can vote your shares and only after receiving your specific voting instructions. Please complete, sign, date and return the enclosed voting instruction form using the accompanying postage-paid envelope. To ensure that your shares are voted as you direct, you also should call your broker or account representative and instruct that person to cast your vote on the Majority Directors' BLUE proxy card today. ------------------------ IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTION OR NEED ASSISTANCE IN VOTING YOUR SHARES, PLEASE CALL THE MAJORITY DIRECTORS' PROXY SOLICITOR, D.F. KING & CO., INC., TOLL FREE AT 1-800-848-3410. ------------------------ THE SPECIAL MEETING HAS BEEN CALLED FOR JULY , 1997. PLEASE ACT PROMPTLY. 5 MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE SUMMARY Sallie Mae, as sole stockholder of the Holding Company prior to the Reorganization, will appoint the members of the Holding Company Board to serve until their successors are duly elected. If the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders, the Sallie Mae Board will elect to the Holding Company Board the 15 nominees that receive the highest plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy in respect of the Board Slate Proposal. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Proposal, the 10 individuals named below under the caption "Majority Director Slate Nominees" will be elected by Sallie Mae to the Holding Company Board. The individuals who comprise the Majority Director Slate Nominees include five members of the current Sallie Mae Board of Directors and five outstanding new members. The Majority Director Slate Nominees include an impressive range of leaders of public companies whom the Majority Directors believe will provide the breadth and depth of experience and talent the Company will require in facing future challenges. The initial size of the Holding Company Board has been set at 15 members, which is greater than the 10 nominees included in the Majority Director Slate. Accordingly, if the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, once the Majority Director Slate is seated, the remaining 5 seats on the Holding Company Board would be filled from among those nominees included in the CRV Slate who have consented to serve under such circumstances on the Holding Company Board. There can be no assurances, however, which nominees included in the CRV Slate, if any, would so consent to serve. If fewer than five nominees included in the CRV Slate consent to serve, any vacant Holding Company Board position will either be filled by the Holding Company Board or left vacant until the next election of directors. The Majority Directors have no current intention to fill any such vacancies prior to the next election of directors. See "MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE NOMINEES." In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the Majority Director Slate, once elected to the Holding Company Board, intends to pursue the business plan for the Holding Company set forth in this Proxy Statement Supplement. See "BUSINESS STRATEGY." In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the Majority Director Slate, once elected to the Holding Company Board, and Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) will take or cause to be taken any and all actions they deem necessary or appropriate to amend the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws so as to implement the provisions of the Holding Company Charter and the Holding Company By-Laws, as described in this Proxy Statement Supplement. See "COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS." 6 MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE NOMINEES The Majority Directors, based on their experiences involving the recent solicitation of Sallie Mae shareholders and their discussions with various shareholders, believe that a majority of Sallie Mae shareholders desire a Holding Company Board that is comprised of a majority of members that support the business strategy discussed herein under the section entitled "BUSINESS STRATEGY" but also includes significant representation by members of the CRV. Accordingly, the Majority Directors have proposed the following slate of 10 outstanding nominees to the Holding Company Board, including five current members of the Sallie Mae Board and five new individuals with a broad array of experience and talent. As structured, the Majority Director Slate also provides 5 seats for nominees included in the CRV Slate, should such nominees consent to serve. The Majority Directors also believe that accountability to shareholders is best insured by having a Chairman of the Holding Company Board who is not affiliated with management or otherwise having a director who is independent of management and has responsibility for leading the oversight function of the Holding Company Board. To this end, the Holding Company Charter and the Holding Company By-Laws proposed by the Majority Directors provide for certain corporate governance provisions, see "COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS," and the Majority Directors have determined that, should the nominees included in the Majority Director Slate be seated, Mr. David J. Vitale will be elected as Chairman of the Holding Company Board. Mr. Vitale has stated his intention, as Chairman, to develop a set of written governance policies to enhance director professionalism, shareholder accountability and long-term corporate performance. MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE NOMINEES
NAME AND AGE AT MARCH 31, 1997 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- William Arceneaux*............. President, Louisiana Association of Independent Colleges and Age 55 Universities, Baton Rouge, LA (1987-present). Mr. Arceneaux also is Chairman of CSLA, Inc. and Foundation CODOFIL. He is director and former chairman of the Board of Louisiana Public Broadcasting. Dolores E. Cross**............. President, GE Fund (effective October 1, 1997); President, Age 58 Chicago State University (1990-present), Chicago, Illinois. She is a Director of Northern Trust Company where she serves on the Business Risk and Strategic Planning Committees. Dr. Cross served as a member the Sallie Mae Board of Directors (1992-1995). Dr. Cross also serves as a Director of Campus Compact and of the Association of Black Women in Higher Education. Dr. Cross previously served as Secretary to the Board, American Council on Education. Dr. Cross is Chairman-elect of the American Association of Higher Education. David A. Daberko*.............. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of National City Age 51 Corporation (July 1995-present). Mr. Daberko previously served as President and Chief Operating Officer (1993-July 1995) and as Deputy Chairman at National City Corporation (1987-1993), as well as Chairman, National City Bank, both located in Cleveland, OH. He also serves as a director of National City Bank, Cleveland; National City Bank, Columbus; National City Bank, Indiana. He is also on the Boards of Case-Western Reserve University, and the Ohio Foundation of Independent Colleges. Gale Duff-Bloom................ President of Marketing and Company Communications, J.C. Age 57 Penney Company, Inc. (1996-Present). Previously, Ms. Duff-Bloom held various executive positions at J.C. Penney Company, including Executive Vice President of Company Communications and Senior Vice President of Investor and Community Relations. Ms. Duff-Bloom is also a director of the Geon Company.
2 7
NAME AND AGE AT MARCH 31, 1997 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Richard L. Huber............... Vice Chairman, Strategy, Finance and Administration and Age 60 member of the Board, Aetna Inc. (1995-present). Formerly, Mr. Huber was President and Chief Operating Officer of Grupo Wasserstein Perella, (1994-95) and Vice Chairman, Board of Directors of Continental Bank Corp./Continental Bank, N.A., Chicago (1990-94). He also previously held various senior executive positions at The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. Mr. Huber is also a director of Capital Re and a Trustee of Trinity College. Thomas H. Jacobsen*............ Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of Age 57 Mercantile Bancorporation Inc., St. Louis, MO (1989-present). Mr. Jacobsen presently serves as director of Trans World Airlines, Inc. and Union Electric Company. Ann Reese...................... Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, ITT Age 44 Corporation (1996-present). Ms. Reese served in various positions of increasing responsibility at ITT Corporation (1987-1996). Lawrence Ricciardi............. Senior Vice President, General Counsel and interim Chief Age 56 Financial Officer, International Business Machines (1995-present). Previously, Mr. Ricciardi served in various positions of increasing responsibility at RJR Nabisco Holding Corp., including President, Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President & General Counsel (1989-1995). John W. Spiegel*............... Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Age 56 SunTrust Banks, Inc. and Treasurer, SunTrust Banks of Georgia, Atlanta, GA (1985-present). He is also a member of the board of directors of Rock-Tenn Company and ContiFinancial Corporation, and Suburban Lodges of America. David J. Vitale*............... Vice Chairman of First Chicago NBD Corporation and President Age 50 of The First National Bank of Chicago, Chicago, IL (1995-present). In 1995, Mr. Vitale served as Senior Risk Management Officer. He previously served as Vice Chairman (1993-1995) of The First National Bank of Chicago and First Chicago Corporation, Chicago, IL and as Executive Vice President of First Chicago Corporation (1986-1993). Mr. Vitale is a director of First Chicago Investment Management Company, Chicago, IL and a Trustee of the Illinois Institute of Technology.
- --------------- * Currently a member of the Sallie Mae Board of Directors. ** Currently a member of the Sallie Mae Board of Directors Advisory Council and formerly a member of the Sallie Mae Board of Directors. Not re-elected at the 1995 Annual Meeting of Sallie Mae shareholders. 3 8 BOARD AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF THE HOLDING COMPANY The following table provides information regarding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock owned by the nominees included in the Majority Director Slate who have consented to serve as Holding Company directors and the Company's management at June 6, 1997, unless otherwise indicated. None of such persons nor such persons as a group was the beneficial owner of more than 1 percent of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock at June 6, 1997. If the Reorganization is approved, all shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock beneficially owned by such persons shall be converted into shares of Holding Company Common Stock.
TOTAL SHARES MAY BE OWNED AND ACQUIRED CREDITED TO CREDITED TO WITHIN BENEFIT PLAN BENEFIT PLAN 60 OWNED(1) ACCOUNT(2) ACCOUNT(3) DAYS(4) ------- ------------ ------------ ------- MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE NOMINEES William Arceneaux.................................. 1,591 2,762 4,353 2,500 Dolores E. Cross................................... 150 0 150 0 David A. Daberko................................... 1,288 3,697 4,985 4,000 Gale Duff-Bloom.................................... 0 0 0 0 Richard L. Huber................................... 0 0 0 0 Thomas H. Jacobsen................................. 1,775 873 2,648 4,000 Ann Reese.......................................... 0 0 0 0 Lawrence Ricciardi................................. 0 0 0 0 John W. Spiegel.................................... 742 322 1,064 4,000 David J. Vitale.................................... 775 12,371 13,146 4,000 HOLDING COMPANY NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Timothy G. Greene.................................. 6,940 2,678 9,618 58,920 Lawrence A. Hough.................................. 140,580 6,248 146,828 178,250 Lydia M. Marshall.................................. 11,186 1,486 12,672 38,800 Denise B. McGlone.................................. 9,086 1,602 10,688 32,500 MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE NOMINEES AND NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AS A GROUP.............. 174,113 32,039 206,152 326,970
- --------------- (1) Consists of shares held, directly or indirectly, by the individual or a related party, including restricted shares, and, in the case of officers, shares credited directly to the individual's account under the Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan. Pursuant to the Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan, a participant has the power to direct the voting of stock held on his behalf in the Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan Trust. (2) Consists of shares credited, as of April 30, 1997, under the Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan, the Supplemental Employees' Thrift and Savings Plan, and the Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees. (3) Consists of total of columns 1 and 2. (4) Consists of shares which may be acquired through the Stock Option Plan and the Board of Directors' Stock Option Plan. Sallie Mae's current chief executive officer, Mr. Lawrence A. Hough, has discussed with the Majority Directors his belief that the newly-privatized Holding Company should have a new chief executive with a demonstrated record of success in the public company sector, and that executive experience solely in the GSE-context is not ideal. The Majority Directors share these beliefs and have determined that the new Holding Company Board will establish a search committee to select an individual with broad-based public company experience to serve as the chief executive officer of the Holding Company following the Reorganization. Mr. Hough has stated that he will resign upon selection of the new chief executive officer. In the interim, Mr. Hough will continue to serve as CEO and assist in the selection process. 4 9 BUSINESS STRATEGY The following discussion contains certain forward-looking statements and information relating to the Company that are based on the beliefs of Company Management as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to the Company. Such forward-looking statements reflect the current views of the Company with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Estimates contained herein of future performance under the Majority Director Slate's business plan reflect Management's assessment of probable results of operations, given certain assumptions that Management believes are reasonable. The Majority Director Slate's business plan was developed based upon an integrated model with a number of independent variables, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. In addition to assumptions described elsewhere, the estimates contemplate that the offset fee litigation with respect to securitized loans will be resolved in the Company's favor in 1998 and that there will be no legislative or regulatory changes affecting the market share or profitability of either the FFELP or the FDSLP. In addition, the estimates assume that the FFELP industry will be successful in modifying OBRA provisions which change the special allowance for student loans made on or after July 1, 1998. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, variables change or underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in this Majority Director Supplement. Information concerning the CRV's business plan was derived from materials previously distributed by the CRV. Industry data on the FFELP and the FDSLP contained herein is based on sources that the Company believes to be reliable and to present the best available information for these purposes, including published and unpublished Department of Education data and industry publications. The Company does not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements contained herein. For additional information relating to the Company and its future, investors should review the Company's Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated June , 1997 including the information set forth under the caption "Risk Factors." In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the nominees included in the Majority Director Slate, once elected to the Holding Company Board, intend to implement the business plan discussed below. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY MANAGEMENT'S STRATEGY IS A GROWTH STRATEGY During the first 21 years of its 25 year history, Sallie Mae's mission, marketplace focus, and strategy were essentially unchanged. Since 1992, however, the Company has undergone a complete overhaul in how it views its marketplace, defines its customer, competes for business, and is viewed by its constituents. This transformation was driven by stagnating loan purchase volumes in the early 90's -- base volume (i.e., all FFELP loan volume except consolidation loans) peaked at about $5 billion in 1990 and remained at that level in 1991 and 1992 -- and by a set of serious external challenges. Among these challenges were the devastating effects of the 1993 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ("OBRA"), including legislated margin reductions and introducing the federal government as a direct competitor ("direct lending"). Management's successful initiatives restored market share growth, removed the Company from commodity price competition, reduced operating expenses as a percent of average managed (on balance sheet plus securitized) student loans ("managed student loans") and stalled government direct lending -- the most significant threat to the Company's business in its 25 year history. Sallie Mae's transformation will continue as the student loan industry undergoes fundamental change. Nevertheless, as the recognized industry leader, the Company is in an enviable position. The Company led the industry's move to improve and simplify the student loan process and product. Education and education-finance are growth businesses, and Sallie Mae is the largest U.S. public company whose focus is solely on education finance. As a result of its transformation over the past few years, Sallie Mae has an unmatched standing to address the education financing needs of American families as well as the needs of higher education institutions and, thereby, benefit through significant growth in its core student lending business. Privatization comes at precisely the right time in the Company's history. It provides the Company with an opportunity, unconstrained 5 10 by its GSE charter limitations, to innovate further in student lending and generate student loan purchase growth in excess of overall market growth. The Company's strategy is designed to deliver market share growth and margin expansion. It positions the Company to maximize earnings from a changing student loan industry. It recognizes the many constituents who influence our growth -- consumers, schools, the federal government, lenders, guarantors, servicers, competitors -- and positions the Company to deal adroitly with each, all with the aim of becoming the provider of choice in higher education for consumers and schools. To capitalize on this unique market position, management has implemented a growth strategy directed toward three goals: 1) maximizing income from the student loan industry by building on the school-based strategy, 2) controlling operating expenses and 3) managing capital aggressively. 1) MAXIMIZING INCOME FROM THE STUDENT LOAN INDUSTRY BY BUILDING ON THE SCHOOL-BASED STRATEGY The student loan asset can generate earnings for Sallie Mae in two basic ways -- the Company can acquire loans and garner all of the income available or the Company can service loans and realize a portion of the income available by collecting fees for conducting the back-office processing on the loans. The school-based strategy, developed and implemented by Management, is based on an analysis of the economics of these alternatives and provides the foundation for the Company's plan of growth and value creation. Management's objective is straightforward: to acquire the most loans at the least possible cost. The Company's school-based strategy involves the development and marketing of differentiated products and services designed to meet school and borrower needs, thereby creating preferential demand for Sallie Mae and Sallie Mae's lending partners. Borrower-focused products include flexible repayment options and rewards for on-time payment. Other products and services, such as ExportSS(R), LineSS(SM), and EFT address the schools' needs for improved front-end application processing and help lenders manage costs. The Company's "brand within a brand" distribution strategy leverages the broad national origination capability of its 900 commitment lenders and capitalizes on their brand name recognition and their consumer and school marketing efforts. Management believes the strategy ensures a predictable loan flow to the Company at lower relative premiums because of the value the Company provides. The school-based strategy plays a key role in achieving two broad corporate objectives: stalling direct lending and profitably increasing marketshare. Management's strategy has been successful: - Sallie Mae's managed student loan portfolio increased at a 14 percent compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") from 1993-1996. - Premiums declined by an average of 5 percent on all renewed loan purchase commitment agreements renegotiated in 1996. - Direct lending's student loan marketshare reached only 35 percent, far below its statutory target of 50 percent for the 1996-1997 academic year. The Company expects continued growth in share value to be driven by gains in profitable loan purchase volume. Sallie Mae's market position and industry dominance will enable it to increase loan purchase volume at a CAGR of 12 to 14 percent over the next five years, while the managed student loan portfolio is expected to increase by a CAGR of 9 to 11 percent. Through the school-based strategy, Management believes it can reduce relative premiums on secondary market purchases by 25 percent over the next five years. See "Change Continues at Sallie Mae." 2) CONTROLLING OPERATING EXPENSES Management will continue to manage costs aggressively. Operating expenses include three components: servicing costs, corporate operating expenses, and acquisition costs. Management intends to reduce operating expenses as a percentage of managed student loans by 27 percent, from approximately 109 basis points in 1996 6 11 to the low 80 basis point range by the year 2001 without sacrificing the investments needed to beat direct lending, increase market share and continue its drive to retail. The Company expects to accomplish this primarily by reducing servicing costs and by holding the annual growth rate in corporate operating expenses to 5 percent, half of the expected CAGR on managed student loans. 3) MAXIMIZING RETURN THROUGH SHAREHOLDER VALUE-BASED FUNDING AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT Sallie Mae's objective is to maintain a capital level that maximizes shareholder value. From January 1, 1994 to December 31, 1996, the number of shares of outstanding Sallie Mae Common Stock was reduced by 36 percent through share repurchases. Management expects to continue its aggressive capital management program, and to use asset-backed securitizations and earnings to repurchase approximately 30 percent of outstanding common stock over the next five years, depending on share price levels. Management's strategy also includes a plan to develop new products that are important to the Company's core business and to create profitable ancillary business lines that further apply the Company's servicing, technical and workforce expertise. See "-- New Business." CONCLUSION The Company's proven business plan is enhanced by the opportunities privatization brings. It was crafted by the same managers who transformed the Company into the recognized marketplace leader, acknowledged by schools and competitors alike. The plan leverages Management's marketing skills, financial acumen, operational expertise and industry and customer relationships. The plan presents clear goals and positions the Company to maximize earnings from a growing student loan market. The Company's plan is opportunistic, flexible and offers significant short-term and long-term growth. Management believes this plan will deliver sustainable growth in earnings per share at a minimum CAGR of 15 percent and compound annual net income growth of 7-9 percent. MAXIMIZING INCOME FROM THE STUDENT LOAN INDUSTRY INDUSTRY CHANGE AND COMPANY TRANSFORMATION From its founding in 1972 through 1992, Sallie Mae's mission and its marketplace focus and strategy were unchanged. Sallie Mae focused on lenders, viewing them as its primary customers. By the early 1990s, nearly all the states, along with several other non-governmental, non-profit entities were active participants in the student loan secondary market. With this increased competition, the Company's rate of growth slowed. Base volume peaked at approximately $5 billion in 1990 and remained at that level in 1991 and 1992. The Company's basic function, providing liquidity to the student loan market, had become a highly competitive, price-driven commodity service. Lenders had numerous alternatives, particularly as the potential for securitization became clearer. In short, Sallie Mae's growth became entirely dependent on one-time spot market portfolio liquidations and aggressive competitive bidding -- a situation that placed increasing pressure on margins. There was a need for strategic reassessment and change. At the same time, Management recognized the fundamental changes occurring in the student loan marketplace. Out of frustration with process complexity, colleges and universities had begun to insert themselves into the lender selection process to drive down the escalating costs associated with managing loan applications from hundreds of different lenders. Increasingly, schools adopted preferred lender lists to simplify the lender selection process. Today, the typical preferred lender list has slots for six to eight lenders which the school recommends to families. The Company began to do market research among schools. It found that many schools were unfamiliar with Sallie Mae. They viewed the Company as a distant "back-end" player because of its focus on lenders and post-origination loan servicing. Furthermore, Sallie Mae's service quality was seen as no better than the other student loan servicers. Research also confirmed that a significant number of schools were dissatisfied with the complexity of the guaranteed loan program and process. 7 12 Management grasped the inherent opportunity in this situation -- redirecting its marketing focus toward retail rather than wholesale, redefining its customers as the schools and the borrowers. It developed a set of differentiated products and services in order to build preference and competitive advantage for the Company and its lender-partners. As part of this school focused differentiation strategy, Sallie Mae reengineered its loan servicing to become recognized as the "best in class," and the Company continues to innovate in the servicing area today. Moreover, the Company greatly expanded its network of commitment lenders. These lenders are permitted to market the Company's differentiated products and services as a result of entering into forward loan sale commitment contracts. To fully realize the advantages inherent in its strategy, the Company marketed directly to schools, supporting the sales efforts of Sallie Mae's lender-partners. It educated the schools on the need to put Sallie Mae lenders on their preferred lender lists in order to access Sallie Mae products and services. This "brand within a brand" strategy, similar to that successfully employed by Intel Corporation, builds the largest possible national distribution system and leverages the significant financial investments made by the Company's lender-partners to develop brand name recognition. In addition, the Company benefits from its lending partners' consumer and school marketing investments. The results of Sallie Mae's massive transformation are noteworthy. The Company's managed student loan portfolio grew at a CAGR of 14 percent from 1993 to 1996 -- despite direct lending eroding available inventories and significantly increasing competition. Through the Company's ExportSS(R) loan origination and administration service, the Company has increased its share of the annual FFELP originations that are committed for sale to the Company from 15 percent in 1993 to 25 percent in 1996. The effect of commodity pricing was reduced as spot volume dropped from 15 percent of purchases in 1993 to 5 percent of purchases in 1996 (after accounting for portfolio liquidation associated with new lenders entering into loan sale commitments). Over the last three years, the characteristics of loan purchases, as defined by higher average borrower indebtedness ("ABI"), have improved significantly. The Company has been able to purchase higher quality loans at lower relative costs as ABI growth exceeded the increase in prices the Company contracted to pay for corresponding loan quality. 8 13 CHANGE CONTINUES IN THE MARKETPLACE Education and education finance will continue to be growth businesses. Based on Department of Education data, enrollment at institutions of higher learning is expected to rise 7.5 percent from 1997 through 2001 to 15.7 million students. The growth is a result of rising enrollment rates in most age groups and an increase in the traditional college student population. This group (ages 18-24) is expected to grow by 9 percent in total from 1997 through 2001, following a decline for many years. In addition, tuition increases are expected to exceed the inflation rate marginally. As shown in the chart below, demand for federal student loans is projected by Management to grow from approximately $30 billion in 1997 to $41 billion in 2001. Management also projects FFELP volume to grow at a CAGR of 8 percent from $20 billion in 1997, while direct lending's share of annual originations will decrease by at least 5 percent to 30 percent by 2001. TOTAL FEDERAL STUDENT LOAN ORIGINATIONS (FEDERAL FISCAL YEARS) $ In billions
Measurement Period (Fiscal Year Covered) FDSLP FFELP 1993 17.9 17.9 1994 23.1 24 1995 20.6 25.8 1996 19.7 29 1997E 19.9 30.2 1998E 21.8 32.6 1999E 23.7 34.9 2000E 25.9 37.5 2001E 28.4 40.5
Colleges and universities are under ongoing pressure to deal with issues such as affordability, high infrastructure costs, the need for lifelong learning, excess capacity, declining student retention rates and the lengthening time frames needed to complete a college degree. Technology will be a major factor in addressing these issues -- both on the academic and administrative sides of the institution. Integrated administrative systems are being designed and installed which will affect the way financial aid, and other administrative functions, are managed. Management believes that schools will continue to choose to do business only with lenders that fit into a streamlined campus process -- a process integrating simplified loan origination with overall financial aid, and financial aid with related campus administrative functions. Management believes it will receive increased loan volumes by bringing the best integrated technology solutions to schools. The affordability problem, centered primarily on high-cost private colleges and universities, will cause continuing growth in demand for privately-insured (i.e., non-federally guaranteed) loan programs. At a growing number of schools, that type of program is a prerequisite to gaining a slot on a school's preferred lender list and a pre-condition to acquiring federally-guaranteed loan volume. 9 14 This affordability crisis has created a need for early information on financing options, guidance through the process and further options to manage repayment. From the consumer vantage point, Internet technology will transform the college application process -- and with it the financial aid process. Consumers are acutely aware of, and concerned about, continuing increases in education costs. Sallie Mae is the only truly national player in the student loan secondary market. It is well positioned within the FFELP industry which continues to be highly fragmented. There are forty-three other non-profit, state-based competing secondary markets. Many of these entities are affiliated with the state guarantors that administer the insurance function and have unique relationships with schools because of their role in administering state aid and grant programs. In many cases, these guarantors also provide front-end loan origination processing and/or back-end servicing. Since these competitors are largely creatures of state government or state affiliation (known by their acronyms -- CHELA, PHEAA, GLHEC, USA GROUP, NYHESC, SLFC, AFSA, etc.), state as well as federal government interests and relationships continue to be a factor in competition. Politics can be a source of competitive advantage or disadvantage in influencing volume flows. The secondary market sector's share (exclusive of Sallie Mae) of FFELP loans outstanding has remained stable over the past five years at around 20 percent. Management believes non-profit secondary market agencies will continue to be a major competitive force. Management also believes that banks will continue to be minor players in the secondary market, reflecting the reluctance of lenders to sell their customers' names to competitors. The industry's fragmentation continues to be an issue, causing process variation and complexity for schools. Sallie Mae, teaming with the industry, has responded with technology solutions which deliver a common process. Examples of this response are the CommonLine Network (developed by Sallie Mae and USA GROUP) and the Student Loan Clearinghouse (started by Sallie Mae). Both initiatives are of critical importance to school satisfaction and private-sector program vitality. The availability of asset-backed loan securitization as a funding alternative has had minimal impact on the Company's ability to renew forward purchase commitments ("FPCs"). Only six originators have securitized portfolios since 1992 and only four did so in 1996. In fact, the Company's success at creating preference among schools has resulted in FPCs from lenders who formerly held or securitized their loans and even from competing secondary markets. Management believes that direct lending has peaked at a market share of about 35 percent of originations, far below the 50 percent target for the 1996-97 academic year. Many colleges and universities have decided not to enter direct lending as a result of the Company's leadership in process and product innovation and as a result of programwide changes delivered by the FFELP industry coalition of lenders, guarantors, servicers and secondary markets. The Department of Education reports that only ten additional four-year schools are expected to participate in the 1997-1998 academic year. In the most recent quarter, Department of Education data shows that direct lending's market share has actually declined by one percentage point from the year ago quarter. CHANGE CONTINUES AT SALLIE MAE The Company's managed student loan portfolio growth rate and loan acquisition margins depend on a continued ability to adapt its strategy to anticipate and capitalize on marketplace trends. In an environment of rapid change, the capacity for strategic flexibility is critical. There are four key components of Management's approach to the market: the push to retail, the "brand within a brand" strategy, the differentiation strategy, and the building of constituencies. 10 15 Aggressive Push to Retail The Company will continue to aggressively pursue its successful school-based strategy maintaining the focus on the school decision-maker. Future implementation calls for: - applying Internet-based technology and business process improvements to student loan delivery systems to: (i) address the need of higher education for improved delivery of loans and (ii) to create competitive advantage, - expanding the Company's Signature(SM) loan program, a line of private loans insured by the Company's Hemar Insurance Company of America ("HICA") insurance subsidiary and designed to provide borrowing capacity beyond the federal program, - partnering with key campus providers of proprietary software (for example, the recently formed business relationship with PeopleSoft, Inc. ("PeopleSoft")) to bring loan flows to Sallie Mae lenders, - providing operational outsourcing services (for example, financial aid and student billing) that reduce costs for higher education institutions, direct loan flows to Sallie Mae, and profitably leverage Sallie Mae's operational skills and scale economies, and - building the Company's academic facilities financing unit, Education Securities Inc. ("ESI"), a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary that specializes in education-related capital markets transactions including corporate finance, public finance, technology leasing activities and higher education restructuring services. In addition, the Company will aggressively raise its name awareness through its ongoing consumer advertising campaigns, increased exposure within high school guidance offices and application of Internet-based technology. These are critical components of the strategy to create preference for Sallie Mae among consumers and to generate additional low cost loan volume. Management believes that a strong relationship with the retail consumer effectively positions the Company should consumers assert themselves in the lender selection process. It also offers protection against shifts in lender strategies. It is a key element of the Company's strategic flexibility. Continue the "Brand Within a Brand" Strategy The Company's market share and loan profitability are a function of its well developed distribution strategy. Some contend that the Company should abandon its "brand within a brand" strategy in favor of becoming a loan originator -- thereby competing head-to-head with lenders for slots on schools' preferred lenders lists. In today's market, to maximize share value, the economics favor loan purchasing over loan origination. As long as schools choose to refer multiple lenders (typically 6-8) to students through their preferred lender lists, Sallie Mae maximizes its earnings by using its "brand within a brand" strategy. VALUE TRADE-OFF OF LOAN PURCHASES VS. ORIGINATIONS
SHAREHOLDER CURRENT VALUE MARKET POTENTIAL(5) SHAREHOLDER VALUE(1) SHARE ($ IN MILLIONS) ------------------------ ------- ----------------- Purchase........................................ $ 26 48%(3) $ 250 Originate....................................... $ 38(2) 8%(4) $ 60
- --------------- (1) Shareholder value (expressed in $ millions per $ billion of loans) is defined as the present value of cumulative net income after capital costs of 15 percent. (2) Assumes loan origination is approximately 1.4 times as profitable as loan purchasing. 11 16 (3) The Company's FFELP purchases relative to federal fiscal year 1996 originations. (4) The market share of The Chase Manhattan Bank, the largest FFELP lender (federal fiscal year 1996). (5) Calculated based on shareholder value multiplied by an assumed current market share and a $20 billion annual FFELP originations market size. The above table demonstrates that loan origination is more profitable than loan purchasing on a per loan basis. However, when the market share differential is taken into account by comparing the Company's market share to the market share of the largest lender, the Company's "brand within a brand" strategy delivers a shareholder value four times greater than that of the largest lender. This is the power of leveraging the preferred lender list slots of 900 commitment lender-partners, instead of relying on the significantly lower market share an individual originator is able to generate from a single slot on a school lender list. The CRV has contended that the Company can become an originator without cannibalizing its loan purchase business. Despite the availability of numerous alternative service providers, the CRV has asserted that the Company's lender-partners have no alternative but to continue to sell to the Company. Based on conversations with lenders, Management believes that, as a direct result of the CRV's public expression of its intention to compete head-to-head with lenders at the school level, the Company is already seeing evidence of cannibalization. Specifically, Sallie Mae has lost a major portfolio purchase in the second quarter totalling $250 million and Management believes that three other transactions totalling approximately $600 million have been postponed by clients until the outcome of the proxy contest is known. The CRV has embraced the idea of a pilot or limited origination program competing against banks on certain college campuses as a proactive and aggressive way of beginning to realize the higher per loan profitability of origination. The Company has examined the CRV's proposal of limited origination and concluded that it presents significant risk. As noted above, because of the earnings differential, the Company could deliver the same level of earnings from a single share point of origination volume as it enjoys from 1.4 percentage share points of purchases. Thus, if the Company attained a 2 percent share of market through a limited pilot program (a share level which would place it among the top ten lenders), it could afford to lose purchases equal to 2.8 percent of the market and be no worse off. This 2.8 percent share is equal to the loss of only one of the Company's large lenders -- a loss which Management believes is nearly certain to occur if it moves to originate loans. Indeed, as lenders learn of the Company's competitive pilot program, Management believes that numerous lenders will seek alternatives rather than lose share to the Company as it expands its pilot program and displaces lender-partners on schools' preferred lists. Since approximately one-third of the Company's FPCs are renewed each year, a substantial proportion of the Company's purchase volume is at risk as soon as the Company begins to compete as a lender. Moreover, since 75 percent of FFELP origination volume is processed by other market participants, Sallie Mae's lender-partners can easily switch to competitors. To acquire loans, a lender must first convince schools to place it on the school preferred lender list and then convince consumers to pick it from the list. Consumers select lenders based on their familiarity or prior experience. Since the Company's awareness level among consumers and current brand development expenditures are minimal, substantial investment in advertising and marketing would be required for the Company to achieve a market share equal to or exceeding that of the country's largest banks. In addition to the high market share levels of origination volume required in the early years to offset cannibalization risk, the required marketing investments associated with origination would create losses in the first two years of a new origination program. A further challenge to the origination alternative is its inherently long ramp-up time. New start-up lenders are largely limited to first time borrowers in their first year of operation, because of school requirements and regulations that restrict students to the use of a single lender for all their borrowings. It takes a period of five years before a new lender would have access to the entire market. The Company's decision with regard to its distribution strategy is based on a single overriding goal -- delivering the highest amount of earnings to shareholders. There are conditions under which replacing the Company's multi-lender distribution network with single lender origination would make sense. For example, 12 17 should Sallie Mae's lender-partners abandon their loan sale commitments in favor of securitization or should premiums increase to the point where the per loan profitability differential offsets the market share advantage, a shift in strategy would be warranted. Create Further Competitive Advantage Through Differentiation The Company's strategy to create preference through differentiated products and services has propelled profitable market share growth and contained direct lending. Management believes that this strategy will enable the FFELP market to eventually beat direct lending, returning billions of dollars of student loans to the private sector. With its ExportSS(R), LineSS(SM) and EFT products the Company moved into front-end loan application processing, addressing the school's need for improved process and technology. With its Great Rewards(R), Great Returns(SM), Direct Repay(SM), Select Step(R) and repayment products, it addressed school and consumer needs for cost-effective borrowing and breadth of repayment products. Through its 24x7 service, under ten-second telephone answer rates, speedy correspondence processing, 24-hour application data entry and other initiatives, the Company reengineered its loan servicing to become recognized as "best in class." The Company will continue to innovate, particularly in front-end loan application processing and Internet-based services. Differentiated loan processing from origination through repayment will continue to be a component of the drive to increase the growth in market share. The Company generally only offers third-party servicing to lenders in strategic situations -- where it has no or a low expectation of acquiring a portfolio or where it is unlikely to erode its loan purchase market share by doing so. The Company believes that the CRV strategy to provide open access to Sallie Mae's differentiated servicing to lenders with no corresponding obligation to sell loans to Sallie Mae, would cannibalize purchase volume and erode shareholder value. The CRV proposal to provide Sallie Mae servicing to the direct loan program would reinvigorate a program which is struggling and significantly reduce a source of future earnings opportunity. The Company's primary business objective is to maximize its earnings from the student loan industry. The Company employs a business strategy which recognizes the hierarchy of earnings alternatives: namely that loan purchase is far more profitable and offers more opportunity than does loan servicing. RELATIVE AVAILABLE SHAREHOLDER VALUE OF LOAN PURCHASE VS. SERVICING
TOTAL AVAILABLE SHAREHOLDER SHAREHOLDER MARKET(2) VALUE POTENTIAL VALUE(1) ($ IN BILLIONS) ($ IN MILLIONS) ----------- --------------- --------------- Loan Purchase........................................ $26 $31 $ 806 Third Party Loan Servicing........................... $ 4 $11 $ 44
- --------------- (1) Shareholder value (expressed in $ millions per $ billion of loans) is defined as the present value of cumulative net income after capital costs of 15%. (2) Based on Management's market analysis. The above table shows the relative profitability of third party servicing versus purchasing loans. This table clearly demonstrates the loss in shareholder value that could result from the cannibalization of student loan purchases if the Company offered open access to its "best in class" servicing. Finally, the Company's product differentiation strategy provides the basis for differential pricing in what is otherwise a mature commodity market dominated by non-profit institutions which have low profitability and no return on equity concerns. In 1996, despite steep increases in spot market pricing due to the impact of direct lending and the availability of securitization as an alternative, renewing clients, on average, entered new FPCs at a 5 percent lower effective premium than that paid under their prior commitments, demonstrating 13 18 marketplace preference for the Company's products and services. This result underscores the soundness of the Company's effort through innovation and investment to secure market position which can be gradually leveraged to gain pricing advantage. Managing Political Risk by Building the Constituency Bases Sallie Mae functions in an extremely complex political environment. Over the past decade, legislative action has been the primary driver of change in the market for the federal guaranteed student loan program -- Sallie Mae's core business. These efforts reduced the eligible borrower population, then increased it. Other changes expanded regulatory burdens and costs on program participants, and even went so far as to introduce a competing government product -- direct federal lending. And during this same 10 year period, the control of the Senate changed more than once, a Republican majority was elected in the House of Representatives for the first time in decades, and a Democratic President raised the visibility of the student loan program, transforming it into a high profile political issue. In sum, as long as the Company's core business involves a government-regulated product and marketplace, Sallie Mae will face significant and constant political risk that must be managed effectively. To ensure that the Company is in the best possible position to protect its business from potentially negative legislative or governmental action, management employs a proactive strategy. First, the Company has and will continue to foster good working relationships and effective lines of communication with appropriate officials in the legislative and executive branches of the federal government. These relationships provide the access to information the Company needs to weigh the political risks of business decisions effectively. And, equally important, they ensure that Management's initiatives and insights receive a fair hearing. The privatization effort of 1996 and the equitable resolution of loan issues evidenced in the recent budget agreement demonstrate Management's effectiveness in action. Sallie Mae is leading a united, industry-wide effort to ensure that the interest rate structure for FFELP loans can continue to be financed by the private sector. Management has worked with key members of Congress and their staffs to develop acceptable alternatives to the FFELP interest rate changes scheduled to take effect in July 1998. Congress is currently studying this issue, focusing on preserving a strong FFELP program while protecting students. Management believes that this Congress will timely enact a favorable legislative solution to this problem. Second, Management recognizes the importance of building allies within the student lending industry. The Company's network of lender-partners plays a critical role in the legislative process, positively influencing the annual debate over the Congressional budget and the impending reauthorization of the Higher Education Act. Sallie Mae has also taken a leadership role in the student loan industry -- forming an advocacy coalition to improve the guaranteed student loan program. As added benefit, the same coalition has helped forge industry member cooperation in addressing the diverse challenges currently facing the student loan business. Third, Management has made it a priority to develop strong working relationships within the higher education industry, particularly among financial aid professionals. In order to ensure a healthy dialogue with financial aid professionals, Management created Sallie Mae's National Financial Aid Advisory Council in 1993. This group, which is comprised of approximately 25 of the nation's leading financial aid professionals, is a critical sounding board for the Company, helping Sallie Mae and financial aid administrators understand each other's priorities. Finally, as the Company increases its name recognition among consumers, in part by providing valuable financial aid information, another important constituency is being expanded -- the students and families benefiting from Sallie Mae's products. By continuing this effort, the Company believes it will create a growing base of consumer support and advocacy for the Company's products and services. NEW BUSINESS Management's strategy also includes a plan to develop new products that are important to the Company's core business and to create profitable ancillary business lines that further apply the Company's investment in servicing technology, its client relationships and its highly skilled workforce. Management believes privatization will permit the Company to further leverage its business strengths and create new sources of earnings. 14 19 Specifically, new business initiatives identified by Management must meet the following requirements: they must fit strategically, have solid growth potential, require minimal additional capital investment and be additive to earnings per share. They fall into two broad categories -- those which are education-related and those which build upon the Company's existing servicing and technical capabilities. Management expects these initiatives to contribute in excess of $70 million to pre-tax income by the year 2001. Education-Related Activities To broaden its campus relationships, the Company is pursuing several new education-related business opportunities. For example, the Company recently formed a business relationship with PeopleSoft to develop student information and financial aid software. It acquired the Kaludis Consulting Group, a higher education strategic consulting firm which offers a broad array of services aimed at helping college presidents and governing boards with strategic planning. In addition, ESI, the Company's wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary provides capital markets solutions and corporate finance advice to colleges and universities. Sallie Mae's private Signature Education Loan(SM)Program, introduced in 1996, is now available through hundreds of schools nationwide. The Company insures these loans through its HICA subsidiary. These education-related activities already have their own revenue streams, and management believes they will be additive to earnings per share in 1997 and beyond. Equally important, they enable Sallie Mae to broaden its relationships on campus with key decision makers -- administrators who determine where loan flows will be directed. The Company is developing broad relationships at the President/CFO level in addition to the financial aid administrator level. These senior administrators are most frequently responsible for determining whether their institutions will participate in or withdraw from the direct loan program. Servicing-Related Activities Management has identified business opportunities for the Company's world-class servicing capabilities and state-of-the-art technology, including: unclaimed financial property servicing, teleservicing, government debt collections and administration of pre-paid tuition programs. Management believes these businesses are in markets characterized by strong growth potential, fragmented competitive landscapes and attractive risk/return profiles, and they capitalize on Sallie Mae's core competencies. For example, $3 billion in unclaimed financial property is remitted by the states each year and the market is projected to grow at a 10 percent annual rate over the next five years. Many states have begun to outsource the processing of claims for this property. Sallie Mae's servicing expertise positions it favorably for this business and the Company has already won a contract to provide this service in Florida. In addition, teleservicing is a large ($80 billion plus revenue), fragmented and growing industry. Sallie Mae's nationwide network of state-of-the-art call centers and highly trained workforce positions the Company to compete in this market. Finally, the Company has won several non-student loan contracts, including the administration of pre-paid tuition programs for Texas and Virginia. CONTROLLING OPERATING EXPENSES Controlling operating expenses is critical to the creation of shareholder value. Operating expenses include three components: acquisition costs, servicing costs and corporate operating expenses. Acquisition costs are principally the costs incurred under the ExportSS(R) loan origination and administration service, the costs of converting newly acquired portfolios and the processing costs associated with the loan consolidation program. Servicing costs include the systems and operating costs incurred to service the managed student loan portfolio as well as loans serviced but not owned by Sallie Mae in the Chase Joint Venture. Corporate operating expenses include all other operating costs necessary to carry out the Company's business strategy -- costs associated with the legal, finance, human resources, and marketing departments, as well as expenses associated with the education-related entities (ESI, HICA, MPC, Kaludis and the PeopleSoft business arrangement). 15 20 TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES The chart below shows historical and anticipated total operating expenses as a percentage of managed student loans. TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES/MANAGED STUDENT LOANS
MEASUREMENT PERIOD CORPORATE (FISCAL YEAR COVERED) OPERATING SERVICING ACQUISITION 1994 .46 .66 .24 1995 .49 .62 .22 1996 .35 .57 .17 1997E .33 .54 .16 1998E .31 .51 .16 1999E .29 .48 .15 2000E .27 .45 .15 2001E .25 .43 .14
Table shows total operating costs decreasing as percentage of managed student loans as follows: 1994 -- 1.36%, 1995 -- 13.3%, 1996 -- 1.09%. Estimates show a continued decrease of total operating costs as percentage of managed student loans from 1.01% in 1997 to .82% in 2001. Management has achieved significant reductions in operating expenses as a percentage of managed student loans by applying technology, process reengineering and reducing corporate staff. Management decreased total operating expenses (as a percentage of managed student loans) by 20 percent over the past two years -- from 1.36 percent for the year ended December 31, 1994 to 1.09 percent for the year ended December 31, 1996. Management accomplished this decrease in total operating expenses as a percentage of managed student loans while continuing to make appropriate investments to sustain a competitive workforce, maintain its technology advantage and build brand awareness. These investments have led to increased market share and increased productivity while containing the expansion of the FDSLP program. Management will continue to improve operating efficiency over the next five years and believes total operating expenses as a percentage of managed student loans will fall to the low 80 basis point range by the year 2001. SERVICING COSTS Servicing costs as a percentage of managed student loans declined 14 percent between 1994 and 1996. The reductions resulted from consolidation of certain servicing operations, process reengineering and technology investments, as well as higher managed student loan balances. Management expects to decrease servicing costs as a percentage of managed student loans to the low 40 basis point range through enhanced productivity and higher average borrower balances. CORPORATE OPERATING EXPENSES Corporate operating expenses as a percentage of managed student loans were .46 percent, .49 percent, and .35 percent for 1994, 1995, and 1996, respectively. Corporate operating expenses between 1995 and 1996 declined because reductions in corporate staffing and professional fees and the divestiture of a majority interest in a wholly-owned subsidiary, Cybermark Inc. Management expects to reduce corporate operating expenses as a percentage of managed student loans to the mid 20 basis point range by 2001. This reduction is expected to occur even as the Company continues to 16 21 invest in the franchise, particularly related to the products and services necessary to broaden school and consumer relationships. The following chart shows "base" corporate operating expenses (corporate operating expenses less all expenses associated with education-related entities). Excluding the education-related entities isolates the expenses associated with the "base" business -- the purchase of student loans. The operating results of the education-related entities are expected to be additive to earnings per share in 1997 and beyond. BASE CORPORATE OPERATING EXPENSES/MANAGED STUDENT LOANS (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS) 1992 .44 1993 .43 1994 .41 1995 .37 1996 .31 1997E .28
* Excludes 1997 proxy related expenses. The chart shows that base corporate operating expenses have declined by 30 percent from 44 basis points to 31 basis points on managed student loans from 1992 to 1996. In absolute dollar terms, these expenses increased at a CAGR less than the rate of inflation while managed student loans increased at a CAGR of 13 percent. The table below shows base corporate operating expenses, advertising and promotion expenses and managed student loans.
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997(E) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ------- ($ IN MILLIONS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED) Base Corporate Operating Expenses...... $101 $109 $117 $123 $115 $ 115(1) Less: Advertising and Promotion Expenses............................. 2 2 3 6 7 10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- $ 99 $107 $114 $117 $108 $ 105 ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== Managed Student Loans ($ in billions).. $ 23 $ 25 $ 29 $ 33 $ 37 $ 42 ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ====
- --------------- (1) Excludes 1997 proxy related expenses. This table shows that the absolute expenses associated with the base business, exclusive of the increase in advertising and promotion expenses, are estimated to be $105 million in 1997 -- less than the four previous years. Advertising and promotion expenses for 1997 are estimated to be $10 million, reflecting the investment to develop brand awareness at the retail level. Management has been able to reduce base corporate operating expenses while supporting a much larger asset base and making investments in the school-based strategy. 17 22 Management believes that a move by Sallie Mae to become a lender would require a dramatic increase in base corporate operating expenses as the Company would have to make investments to enhance brand recognition, expand its marketing force, and increase product promotion necessary to capture market share at the retail level. MAXIMIZING RETURN THROUGH SHAREHOLDER VALUE-BASED FUNDING AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDER VALUE-BASED FUNDING The principal business of the Company will continue to be the acquisition, servicing and financing of student loans following the Reorganization. The Privatization Act allows Sallie Mae to continue to issue debt securities as a government-sponsored enterprise with maturities no later than September 30, 2008 to finance GSE activities. Management expects that student loans will continue to be acquired through the GSE as long as it is economically favorable to do so. Management believes that the initial financing requirement for the privatized holding company will be minimal and accommodated through a number of sources including public and private debt placements, bank borrowings, and dividends from subsidiaries. The Company has two funding goals: - to provide the maximum economic return (defined as the present value of cumulative net income after capital costs of 15 percent) to shareholders for each asset type, and - to maintain funding flexibility through access to multiple funding sources. The continued aggressive use of asset securitization is Management's strategy to finance student loan assets and generate capital to repurchase shares. Student loan securitizations totaled $6 billion in 1996 and are expected to increase by 50 percent in 1997 to at least $9 billion. Management intends to increase the amount of loans securitized for the foreseeable future in conjunction with higher levels of anticipated purchase volume. Asset backed securities ("ABS") have a higher cost of funds than Sallie Mae's traditional on balance sheet financing due to the term match funding associated with ABS and the fact that ABS do not benefit from Sallie Mae's status as a GSE. However, the increase in funding cost which reduces net income is generally offset by investing the capital that is released as loans are removed from the balance sheet. This off-balance sheet technique represents the most efficient financing alternative available to the Company for most loan types. Under certain capital market conditions and for certain student loan types, the benefit realized from the reduced capital requirement fails to offset the net income reduction associated with the higher cost of funds. In these cases, the shareholder may be best served by retaining the loan on the balance sheet. For example, in the case of consolidation loans (which have repayment terms of up to 30 years and are not subject to the 30 basis point offset fee) the economics of securitization are not compelling. The increased funding cost associated with taking loans off balance sheet through securitization reduces net yield for these loans by approximately 60 percent under today's capital market conditions. It is better to leave these loans on the balance sheet unless the capital released through securitization can be invested at a 33 percent after tax return -- a return difficult to replicate at the minimal risk level of a government guaranteed asset. The decision to securitize a loan is made by comparison of the tradeoff between higher funding costs and the alternative uses for the capital that is released by removing loans from the balance sheet. For most student loans, the benefit realized from reduced capital requirements outweighs the higher funding costs. Such student loans are securitized and the released capital redeployed to alternative investments, including repurchasing shares. In all cases, Management continuously monitors the capital markets. Decisions are guided by the marginal economics of keeping assets on the balance sheet relative to removing them through securitization. Extensive sensitivity analysis with respect to capital levels, funding costs and alternative uses for capital are performed routinely, all with a view toward maximizing shareholder value. 18 23 AGGRESSIVE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT Sallie Mae's capital management philosophy is straightforward: to maintain a capital level that maximizes shareholder value. Investments are evaluated in a disciplined manner and compared against hurdle rates and analysis of alternative uses of capital. Management is committed to returning excess capital to shareholders through common stock repurchases. From January 1, 1994 to December 31, 1996, Sallie Mae reduced the number of shares of outstanding common stock by 36 percent. Sources of capital included, but were not limited to, increased leverage, earnings, securitization, FAS 115 unrealized gains and downsizing of the investment portfolio. Also in 1994, the Company introduced a risk-based capital discipline and subsequently reduced the capital ratio from the historical level of 2.75 percent of assets to approximately 2.08 percent at March 31, 1997. Aggressive capital management, including the potential for continued share repurchases, remains a top priority for the Company. Management determines the appropriate level of capital based on the greater of the capital required to support the risk inherent in its business or the regulatory minimum of 2.10 percent. Management anticipates maintaining sufficient capital to attain a Holding Company investment grade rating (at a level below the GSE's current credit status) that permits full access to the capital markets. MANAGEMENT'S COMMITMENT TO RESULTS Management's plan is based on solid financial analysis and a thorough understanding of the key players in the higher education market -- schools, lenders, consumers, regulators, and legislators. It maximizes the benefits derived from Privatization. It balances aggressive cost management with the need to make prudent investments for future growth. The plan's funding and capital management strategies are driven by disciplined analysis of alternative uses for capital. Based on current market conditions, Management believes its plan will deliver the following results:
MANAGEMENT'S PLAN PROJECTED RESULTS - ------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- Profitable Loan Volume - 12-14 percent growth in loan purchase volume - 9-11 percent growth in managed loans - Reduction in relative purchase premiums Cost Management - Operating costs reduced from 1.09 percent of managed loans in 1996 to the low .80s percent by 2001 New Businesses Income - Over $70 million pre-tax income by 2001 Capital Management - Up to 30 percent of outstanding shares repurchased by 2001
This plan -- taken as a whole -- is a sound approach to shareholder value creation. Management's commitment to shareholders is to deliver a compound annual increase in net income of 7-9 percent and a minimum sustainable compound annual increase in earnings per share of 15 percent. Further, if securitization gains are realized at the high end of Management's estimate (2.20-2.50 percent), the minimum compound earnings per share growth is expected to increase to 18 percent. The level of such gains will be influenced by capital market conditions, student loan characteristics and future servicing costs. Per share estimates could be further increased by additional securitization if the economics prove to be favorable. 19 24 COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting in respect of the Board Slate Proposal, the Majority Director Slate, once elected to the Holding Company Board, and Sallie Mae (as sole shareholder of the Holding Company) will take or cause to be taken any and all actions they deem necessary or appropriate to amend the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws so as to implement the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company described in this Majority Director Supplement (for purposes hereof, the "Holding Company Charter") and the By-Laws of the Holding Company described in this Majority Director Supplement (for purposes hereof, the "Holding Company By-Laws"). The statements set forth under this heading with respect to certain provisions of the Privatization Act, the Sallie Mae Charter and the Sallie Mae By-Laws, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), the Holding Company Charter, and the Holding Company By-Laws are brief summaries thereof and do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the relevant provisions of the Privatization Act, the Sallie Mae Charter and the Sallie Mae By-Laws, the DGCL, the Holding Company Charter, and the Holding Company By-Laws, as appropriate. GENERAL As a result of the Reorganization, holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock, whose rights are presently governed by the Sallie Mae Charter and federal common law and by the Sallie Mae By-Laws (which were adopted by the Sallie Mae Board), will become stockholders of the Holding Company, a Delaware corporation. Accordingly, such shareholders' rights will be governed by the DGCL and the Holding Company Charter and the Holding Company By-Laws. In the event that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Proposal, the nominees included in the Majority Director Slate, once elected to the Holding Company Board, will implement the provisions of the Holding Company Charter and By-Laws described below. Assuming that the Reorganization Proposal is approved and that the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Proposal, the following is a summary of certain material similarities and differences between the present rights of holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock and the rights of holders of Holding Company Common Stock after the Reorganization. BOARD OF DIRECTORS NUMBER AND ELIGIBILITY. The Sallie Mae Charter provides for a Board of Directors consisting of 21 members, seven of whom are Presidential appointees and 14 of whom are elected by holders of Sallie Mae Common Stock. The President of the United States (the "President") also has authority to designate the Chairman of the Sallie Mae Board. In addition, the Sallie Mae Charter requires that shareholder-elected directors be affiliated with certain financial or educational institutions. The Holding Company Charter provides that the Holding Company Board shall consist of between 9 and 19 members all of whom are to be elected by holders of Holding Company Common Stock. The initial number of directors has been set at 15 and may be set, from time to time, by resolution of the Holding Company Board. The nominees included in the Majority Director Slate have no current intention of expanding the initial number of directors beyond 15. The President will not have authority to appoint the members of the Holding Company Board of Directors or to designate the Chairman of the Holding Company Board. Under the Privatization Act, Sallie Mae directors appointed by the President may not serve on the Holding Company Board. There are no affiliation requirements for Holding Company directors. The Holding Company By-Laws also require that independent directors constitute a majority of the Holding Company Board and the Executive Committee and all of the members of the Audit Committee, the Nominations and Board Affairs Committee and the Compensation and Personnel Committee. Under the Holding Company By-Laws, a director will not generally be considered "independent" if he or she: (a) has been employed by the Holding Company or one of its affiliates in an executive capacity; (b) is an employee or owner of a firm that is one of the Holding Company's or its affiliate's paid advisors or consultants; (c) is 20 25 employed by a significant customer or supplier; (d) has a personal services contract with the Holding Company or one of its affiliates; (e) is employed by a foundation or university that receives significant grants or endowments from the Holding Company or one of its affiliates; (f) is a relative of an executive of the Holding Company or one of its affiliates; or (g) is part of an interlocking directorate in which an executive officer of the Holding Company serves on the board of another corporation that employs the director. In addition, the Holding Company By-Laws provide that the Chairman of the Holding Company Board shall not be an executive officer of the Holding Company unless another member of the Holding Company Board is appointed by such Chairman to serve as the lead director (the "Lead Director"), whose responsibilities as Lead Director shall include chairing meetings of independent directors or such other responsibilities as the independent directors as a whole might designate from time to time. TERM OF OFFICE. Under the Sallie Mae Charter, directors appointed by the President serve at the pleasure of the President and until their successors have been appointed and qualified. Elected members of the Sallie Mae Board of Directors are elected for a term ending on the date of the next annual meeting and serve until their successors have been elected and have qualified. Prior to the Effective Time, provided that the Reorganization Proposal is approved by shareholders and the Majority Director Slate receives the highest plurality of votes cast in respect of the Board Proposal, Sallie Mae, as sole stockholder of the Holding Company, will cause the initial Holding Company Board to be composed of those individuals identified under the section of this Proxy Statement Supplement entitled "MAJORITY DIRECTOR SLATE NOMINEES." After the Effective Time, the Holding Company stockholders will elect all of the members of the Holding Company Board at each annual meeting beginning with the 1998 Annual Meeting of the Company, which meeting is expected to take place in April of 1998. CUMULATIVE VOTING. The Sallie Mae Charter provides for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Under cumulative voting, each share of stock entitled to vote in an election of directors has such number of votes as is equal to the number of directors to be elected. A shareholder may then cast all of his or her votes for a single candidate or may allocate them among as many candidates as the shareholder may choose. The Holding Company Charter does not provide for cumulative voting rights. Thus, holders of shares representing a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in an election of directors for Holding Company will be able to elect all directors then being elected. REMOVAL. Pursuant to Sallie Mae's By-Laws, Sallie Mae directors may be removed only for cause by vote of two-thirds of the directors remaining in office, provided that at least a majority of the shareholder-elected directors consent to such removal. The Holding Company Charter provides that directors may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Holding Company's then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at an election of directors. VACANCIES. The Sallie Mae Charter provides that any appointive seat on the Sallie Mae Board that becomes vacant shall be filled by appointment of the President, and any elective seat on the Board that becomes vacant after the annual election of the directors shall be filled by the Board, but only for the unexpired portion of the term. The DGCL and the Holding Company By-Laws provide that vacancies, including those created by an increase in the size of the Holding Company Board, may be filled by vote of the majority of the directors then in office or by the stockholders at any annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose. MEETINGS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE BOARD. The Sallie Mae Charter provides that the Sallie Mae Board shall meet at the call of its Chairman, but at least semiannually. The Sallie Mae Board determines the general policies that govern the operations of Sallie Mae. The Chairman of the Board, with the approval of the Sallie Mae Board, selects, appoints, and compensates the officers of Sallie Mae as provided for in the Sallie Mae By-Laws. 21 26 The Holding Company By-Laws provide that the Holding Company Board shall have regular meetings as may be determined from time to time by the Holding Company Board. Special Meetings of the Holding Company Board shall be called by the Secretary upon the direction of the Chairman or the President, if the President is a member of the Holding Company Board, or upon the written request of a majority of the entire Holding Company Board of Directors. As with Sallie Mae, the Holding Company Board shall determine the general policies that shall govern the operations of the Holding Company. CAPITALIZATION Under the Sallie Mae Charter, the maximum number of shares of voting common stock that Sallie Mae may issue and have outstanding at any one time shall be fixed by the Sallie Mae Board from time to time, and Sallie Mae is authorized to issue nonvoting preferred stock having such par value as may be fixed by the Sallie Mae Board from time to time. Sallie Mae currently is authorized to issue up to 250,000,000 shares of the Sallie Mae Common Stock, and up to 5,000,000 shares of the preferred stock. Under the DGCL, the amount of capital stock must be set forth in the certificate of incorporation, and may not be altered without the consent of the stockholders. Under the Holding Company Charter, the Holding Company is authorized to issue, without further action by shareholders, up to 250,000,000 shares of Holding Company Common Stock, and up to 20,000,000 shares of Holding Company Preferred Stock. In addition, the Holding Company Charter includes an "anti-greenmail" provision which provides that unless approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Holding Company then entitled to vote at an election of directors, the Holding Company shall not take any action that would result in the acquisition by the Holding Company, directly or indirectly, from any person or group, of five percent or more of the shares of Holding Company Common Stock then outstanding, in one or a series of related transactions, at a price in excess of the prevailing market price of such stock, other than pursuant to a tender offer made to all holders of Holding Company Common Stock or to all holders of less than 100 shares of Holding Company Common Stock. PURPOSE Under the Sallie Mae Charter, Sallie Mae's corporate purposes generally are to be a private corporation financed by private capital and serving as a secondary market and warehousing facility for student loans, including insured loans, to provide liquidity for student loan investments in order to facilitate secured transactions involving student loans, to assure nationwide the establishment of adequate loan insurance programs for students, and to provide for an additional program of loan insurance to be covered by agreements with the Secretary of Education. The Holding Company's purpose is to engage in any lawful activity, as is typical of ordinary, state-chartered, for-profit corporations. DIVIDENDS Under the Sallie Mae Charter, subject to rights of holders of Sallie Mae preferred stock, dividends may be declared on shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock by the Sallie Mae Board to the extent that net income is earned and realized and the specified statutory capital ratio is satisfied. Under the DGCL, dividends are generally payable out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is paid and the prior year. EXEMPTION FROM CERTAIN LAWS Under the Sallie Mae Charter, Sallie Mae is exempt from all state and local taxes, other than taxes on real property. Sallie Mae also is exempt from certain state and federal securities laws and from state registration requirements to do business in a particular jurisdiction. After the Reorganization, Sallie Mae would continue to have such exemptions. Sallie Mae currently undertakes to provide to its shareholders substantially all information that would otherwise be required to be provided under federal securities laws. 22 27 The Holding Company and its other subsidiaries would not receive the benefit of any such exemptions. Consequently, all operations conducted by the Holding Company and its subsidiaries other than Sallie Mae would be subject to state and local tax liabilities. In addition, in connection with the proposed Reorganization, shares of Holding Company Common Stock have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Following the Reorganization, the Holding Company will issue and file all periodic reports required under federal and state securities laws, including the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and subject to rules governing proxy solicitations. LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTOR LIABILITY Under the Sallie Mae By-Laws, directors, officers and members of the Directors' Advisory Council of Sallie Mae shall not be personally liable to Sallie Mae or to shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty acting in their respective official capacities, provided, however, that such limitation of liability shall not apply to (a) any breach of the party's duty of loyalty to Sallie Mae or its shareholders, (b) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (c) any transaction from which the party derived an improper personal benefit. The Holding Company Charter and the Holding Company By-Laws contain certain provisions limiting the liability of its directors to the extent permitted under Delaware law. Under Delaware law, a corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation, a provision eliminating or limiting the liability of a director to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision may not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) for certain acts concerning unlawful payment of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions under Section 174 of the DGCL; or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. INDEMNIFICATION The Sallie Mae By-Laws generally provide that directors, officers and employees of Sallie Mae shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by the DGCL. The Holding Company By-Laws contain provisions that provide for indemnity of the Holding Company's officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Under Delaware law, a corporation is permitted to indemnify its officers, directors and certain others against any liability incurred in any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceeding if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In addition, under Delaware law, to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to above or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he must be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS The Sallie Mae By-Laws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called by either the Chairman or a majority of the directors and shall be called by the Chairman upon the written request of holders of at least one-third of the outstanding Sallie Mae Common Stock. The Holding Company Charter provides that a special meeting of stockholders shall be called by the Secretary upon the written request of the holders of one-third of the then outstanding capital stock of the Holding Company entitled to vote at an election of directors. In addition, the Holding Company By-Laws provide that a special meeting of stockholders shall be called by the Secretary upon the direction of either the Chairman or the President of the Holding Company, if the President of the Holding Company is a member of the Holding Company Board, or upon the written request of either a majority of the Holding Company Board or the holders of one-third of the then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at an election of directors. 23 28 AMENDMENT OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS CHARTER. The Sallie Mae Charter is contained in a federal statute and may be amended only by act of Congress. Sallie Mae stockholders have no right to amend or otherwise direct the provisions of the Sallie Mae Charter. An amendment to the Holding Company Charter must be authorized by the Holding Company Board and generally requires the approval of holders of the majority of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon at a meeting of shareholders. Certain specified amendments affecting the rights of holders of a class of securities, however, must be approved by vote of the majority of all outstanding shares of such class entitled to vote thereon, even though they ordinarily would not have voting rights. Certain limited amendments to the Holding Company Charter require only the approval of the Holding Company Board. BY-LAWS. The Sallie Mae By-Laws may be amended, consistent with the Sallie Mae Charter, by the majority vote of the Sallie Mae Board. Sallie Mae shareholders do not have authority to amend the Sallie Mae By-Laws. Under the DGCL, subject to the stockholders' right to amend the by-laws, directors can amend the bylaws only if such right is expressly conferred upon the directors in the Company's certificate of incorporation. The Holding Company Charter expressly provides the Holding Company Board with such authority. UNITED STATES AND DELAWARE LAW - -- ANTI-TAKEOVER LAWS UNITED STATES. The authority of the President of the United States to appoint one-third of the Sallie Mae Board (particularly given the cumulative voting provisions contained in the Sallie Mae Charter) and to designate the Chairman of the Sallie Mae Board, as well as the authority of the federal government to amend the Sallie Mae Charter, could have a deterrent effect on a potential acquiror. In addition, because certain amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the Federal Credit Union Act prohibit depository institutions from being affiliates of government-sponsored enterprises, such institutions are prohibited from being affiliates of Sallie Mae. DELAWARE. Section 203 of the DGCL generally prohibits a publicly-held Delaware company from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to the date of the business combination, the transaction is approved by the board of directors of the Company, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85 percent of the outstanding voting stock, or (iii) on or after such date the business combination is approved by the board and by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3 percent of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the "interested stockholder." A "business transaction" includes mergers, assets sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of the Company's voting stock. The provision in the Holding Company Charter for the issuance of preferred stock with such designations, rights and preferences as the Holding Company Board may authorize may be characterized as anti-takeover in nature. Such a provision provides the Holding Company Board with greater flexibility for future financings but may also be viewed as a means to restrict takeover bids. The Holding Company Charter, however, restricts the ability of the Holding Company Board to use such a provision to adopt a stockholder "rights plan." Under the Holding Company Charter, the Holding Company Board is not permitted to adopt a stockholders "rights plan" (which for the purpose of this limitation means any arrangement pursuant to which directly or indirectly, Holding Company Common Stock or Holding Company Preferred Stock purchase rights may be distributed to stockholders that provide all stockholders, other than persons who meet certain criteria specified in the arrangement, the right to purchase Holding Company Common Stock or Holding Company Preferred Stock at less than the prevailing market price of the Holding Company Common Stock or Holding 24 29 Company Preferred Stock), unless (i) such rights plan is ratified by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Holding Company then entitled to vote at an election of directors, (ii) by its terms, such rights plan expires within thirty-seven (37) months from the date of its adoption, unless extended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Holding Company then entitled to vote at an election of directors, and (iii) at any time the rights issued thereunder will be redeemed by the Holding Company upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Holding Company then entitled to vote at an election of directors. - -- MERGERS UNITED STATES. There is no general federal merger statute. Moreover, the Sallie Mae Charter and Sallie Mae's status as a government-sponsored enterprise present various obstacles to merger activity in the absence of congressional action. The Privatization Act provides that the Reorganization must be approved by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Sallie Mae Common Stock. DELAWARE. Approval of mergers and consolidations and of sales, leases or exchanges of all or substantially all of the property or assets of a company, requires the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except that no vote of stockholders of the Company surviving a merger is necessary if: (i) the merger does not amend the certificate of incorporation of the Company, (ii) each outstanding share immediately prior to the merger is to be an identical share after the merger, and (iii) either no common stock of the Company and no securities or obligations convertible into common stock are to be issued in the merger; or the common stock to be issued in the merger plus that initially issuable on conversion of other securities issued in the merger does not exceed 20 percent of the common stock of the Company immediately before the merger. In addition, no vote is required under the DGCL to approve the merger of a parent corporation and one or more of its subsidiaries when the parent corporation owns at least 90 percent of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of all such subsidiaries. - -- DISSENTERS' RIGHTS UNITED STATES. Neither the Sallie Mae Charter nor the Privatization Act provides for any dissenters' rights. DELAWARE. Stockholders are entitled to demand appraisal of their shares in the case of mergers or consolidations, except where (i) they are stockholders of the surviving company and the merger did not require their approval under the DGCL or (ii) the Company shares are either listed on a national securities exchange or Nasdaq or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders. Appraisal rights are available in either (i) or (ii) above, however, if the stockholders are required by the terms of the merger or consolidation to accept any consideration other than (a) stock of the Company surviving or resulting from the merger or consolidation, (b) shares of stock of another company which are either listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, (c) cash in lieu of fractional shares or (d) any combination of the foregoing. Appraisal rights are not available in the case of a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition by a company of all or substantially all of its property and assets, nor in the case of a merger of a parent corporation and one or more of its subsidiaries when the parent corporation owns at least 90 percent of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of all such subsidiaries. 25